Sewing Machine Operator 3

iii
iv
Acknowledgements
We are thankful to all organisations and individuals who have helped us in preparation of this Participant
Manual.
We are especially thankful to Dr. S.K Sharma (M/S The Assessors Guild) for their unequivocal support in the
entire process.
We are also thankful to M/S Poppys Knitwears Private Limited, M/S Kanhaiyalal Kalyanmal, M/S Nirvana,
M/S Poddar International, M/S Paper Moon , M/S Ocean Exim India Pvt. Ltd. and Savvy Corporation, for
their kind support in development of this manual.
v
Participant Handbook
About this book

This Participant Handbook is designed to enable training for the speciﬁc Qualification Pack(QP).
Each National Occupational (NOS) is covered across Unit/s.
Key Learning Objectives for the speciﬁc NOS mark the beginning of the Unit/s for that NOS.
• Carry out stitching activities using machine or by hand.
• Contribute to achieve product quality in stitching operations.
• The trainees will be able to stitch/sew fabrics
• The trainees will be able to stitch/sew fur
• The trainees will be able to stitch/sew synthetic materials
• The trainees are able to accurately work with the sewing machines and are able to perform
hand works, operate and work accordingly to increase productivity
• The trainee are able to identify quality defects and can perform improvements to avoid
defects
• The trainee are able to maintain a clean and healthy working environment.
• The trainee is able to understand the rules and regulations related to apparels in a country
specific manner.
The symbols used in this book are described below:
vi
Sewing Machine Operator
Table of Content
S. No. Modules and Units Page No.
1. Introduction and Orientation 1
Unit 1.1 - Introduction to Sewing and Apparel Sector 3
Unit 1.2 - Role and Responsibilities of Sewing Machine Operator 8
2. Carry out Stitching Activities Using Machine or By Hand (AMH/N0301) 11
Unit 2.1 - Prepare for Stitching Operations 13
Unit 2.2 - Stitch Components to Produce Apparels 38
Unit 2.3 - Stitching a Trouser 58
Unit 2.4 - Stitching a Shirt 76
3. Contribute to Achieve Product Quality In Stitching Operations (AMH/N0302) 103
Unit 3.1 - Contribute to Achieve Product Quality in Stitching Operations 105
4. Maintain Work-Area, Tools and Machines (AMH/N0102) 137
Unit 4.1 - Maintain Work Area, Tools and Machines 139
5. Maintaining Health, Safety and Security at Workplace (AMH/N0103) 147
Unit 5.1 - Maintaining Health, Safety and Security at Workplace 149
6. Comply with Industry, Regulatory and Organizational Requirements 165
(AMH/N0104)
Unit 6.1 -Comply with Industry, Regulatory and Organizational Requirements 167
7. Professional Skills 179
Unit 7.1 Professional Skills 181
8. IT Skills 191
Unit 8.1 - Introduction to Computer 193
Unit 8.2 - Basic Computer Knowledge 195
Unit 8.3 - Components of Computer 198
Unit 8.4 - Concept of Operating System 200
Unit 8.5 - MS Word 209
Unit 8.6 - MS PowerPoint 219
Unit 8.7 - MS Excel 228
Unit 8.8 - Internet Concepts 244
9. Employability & Entrepreneurship Skills 253
Unit 9.1 – Personal Strengths & Value Systems 257
Unit 9.2 – Digital Literacy: A Recap 274
Unit 9.3 – Money Matters 279
Unit 9.4 – Preparing for Employment & Self Employment 288
Unit 9.5 – Understanding Entrepreneurship 297
Unit 9.6 – Preparing to be an Entrepreneur 316
Annexure - Exercise 331
vii
Participant
Handbook
viii viii
1. Introduction and
Orientation
Unit 1.1 - Introduction to Sewing and Apparel Sector
Unit 1.2 - Role and Responsibilities of a Sewing Machine Operator
Key Learning Outcomes

At the end of this module, you will be able to:
1. Familiarise with apparel industry.
2. Identify the role and responsibilities of sewing machine operator.
2
UNIT 1.1: Introduction to Sewing and Apparel Sector
Unit Objectives
At the end of this unit, you will be able to:
1. Familiarise with apparel industry.
2. Describe the home furnishing and made-ups sub sectors.
1.1.1 Introduction to Sewing

Sewing is the craft of fastening or attaching objects using stitches made with a needle and thread. Sewing is the
craft of using needle and thread to attach or fasten objects. It is one of the oldest existing crafts in the world.
Sewing was originally a handmade craft for many years. It was the invention of the sewing machine in the 1800s
and the growth of technology and computerization in 1900s that increased the mass production of machine
made objects. However, sewing by hand is still a globally popular practice. In areas like haute couture fashion,
custom dress creation and such, fine hand sewing is an ongoing demand. Fine hand sewing is thus pursued by
hobbyists and textile artists equally.
1.1.2 Apparel Sector – Industry Overview

Indian Textile and Clothing (Apparel) industry is the second largest manufacturer in the world. The Indian textiles
and clothing sector is expected to grow at 10.01 percent in the next 10 years from the current value of INR3.92
lakh crores in 2012–13 to INR10.54 lakh crores in 2021–22. Of these, the garments sector is estimated to grow at
an average rate of 15.44 percent over the years, thereby accounting for about 70 percent of the total production
The demand for domestic consumption for home textiles and garments is expected to increase rapidly . In fact,
the garments sub-sector alone is estimated to increase by seven times from INR 51400 crores in 2012–13 to
INR3.70 lakh crores in 2021–22
The Indian textile sub-sector has traditionally been contributing significantly to the economy and manpower as
well as to the structural changes in the manufacturing sector. As of 2012, the sector contributed 4 percent of the
GDP, 32 percent of the manufacturing sector and 9 percent of total exports The sector’s output is expected to
grow at an annual average rate of 10 percent in the next 10 years, thereby increasing its worth to INR 10.5 lakh
crores in 2022. Several factors that would contribute to the growth would include:
• Rising income levels are expected to increase the demand for home textiles and garments from domestic
consumers is expected to increase.
• Free trade agreements provide India a comparative advantage in the export segment as compared to its
competitors – China, Bangladesh and Pakistan – as they create opportunities for manufacturers to supply to
potential markets in East Asia.
• Low production cost continues to be an advantage for the sector and, consequently, demand from existing
foreign markets continues to increase.
3
• Structural changes in the sector, with a shift from vertically disintegrated to integrated large firms, with
automated machines for yarn and fabric production.
• Increased spending on research and development to enter the specialized fabrics and technical textiles sector.
• Favourable policy environment to support domestic and foreign investments and the implementation of
schemes to enhance the production capacity and improve technology.
Ready Made Garments
The ready-made garments section has grown rapidly in the last few years. Both exports and domestic demands
shall drive sector growth in future.
The ready-made garments segment comprises men’s, women’s and kid’s clothing, which may be used for either
private (home/office wear) or commercial (uniforms for school, waiters and flight crew) purposes.
• Men’s wear is the biggest segment in the ready-made garment segment, comprising about 43 percent of
its share in the total revenue generated. This is followed by women’s wear, with a share of 38 percent; 10
percent share of boys wear and 9 percent for girls wear in the total revenue generated by the ready-made
garment segment.
• Changing lifestyles and consumption patterns are expected to drive the sector’s supply of causal wear with
an 11 percent growth, which would drive demand for workforce with specialised skills in western formals
design, blended fabrics and increased application work on clothes.
Actual and Projected size of Indian Textile Industry

In 2011 global trade in textiles and apparel was around US$ 705 billion. This was approximately 4% of the total
global trade of all commodities estimated at ~ US$ 15 trillion. During the period 2000 to 2010 the textile and
apparel trade has grown at a modest CAGR of 6.4% per annum. Further, the Global Textile and Apparel, or T&A,
trade is expected to grow to USD 1 trillion by 2020.
Fig.1.1.1: Major Textile Exporters to the World (% share) Fig.1.1.2: Major Textiles and Clothing Regions in India
Source: Office of Textile Commissioner and IMaCS Analysis
• Gujarat and Maharashtra: Most large companies across all sectors of the value chain, including spinning,
weaving, home textiles and garments, are located here. Key players include Aravind Mills, Raymond, Welspun,
Bombay Dyeing, Alok, Century Textiles.
• Karnataka and Kerala: Bangalore and Mysore have a few garment firms. Some major garment exporters
include Gokaldas Exports and Shahi Exports.
4
• Tamil Nadu: Major cities that serve as textile hubs are Tirupur, Coimbatore, Madurai and Karur; known for
apparels, spinning mills, silk and home textile units, respectively. Key players include Loyal Textiles, KG Denim,
Asian Fabric. Tamil Nadu accounts for the largest textiles and clothing production of INR 761820 crores,
which also employs the largest number of workers (2.63 million) in textile factories. This state is followed by
Gujarat, which has an annual textile production valued at INR 49165 crores.
• There are more than 70 textiles and clothing clusters in India accounting for about 80 percent of the total
production. There are 39 power loom clusters and 13 ready-made garment clusters in India.
• Bhiwandi and Malegaon are the two largest power loom clusters. Major ready-made garments clusters are
located in Delhi, Mumbai, Gurgaon, Nagpur, Madurai and Salem, with annual turnover of more than INR 1000
crores since 2003. The state of Maharashtra has 10 textile clusters. Other major states in terms of the number
clusters are Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala and Uttar Pradesh (seven clusters each).
Employment Scenario in the Sector
It also provides employment to approximately 35 million persons directly & approximately 55 million persons
indirectly. India is among the very few countries which have presence across the entire supply chain, from natural
and synthetic fibers right up to finished goods manufacturing. It has presence in organised mill sector as well as
decentralised sectors like handloom, power loom, silk, etc.
Currently, 15.23 million people are employed in the textile sub-sector across yarn and fabric, home textiles, technical
textiles and readymade garments. Fifty-one percent of the total workforce is engaged in the manufacturing of
readymade garments, followed by yarn and fabrics with 26 percent. Human resource requirement in the sector
is expected to reach.
21.54 million by 2022 translating into 6.31 million additional employment opportunities during the period 2013-
22.
Sub Sector Employment in Millions

2017 2022
Spinning Weaving and Finishing of Textiles 3.14 3.18
Manufacture of Other Textiles 10.64 13.78
Manufacture of Wearing Apparel 4.28 4.58
Overall 18.06 21.54
Fig.1.1.3: Sub-Sectors in Apparel Industry
1.1.3 Made-ups and Home Furnishings

The made-ups sub-sector is growing at a steadily increasing pace in the country. The wide variety of products
that come under this sub-sector are not only include necessities but also functional and luxury products. Made-
ups sub-sector is divided into three (3) broad categories:
5
Fig.1.1.4: Made-ups and Home Furnishing Sub-sector
Indian is among one of the biggest exporters in Apparel and Made-ups industry. In Home Textiles India is second
only to China in global exports, whereas in apparels, India is among the top 10.
Product Total World Export Major Contributor India's Contribution Other

Competing
Countries
Country Share & Value Ranks Share & Ranks
Value
Apparel 193400159 China 61224360 1 7429975 7 Italy, Bangladesh,
(31.65%) (3.8%) Hong Kong,
Vietnam
H o m e 55921991 China 24015853 1 3973042 2
Textiles (42094%) (7.10%)
Fig.1.1.5: Textile Exports by Major Countries and India ('000 USD) * Source NSDC Skill Gap Study – Textile & Clothing
As evident from the Figs above, India is fast becoming one of the leading global players in the Home Furnishings/
Textile. Home Furnishings industry offers wide varieties of products
like bedspreads, furnishing fabrics, curtains, rugs, cushion covers
etc. Indian Home Furnishings Market is forecasted to increase at an
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 8 percent over next five years. The
industry will reach a value of approximately US $5.29 billion by
2018. The Indian Home Furnishing industry provides a unique blend
of modern technology and ethnic techniques to bring out products
that are one of the best in the world. The increase in the spending
power of the Indian working class is also expected to contribute Fig.1.1.6: Home Furnishing
6
Fig.1.1.7: Estimated Domestic Consumption of Indian Textile Production (in INR '000) * Source NSDC Skill Gap Study – Textile & Clothing
in the growth of domestic consumption of made-ups and home

furnishings industry
With increased demand and completion from countries like China,
the demand of skilled workforce/kaarigars in the Home Furnishings
industry is bound to increase in coming years.
Fig.1.1.8: Apparel Made-ups
Exercise
1. When was sewing machine invented?
a) 20th century
b) 19th century
c) 18th century
d) 17th century
2. As of 2012, the Indian textile sub-sector contributed ____ percent of the GDP, _____ percent of the
manufacturing sector and _____ percent of total exports.
a) 4,32,9
b) 32,4,9
c) 4,32,8
d) 4,33,9
7
UNIT 1.2: Role and Responsibilities of Sewing Machine Operator
Unit Objectives
1. Know who is SMO.
2. Understand the roles and responsibilities of SMO.
1.2.1 Sewing Machine Operator- Job Description

Sewing Machine Operations involves stitching of components of
garments together using a sewing machine. The role of a sewing
machine operator is very critical to the industry as it enhances the
quality of the product.
A Sewing Machine Operator, also called a ‘Stitcher or Machinist’ is
an important job-role associated with Apparel sector. The primary
responsibility of a machinist is to stitch/ sew fabric, fur, or synthetic
materials to produce apparels.
Fig.1.2.1: SMOs on the Job
Attributes: A Sewing Machine Operator is associated with the Apparel sector. His/her primary responsibility is
to sew and/or stitch fabric, synthetic materials or fur to produce apparel. A Sewing Machine Operator should be
visually and physically fit. This includes a strong hand-eye-leg coordination and eyesight that is perfect both in
near, distance, color, peripheral vision, ability to change focus and depth perception.
1.2.1.1 Job Overview

Sewing machine operators operate and tend sewing machines in order to perform garment sewing operations.
This includes joining, reinforcing and decorating garments or parts of garments. Sewing machine operators
handle work on a large scale as they are required to operate and tend to industrial machineries. They mount
attachments such as needles and pattern blades and adjust machines according to the specifications provided
to them.
Sewing machine operators also adjust machine controls and regulate stitching speeds for every sewing project
that they work on. It is important for sewing machine operators to possess in depth knowledge of sewing
machinery and the garments industry. They also need to have sound hand-eye coordination and be able to cope
with moderate physical effort.
1.2.1.2 Sewing Machine Operator Duties and Responsibilities

• It is important to strictly refer to the clients’ orders and accordingly use the best suited material.
• Ascertain that all supplies (auxiliary and essential) and materials are ready at hand before beginning the
assignment.
8
• The machine should be started at the beginning of the shift and test it for full functionality.
• Address any discrepancies or problems faced during the testing period
• According to the sewing project, the machine functions should be adjusted and threads should be drawn
through needles.
• Materials should be placed properly and aligned under the needles to sew them together firmly.
• It is crucial to replace needles and also rethread them for other projects in the future or in case the needle
needs more thread for the ongoing project.
• Any defects or faults in stitching should be avoided by closely observing the operations.
• Notify supervisors of any problems or discrepancies during the sewing process
• It is important to make sure that the product created should conform to the design demands and merchandising
instructions listed in the order for the assignment.
• All excess threads and materials should be neatly cut away from the final product.
• Perform general and preventative maintenance tasks on sewing machines to ensure their longevity
• Examine finished garments for compliance and ensure that appropriate tags are sewed on them.
• Count number of garments stitched during a shift and record this information in company provided logs.
Exercise
1. Sewing machine operators also adjust machine controls and regulate stitching speeds for every sewing
project that they work on.
a) True
b) False
2. A Sewing Machine Operator, also called a ‘Stitcher or Machinist’ is an important job-role associated with
Apparel sector.
a) True
b) False
3. What are the duties and responsibilities of Sewing Machine Operator?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
9
Participant
Handbook
10 viii
2. Carry out Stitching
Activities Using
Machine or By Hand
Unit 2.1 - Prepare for Stitching Operations
Unit 2.2 - Stitch Components to Produce Apparels
Unit 2.3 - Stitching a Trouser
Unit 2.4 - Stitching a Shirt
AMH/N0301

At the end of the module, you will be able to:
1. Recognize the different types of industrial sewing machines.
2. Familiarize with the feed mechanisms.
3. Determine the basic list of material and tools required for stitching.
4. Check the equipment is safe and set-up in readiness for use.
5. Recognize about the different types of threads and needles.
6. Adjust the machine.
7. Ask questions to obtain more information.
8. Estimate the expected length of time for the process.
9. Perform a test sew run.
10. Know the different types of stitching and seam.
11. Stich a trouser and shirt.
12
UNIT 2.1: Prepare for Stitching Operations
Unit Objectives
1. Recognize the different types of industrial sewing machines.
2. Familiarize with the feed mechanisms.
3. Determine the basic list of material and tools required for stitching.
4. Check the equipment is safe and set-up in readiness for use.
5. Recognize about the different types of threads and needles.
2.1.1 Industrial Sewing Machine

The industrial sewing machine is a substantial duty form of a typical home sewing machine. It is used in the
apparel and other industries related to it such as furnishings stitching. One of the most common uses for the
industrial sewing machine is to make the mass production sewing of pockets into attires made out of heavy opus,
like denim for blue jeans.
Fig.2.1.1: Sewing Machine
13
For sewing that involves heavy volumes, industrial sewing machine is a key requirement. These machines are
designed to sew multiple layers of material tougher than cloth like canvas, leather, vinyl at the same time. It is
important to learn to recognize these machines because some machines, although labeled as industrial, are for
normal home sewing and cannot handle materials heavier than cloth. A standard, commercial sewing machine
is not designed to handle heavy work and is too fragile. A proper industrial sewing machine is equipped with a
large servo motor and a clutch.
Industrial and traditional sewing machines have several differences. Industrial sewing machines are made to last
for a longer period of time. Since they have to carry out professional level work, they are made with extra durable
motors and parts. Sewing machines meant for home-like capacity will have plastic and/or nylon gears whereas
parts belonging to industrial level machines- like connecting rods, housings, gears and body are made of stronger
material like metals, for example, aluminum and cast iron.
2.1.1.1 Types of Industrial Sewing Machines

Sewing machine based on bed type
In this types the fabric travels with respect to the bed while being sewn, and the frame of the machine is
constructed for the mounting the machine. There are five types of horizontal beds namely:
1. Flatbed: This is the most common type of machine that

resembles the traditional sewing machines. In this, the needle
and the arm extend to the flat base of the sewing machine. This
is used by workers to sew flat pieces of fabric together.
2. Cylinder-bed: A Cylinder bed is a sewing machine frame, which
permits one to sew cylindrically shaped items such as Cuffs,
Sleeves, Trouser legs etc. It is also used for Button sewing and
bar tacking. It is also used for button tapestry and bar attaching.
It is used broadly in knitted fabrics. Cylinder bed is of two types:
Length and Perimeter.
Fig.2.1.2: Flatbed Sewing Machine
»» Length Cylinder Bed: With this bed type the cylindrical

item is sewed on a line parallel to its cylinder length. As the
cylindrical item is sewed, it travels onto the bed part of the
machine and encompasses the bed.
»» Perimeter Cylinder Bed: The Cylinder item is sewed parallel
to the circumference of the item. The perimeter of the item
travels around the perimeter of the bed arm.
Fig.2.1.3: Cylender-bed Sewing Machine
14
3. Post-bed: This machine has bobbins, feed dogs and/or looper

in perpendicular column that upsurges above the flat vile of
the machine. This column’s height ranges from 10cm to 45cm.
Things that make measure to the sewing area difficult, such as
fastening emblems, glove making and boot making utilize the
post-bed machine.
Fig.2.1.4: Post-bed Sewing Machine

4. Raised bed: It enables the assemblage of pre-stitched parts
and is for the fitting of the fixtures and other attachments. It
is the elementary form for numerous specialized machineries.
Fig.2.1.5: Raised-bed Sewing Machine
5. Feed off the arm: These machines have a cylindrical bed suited
for sewing goods in the tubular form. The cylindrical bed is in
the form of an arm used for sewing of tubular goods like closing
of sleeves, side seams, legs etc.
Fig.2.1.6: Feed - off the Arm Sewing Machine
Types of sewing machines based on stitch
Lockstitch Machine
The SNL, Single Needle Lock Stitch device is the most widespread and
multipurpose sewing machine in the industry. It yields dependable
results, both in production and in sample rooms. The Lockstitch
arranges detailed and a straight stitches on the top and the
underneath of the fabric, the needle thread and the bobbin thread
locks each other, each time the needle badges through the fabric.
Features:
• The lockstitch machine produces the tightest and the most Fig.2.1.7: Lockstitch Sewing Machine
secured stitch.
• It has same appearance on both sides.
• A complete garment can be sewn on a lockstitch machine.
15
Multineedle Sewing Machine

It is a multi-needle, double chain, flatbed stitch machine with
parallel looper movement machinery. It is used in attaching
waistband, lap seaming and line tapes, and implanting elastics.
Fig.2.1.8: Multineedle Sewing Machine
Overlock Machine
Overlock machine is for stitching, over the edge of more than one
pieces of fabric to create a neat border that is not fray. An overlocker
will cut off the messy, rough fabric endings as they stitch.
This machine is a high speed sewing machine. And is the quickest
performing machine todate, giving a non-fraying finish to the material.
Fig.2.1.9: Overlock Machine
Flatlock Machine
Flatlock machines are high speed specialized machines. This type of
machine is extremely efficient. The stitch is made by two or more
needle threads passing through the fabric, inter twisting on the
lower-side and interlocking on the upper-side. These are mainly used
for knits.
• It is high speed, and make seams stretchy, flat and smooth.
• Delivers extensibility to the seams with a low bulk that a person
Fig.2.1.10: Flatlock Machine
can wear comfortably against the skin.
Applications and Seam Appearances

(Coverstitch) Often called a flat lock or flat seam stitch is used
primarily on knits and lingerie. These stitches are referred to as top
and bottom cover stitches and are commonly used to cover both
sides of the seam.
Fig.2.1.11: The Seam Appearances
Button Attach Machine

Clothes are held together by buttons, a button is one of the most basic elements of fashion. Button sewing work
16
requires a machine, which provides flexibility (in terms of button design, fabric variation, thread thickness etc.)
as well as a consistently good sewing performance.
• This machine sews on buttons at high speeds, with accuracy thus saving time and fatigue.
• It can be used for attaching neck wraps and labels as well.
Fig.2.1.12: Button Attach Machine Fig.2.1.13: Different Types of Button Hole
2.1.2 Feed Mechanisms

Feed mechanisms are the basic movement of needles, loopers and bobbins. The material being stitched must
move in order to facilitate, each cycle of needle movement includes a different part of the material. This movement
is known as feed and sewing machines has many ways of feeding material as it does of forming stitches. Often,
manifold types of feed are used on the same machine. The types of the feed mechanism are as follows:
1. Drop feed mechanism.
2. Differential bottom feed mechanism.
3. Adjust top feed mechanism.
4. Needle feed mechanism.
5. Unison feed mechanism.
6. Puller feed mechanism.
Drop Feed Mechanism
This humblest feed system of sewing machine is the most common.
It is also called regular feed. Main apparatuses and gears of drop
feed mechanism are:
Fig.2.1.14: Drop Feed Mechanism
Differential Bottom Feed Mechanism

This mechanism is merely an amendment of the drop feed system. In
the feed mechanism the feed dog consists of 2 segments. Appliance
of each section of feed dog is like the drop feed system. But the
speed of each part can be adjusted separately. Extensively used for
stretchy materials.
Fig.2.1.15: Differential Bottom Feed Mechanism
17
When the speed of the front feed dog is higher than the back feed dog, the bottom strand is drawn by the back
feed dog but this will overcome by the greater speed of the front feed dog. There is a lesser probability of shifting.
When the speed of the front feed dog is low, one can get lacy effect because the feeding speed in greater than
the "Delivery speed”. Widening and assembling of fabric can be done by this mechanism.
Adjustable Top Feed System
In a usual set-up, the presser foot is in two segment. One holding the fabric in position whereas the needle
custom the stitch. The other taking length on the lower side & moving or waking in a way that the top layer is
taken along. The needle is out of the materials. In sewing machine, the feed mechanism can be used with both
drop feed & differential bottom feed. Combination of adjustable feed & differential bottom feed can make top ply
gathering or the gathering of bottom ply.
Fig.2.1.16 (a): Differential Bottom Feed Mechanism Fig.2.1.16 (b): Differential Bottom Feed Mechanism
Needle Feed System Mechanism

Needle Feed Mechanism is also known as Compound feed. Needle
moves forwards & backward. Needle pierces the material enters
into the note of the feed dog. For the advance movement of one
stitch span of fabric feed dog and needle pass the same distance at
the same time. The needle rise up & moves to form the next stitch
with one step advance. This is pragmatically useful in massive sewing
situation like when quilting through the cloth or padding & for cuffing
fabrics. For the change of stitch length, setting of bath needle & feed
dog should be changed.
Fig.2.1.17: Needle Feed System Mechanism
Unison Feed
Unison feed is a combination of feeding mechanisms and bottom
feeding. It provides needle feed in addition to positive top.
Fig.2.1.18: Unison Feed Mechanism
18
Puller Feed Mechanism

This mechanism is variation of the drop feed system. These waves
give a pulling movement on the fabric behind the presser foot.
Top roller is driven by machine whitest the lower one moves due
to control & presser of the top roller. The surface speed of puller
roller is slightly higher than the feed dog speed to presser ply shifting
roping.
Fig.2.1.19: Puller Feed Mechanism
2.1.3 Parts of a Sewing Machine
Fig.2.1.20: Parts of a Sewing Machine
Needle: is one of the most important part of the machine, it

carries thread through the fabric to the bobbin and completes
stitch formation.
Fig.2.1.21: Needle
19
Hook: set is a devise in which bobbin and bobbin case can be fitted.
Fig.2.1.22: Hook
Bobbin Case: holds the bobbin and controls the
thread tension.
Fig.2.1.23: Bobbin Case

Bobbin: holds the lower thread or the
bobbin thread.
Fig.2.1.24: Bobbin
Throat plate: or needle plate forms a smooth surface over which fabric
can move, it has a hole and sometimes also a markings to guide the seam
allowance.
Fig.2.1.25: Troat Plate
Feed dog: moves the fabric through a predetermined distance.
Fig.2.1.26: Feed Dog
Presser foot: holds the fabric firmly against throat plate, and teeth
of the feed dog, it prevents the fabric from rising and falling with the
needle.
Fig.2.1.27: Presser Foot
Reverse feed lever: is used for backtack or back tacking.
Fig.2.1.28: Reverse feed lever
20
Finger guard: is a safety device that prevents an

operator’s finger getting trapped or hurt by the
needle.
Presser Bar: holds the presser foot.
Fig.2.1.29: Finger guard
Fig.2.1.30: Presser Bar
Tension post: provides correct tension to

the needle thread.
Presser foot regulator: is used to adjust the pressure

depending on the type of the fabric.
Fig.2.1.31: Tension post
Fig.2.1.32: Presser foot regulator
Thread take up lever: gives tension to the thread.
Oil sight window: indicates the presence of lubricating

Fig.2.1.33: Thread take up lever
oil.
Fig.2.1.34: Oil sight window
Thread stand: used for supporting the thread package like

spool bobbin etc.
Fig.2.1.35: Thread stand
Knee Lifter: is used to lift the presser foot with the use of knee.
Hand Lifter: is used to lift the presser foot.
Fig.2.1.36: Knee Lifter
21
Bobbin Winder: is used to wind thread in empty bobbin. It

may be located differently in different types of machines.
Fig.2.1.37: Bobbin Winder
On-Off Switch: these are two switches, which are used to on and off the
machines. The RED button is for switching the machine OFF and the BLACK/
GREEN button is for switching the machine ON. Pedal: The machine does
not start unless the pedal is depressed, it is majorly used for controlling
Fig.2.1.38: On-Off Switch
the speed of the machine.
Attachments in Sewing Machines (Work Aids)

Attachments in Sewing Machine are devices which are built into machines. These are added to the sewing
machine afterwards alongside and/or made use of, in whatever ways a resourceful engineer develop to increase
productivity, maintain standards of quality, reduce training time and curtail tiredness for the operator.
Work Aids can be divided into the following categories:
Folders: Folders are used when fabric must be folded prior to sewing .They differ from the simple fold to extremely
complex combinations of folders and indeed enable some to be achieved that would not be otherwise be possible
at all. Folders are frequently used on machines having more than one needle.
Binder: Many binders are existing which add additional items

of self-fabric or other material to a costume and of these,
many come into the grouping are known as Binder. Fabric
Edges are bound, either as a means of edge arranging or to
create a embellished effect.
Fig.2.1.39: Binder
Hemmer: Folders which operate on a garment part without any

additional material are knows as Hemmer.
Fig.2.1.40: Hemmer
Presser Foot and Presser feet: Presser Foot and Presser feet can be used as particular work aids, in addition to
their normal function of holding the materials in contradiction of the feed dog, when the scale of the state is
within the small size of foot. The function of edge guiding can be achieved in some circumstances by a special
presser foot called recompensing presser foot.
22
Fig.2.1.41: Presser Foot and Presser feet
Guides: Guides are used anywhere when sewing must take place in a
certain spot on a garment. In their meekest form they are edge guides,
forming some kind of physical fence to the edges of the fabric being
joined together.
Fig.2.1.42: Guides
2.1.4 Basic List of Material and Tools Required for Stitching
Scissors: Scissor are utilized for cutting the fabric and has a handle which
is aligned with the blade which helps you do the cutting steadily by
keeping the scissors even.
Fig.2.1.43: Scissors
Rotary cutter: The rotary cutter is something which has a blade to cut easily
and smoothly through fabric. It’s very efficient to be used to all different
kinds of projects, however it is especially good for quilting.
Fig.2.1.44: Rotary cutter
Thread: Various sort of threads are available, they are available in

rainbow colors, including clear ones. For most of the sewing machines
all you need is a need a spool of thread. The cone shaped threads are
also used however they are for different kind of machine called a serger.
Fig.2.1.45: Threads
23
Measuring tape: Measuring tape used for sewing to make it softer than
that used for construction projects so that it can be used to fit clothing
to the body.
Fig.2.1.46: Measuring tape
Needles: A sewing machine requires diverse needles than which are used
for hand-sewing. Machine needles have a bigger, blunter tip where they
fit into the machine. Various types of needles are used on various kinds of
projects.
Fig.2.1.47: Needles
Fabric: As different projects have different types of needle or thread requirements

similarly as per the requirement different types of fabrics are also needed with
different project for sewing.
Fig.2.1.48: Fabric
Pins: Pins are used to hold fabric together where it's supposed to be sewn and
to be adjusted as per the required fitting during alterations.
Pincushion: Pincushions are very useful in keeping the pins in order and in place,
it is usually in apple’s pumpkin’s or tomato’s shape.
Fig.2.1.49: Pins and Pincushion
Iron and Ironing Board: An iron is used to press fabric, seams open and make darts.
Your everyday iron is fine.
Seam ripper: The name says it all: It's used to rip seams.
Especially comes in handy when you're a beginning
sewer.
Fig.2.1.50: Iron and Ironing Board
Fig.2.1.51: Seam ripper
Pinking Shears: Pinking shears cannot be used like normal scissors

since they will lead to inaccurately cut lines of fabric. They are,
however, crucial for finishing seams, hem edges etc.
Fig.2.1.52: Pinking Shears
24
Cutting Table: A flat board placed on a table where the fabric is laid out
and cut. The fabric can be pinned securely to the cutting board/table to
prevent it from slipping.
Fig.2.1.53: Cutting Table
Sewing Gauge: A 6 inch gauge with a movable indicator convenient for

measuring short lengths.
Fig.2.1.54: Sewing Gauge
Hem Gauge: A measuring device marked with various depths and

hemline folds. It is practical when hemming straight on grain edges.
Fig.2.1.55: Hem Gauge
Yardstick/Meter stick: Is use to measure fabric and to check grain line. Itcan
be used in marking a long straight lines and in measuring hemlengths.
Fig.2.1.56: Yardstick/Meterstick
Hip Curve: The Hip Curve is used in connecting or shaping slightly

curve points. It has a measure of inches at the front and centimeters
at the back part.
Fig.2.1.57: Hip Curve
L-square: It is useful in constructing perpendicular lines with

divisional parts located in longer and shorter arms.
Fig.2.1.58: L-square
Tailor's Chalk: A thin piece of hard chalk used in tailoring for making temporary
alteration marks on clothing.
Fig.2.1.59: Tailor's Chalk
25
Novelty Yarns: Novelty yarns include a wide variety of yarns made

with unusual features, structure or fiber composition such as slubs,
inclusions, metallic or synthetic fibers, laddering and varying thickness
introduced during production.
Fig.2.1.60: Novelty Yarns

Masking tape: Also known as sticky tape, is a type of pressure-
sensitive tape made of a thin and easy-to-tear paper, and an easily
released pressure-sensitive adhesive. It is available in a variety of
widths. It is used mainly in painting, to mask off areas that should not
be painted.
Fig.2.1.61: Masking Tape
French Curve: A French curve is a template usually made from metal,

wood or plastic composed of many different curves. It is used in
manual drafting to draw smooth curves of varying radii. The shapes
are segments of the Euler spiral or clothoid curve.
Fig.2.1.62: French Curve
Hand Needle: Hand sewing needles are available in varying sizes with
varying points. They guide the thread through fabric when you are
hand sewing.
Fig.2.1.63: Hand Needle
Punch Needle: A Punch needle is an easy to use tool that opens up

a delightful world of dimensional needle art. It quickly and easily
produces one-level or exciting three dimensional designs.
Fig.2.1.64: Punch Needle
Frame, round: Used for creating designs through hand stitch.
Fig.2.1.65: Frame, Round
26
Pattern making paper: Used for practising cutting and creating

patterns.
Fig.2.1.66: Pattern making paper
Tracing paper: Tracing paper is paper made to have low opacity

used for creating designs.
Fig.2.1.67: Tracing paper
Hand held thread trimmer: Used for thread trimming.
Fig.2.1.68: Hand held thread trimmer
Bent neck, metallic Tweezer: Tweezers are small tools used for
picking up objects too small to be easily handled with the human
hands
Fig.2.1.69: Bent neck, metallic Tweezer
Pencils (HB, 2B, 4B): The graphite grading scales used to measure the
hardness of a pencil’s graphite core. The higher the number the harder
the writing core and the lighter the mark left on the paper.
Fig.2.1.70: Pencils (HB, 2B, 4B)

Pick glass: Handy Reed Pick glass helps in checking the reed pick of
the fabric. It also helps in checking the weaving, dyeing & printing
defects in the fabric if any is made.
Fig.2.1.71: Pick glass
27
Needle threader: A needle threader is a device for helping to put thread through
the eye of a needle. Many kinds exist, though a common type combines a short
length of fine wire bent into a diamond shape, with one corner held by a piece of
tinplate or plastic.
Fig.2.1.72: Needle threader
Nonwoven Non-fusible Backing Paper: It is made of man-

made fibers bonded together to form a paper-like sheet. SFig.
nonwovens (no stretch) are best for medium- to heavyweight
fabrics with a slight to very crisp hand. Nonwovens with a
crosswise or all-direction stretch can be used for soft to moderate
shaping. Fusibles today are fast, secure and easy to use.
Fig.2.1.73: Nonwoven Non-fusible Backing Paper
Hand embroidery book: Used for learning hand embroidery.
Fig.2.1.74: Hand embroidery book
Fabric Glue: It provide temporary or permanent ways to attach fabric without sewing.
Fig.2.1.75: Fabric Glue
Surface ornamentation material (Beads, Sequins): Decorative material used for decoration of clothes.
Fig.2.1.76 (a): Beads Fig.2.1.76 (b): Sequins
28
Buttons: are attached to garment by hand stitching or machine

stitching
Fig.2.1.77: Buttons
Hooks: are attached to garment with the help of needle and thread
Fig.2.1.78: Hooks
Trims: Trim or trimming in clothing and home decorating is applied

ornament, such as gimp, ribbon, ruffles.
Fig.2.1.79: Trims
Lace: A fine open fabric of cotton or silk, made by looping, twisting,

or knitting thread in patterns and used especially for trimming
garments.
Fig.2.1.80: Lace
Zipper: Attached in lower garments.
Fig.2.1.81: Zipper
Pant hooks: Attached in lower garments.
Fig.2.1.82: Pant Hooks
29
Sewing Mannequin: it is a type of a doll used by Sewing machine opera-

tors or tailors to display or fit clothing.
Greyscale: It is used for maching

colors in the sewed garment
against the specifications.
Fig.2.1.83: Sewing Mannequin
Fig.2.1.84: Greyscale
Thimble: It is a small hard cup warn for protection on the finger

that pushes the needle in sewing
Fig.2.1.85: Thimble
2.1.5 Check the Equipment is Safe and Set-up in Readiness for Use
Keeping a check on your work area is very important. Chaotic areas can create unhealthy and unhygienic work
environment leading to accidents and tragedies. Hence, it is always recommended to have a look that the
equipment you are going to work on, is safe and ready to use. While working as a sewing machine operator or in
such environment you might come across many electrical equipment’s, tools and machineries hence here are tips
you should always keep in mind before using the appliances.
• Always examine the work area and its surroundings. Never use machines or power
tools when they have water on them or if they are exposed to wet conditions like
water spillage (even accidentally).
• While using electrical appliances like iron etc. always carry-out a visual check
before plugging-in.
• Make sure that the equipment’s plugs or connectors are not damaged or are not
having any broken/ loose wires.
• Before plugging in, inspect the machinery and make sure that the electric switch
on the machinery is off before turning it on for use from the main switch.
• Always consult health and safety department if there are any stains or spark marks
present on the equipment to make double assured that it’s safe to use. Fig.2.1.86
30
• Before turning on any equipment make sure to look around the area to make sure that there is no hazardous
material, in order to have healthy working.
• Equipment which was not frequently used in the past should not be used immediately without any inspection,
make sure to get it inspected and oiled / greased if needed.
• Always check for the damaged parts before using any product, and if any part that appears damaged should
be cautiously inspected and send it for repair. Any part that is damaged should be properly renovated or
replaced by a qualified technician only. Do not use if any switch does not turn on and off properly.
• Do not operate the machine without having the safety guards on it to avoid any unwanted accident at the
work place.
• Make a basic checklist of your workstation and go through before starting to use the machine for e.g. look for
any dull, rusty or bent needles and first replace them before using the sewing machine.
• Always look for your safety guards like eye guard or Fig.guard to avoid needle injury etc. and make sure to
have them if your job requires.
• Make sure the equipment is set up in readiness for use i.e. it should be properly greased if needed and all
parts and functioning efficiently.
• Before using equipment make sure to look for a label which denotes the trademark for ‘safety’ and you
should be well aware about when was the last time a quality check was conducted on equipment. This allows
the operator to understand machine’s capability and its readiness for use.
2.1.6 Types of Threads

Sewing Thread
A long, thin, small diameter yarn or twisted strand, usually treated with a surface coating or lubricant or both,
intended to be used to stitch one or more pieces of material or an object to a material are referred to as sewing
threads.
Knowledge of sewing thread
Structure and manufacturing process of the sewing thread, usual textile products such as cotton thread, silk
thread, etc. have been used as sewing thread before. Nowadays, however, chemical fiber products such as
polyester thread, nylon thread, etc. are largely used in accordance with materials or applications. These threads
are dissimilar from one another in structure and manufacturing.
Fig.2.1.87 (a): Thread Structure
Spun thread (Cotton thread, Synthetic spun thread) Short staple fibers produced by a series of twist applied to
the staple (Short fiber) is known as spun thread.
31
Fig.2.1.87 (b): Thread Structure
Mono filament thread this thread is just the same as long fibre that is spun by melting and a long yarn without
twist.
Different types of threads

1. Rayon: Rayon is the most popular fiber used for embroidering.
Its shine and softness makes it a cheaper alternative for
silk. Stitches made with rayon threads are smooth and are
responsible for higher quality embroidery. However, using
rayon is disadvantageous because over time, its quality
Fig.2.1.88: Rayan Thread
deteriorates and is quite high maintenance in that regard.
2. Polyester: Polyester is a fiber produced from the synthetic
processing of polymer resins. It can be made to have a matte
finish or a high shine finish, similar to silk as well. Unlike
rayon, polyester does not fade or shrink when washed. It
is economical and suitable for all types of sewing. It/s color
fastness and strength are the major reason why it is the most
preferred medium of stitching.
Fig.2.1.89: Polyester Thread
3. Nylon: This is another synthetically produced thread with

good strength. However the disadvantages aremany, like,
not being heat resistant, not colourfast (becomes yellow
over time) and also becomes brittlethrough laundering and
exposure.
Fig.2.1.90: Nylon Thread
4. Cotton: This is the only 100% natural fiber thread made for
high speed machines. These threads performsbeautifully in
machines and has a soft sheen. Embroidery floss is made up
of 6 strands that can either beseparated or kept together. This
is usually used for cross-stitch.
Fig.2.1.91: Cotton Thread
5. Wool: A popular animal fiber, wool has a very soft look when
it is stitched. While it is not very reflective, it has a soft texture
and has a soft look when stitched.
Fig.2.1.92: Wool
32
Basics of thread construction

All conventional sewing threads begin their production cycle as simple yarns. These basic yarns are produced by
twisting together relatively short fibers or fine continuous filaments.
Fig.2.1.93: Basics of thread construction
Some terms used in the context of thread construction are:

• Twist: The ‘twist’ of a thread refers to the number of turns per unit length required to hold the fibers / plies
together to give the yarn / thread substance the required strength and flexibility. A thread with an excessive
twist is also likely to give trouble while sewing due to ‘twist liveliness’, which can cause snarling, loops, knots
and possible spillage that prohibit stitch formation.
• Twist direction: Direction of twist is identified as ‘S’ for left twist and ‘Z’ for right twist. Most single needle lock
stitch and other machines are designed for ‘Z’ twist threads. ‘S’ twist thread untwists during stitch formation.
Ply and cord: Yarns with many components are twisted together to form ply thread. Most commonly used are 2,
3 or 4 ply threads. Threads are twisted together to give corded thread. used are 4, 6 or 9 cord.
Fig.2.1.94: Ply and Cord of Thread
Sewing Thread Numbering

The thickness of sewing threads is defined by Tex. or Tkt. (Ticket). And these two thread numbering terms are
widely used. A same thickness of thread will have two different Figs in these two systems.
Tex Numbering :Tex is a metric system of textile yarna and thread numbering. Tex is defined as weight of 1000
meters thread in grams. For example, Tex 50 means a length of 1000 meters of thread will gives 40 grams of
weight.
33
Fig.2.1.95: Thread Size Selection
2.1.7 Needles
Parts of a sewing machine needle
Fig.2.1.96: Parts of a sewing machine needle
• Shank: Top of needle that inserts into machine; most often has round needle in right position.
• Shaft: Body of needle below shank. Shaft thickness determines needle size.
• Front groove: Slit above needle eye, should be large enough to “cradle” thread.
• Point: Needle tip that penetrates fabric to pass thread to bobbin-hook and form stitch. Shape of point varies
among needle types.
• Scarf: Indentation at back of needle. A long scarf helps eliminate skipped stitches by allowing bobbin hook
to loop thread more easily.
• Eye Hole: Eye Hole in end of needle through which thread passes. Needle size and type determine size and
shape of eye.
34
Fig.2.1.97: Types of Needle Points
Selection of needles
When we select the needle for a specific fabric, we have to decide on two things:
• Needle thickness
• Point shape
Choice of Needle Thickness
We sew some rough cloth using different needles and check the seams. If the needle is not right, we can see the
damage to the cloth by pulling it slightly.
Fig.2.1.98: Choosing Needle Thickness
Choice of Needle Point

The needle points are of 2 types, cut points and cloth points.
1. Cut points/Sharp point: These points have a sharp tip to cut through the cloth. These are used for stitching
leather products and clothes.
35
Fig.2.1.99: Cut Point of Needle
2. Cloth points: These have a slightly rounded tip and can cut through the cloth without damaging it. The cloth
points can be round or ball points.
»» Round points: These are rounded at tip but are thin and sharp. Such points are used for woven fabric so
that the needle can get through the fibers inside the weaves.
Fig.2.1.100: Round Point of Needle
»» Ball points: Used for knitted fabrics, these points are thicker and more rounded at the tip. They shift the
yarns and pass through, avoiding holes and fabric damages.
Fig.2.1.101: Ball Point of Needle
Needle Numbering System American European

8 60
There are two number systems associated with sewing
machine needles: 9 65
10 70
1. European labelling system: European sizes range from 60
to 120, 60 being a fine needle and 120 being a thick heavy 11 75
needle. 12 80
2. American labeling system: The American system uses 8 14 90
to 19, 8 being a fine needle and 19 being a thick heavy 16 10
needle. 18 110
19 120
Fig.2.1.102: Sew Machine Needle Size
NEEDLE SPUN FILAMENT CLOTH MATERIAL

THREAD THREAD
No.5 No. 120 No. 100 Glossy silk, Synthetic ultralight weight
(satin etc.)
No. 7 to No. 8 No. 100 No. 80 to No. 100 Same as above
No. 9 to No. 10 No. 80 No. 60 to No. 80 Light-weight silk, satin, crepe de chine,
georgette, voile, knit 20G to 26G
No. 11 to No. 12 No. 60 No. 50 to No. 60 Light-weight calico, broadcloth, light-
weight wool, knit/double 16G to 20G
36
No. 13 to No. 14 No. 40 to No. 50 No. 50 Normal broadcloth, wool cloth, general
fabric
No. 16 No. 30 to No. 40 No. 40 General heavy-weight fabric (overcoat,
etc.) water-proof cloth
No. 18 No. 20 to No. 30 No. 20 to No. 30 Bed-clothes, bags, vinyl shoes
No. 19 No. 10 to No. 20 No. 10 to No. 20 Leather shoes, sheets
No. 20 to No. 21 No. 10 No. 8 to No. 10 Leather shoes, tents
No. 23 to No. 24 No. 8 No. 8 Extra heavy-weight materials, tent,
sheet.
Fig.2.1.103: Materials to be sued as the product specification
Exercise
1. Which of the followings are the types of Industrial Sewing Machines?
a) Feed off the arm
b) Lockstitch Machine
c) Flatlock Machine
d) All the above
2. ___________ is one of the most important part of a machine; it carries thread through the fabric to the
bobbin and completes stitch formation.
a) Bobbin
b) Hook
c) Needle
d) Thread
3. What are the types of Feed Mechanism?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. What are the materials and tools required for stitching?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
5. What are the types of threads?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
37
UNIT 2.2: Stitch Components to Produce Apparels
Unit Objectives
1. Adjust the machine.
2. Ask questions to obtain more information.
3. Estimate the expected length of time for the process.
4. Perform a test sew run.
5. Know the different types of stitching and seam.
2.2.1 Adjusting the Machine
2.2.1.1 Threading
Step 1: This is where the thread goes. If you Step 2: Allow the string to unwind and put it
have a cap or stopper put it on after you put through this hoop. Mine can also snap in from
the thread on. Also put the side of the thread the back but usually with older machines this is
with the little cut to the back or bottom. a hoop.
Step 3: This can also be a loop but mine Step 4: From the tension bring the thread up
slides in through the back. and from right to left put it through the
hole here.
38
Step 5: Then bring it down from the take up Step 6: Then into the next thread guide.
lever into the coiled thread guide.
Step 7: Then thread the needle front to back Step 8: Insert the bobbin.
or right to left depending on your
machine. Pull enough thread through
so that it does not pull out when the
needle moves 5-10 inches.
Step 9: Pull the string out tight and set the

bobbin into the tray. Insert the thread
into the metal notch and pull back.
39
2.2.1.2 Using the Bobbin Winder
Step 1: • Place spool of thread on spool

pin.
• Slide spool pin holder/cap firmly
over rim of spool to prevent
thread from tangling.
• Push bobbin winder pin to far left Step 2: Pass thread end, from inside, through
if it is not already there. small hole in rim of bobbin
• Pass the thread from spool
through thread guide
Step 4: • Holding thread end, step on

Step 3: • Place bobbin onto pin. speed controller to run machine
until desired amount of thread is
• Push bobbin winder pin to the wound.
right. This will stop the needle
from moving. • Cut thread; push bobbin to the
left and remove it from bobbin
winder pin
Treadles
A treadle is a part of a machine which is operated by the foot to produce reciprocating or rotary motion in a
machine such as a weaving loom (reciprocating) or grinder (rotary). Many of the early machines were powered
by a treadle mechanism. The treadle was operated by pressing down on it with a foot, or both feet, to cause a
rocking movement. This movement spins a large wheel on the treadle frame, connected by a thin leather belt to
a smaller driving wheels on the sewing machine.
Tension adjustment
To make a basic adjustment, adjust the bobbin spring; tighter if the bobbin thread shows on the upper layer, and
looser if the needle thread shows on the under layer.
40
Fig.2.2.1: Bobbin Case Fig.2.2.2: Bobbin
Adjusting the needle

Needle is chosen and adjusted as per the requirement,
i.e. it depends on what thread and what material is been
used. While selecting and adjusting needle for specific
fabric, two things must be considered:
1. Thickness of a needle
2. Point-shape
Fig.2.2.3: Adjusting the needle
Choice of needle point

• Cut Points: These points have sharp tips to cut through the cloth therefore they are used for stitching leather
products and clothes.
• Cloth Points: They have slight round shape and can cut through the cloth without damaging it. Suitability
of thread and needle is also based on cloth material for e.g. for light weight silk, satin or crepe cloth point
needles can be used as they cut through the cloth without providing them any damage.
2.2.1.3 Replacing a Needle

It always happens. You're pushing that fabric through, pushing that pedal to the grindstone, and it happens.
You hear the loud pop and feel a tiny prick against your face or arm. You've broken a needle. But there's no use
crying over a broken needle. They're fast and easy to replace, as long as you have some back up needles around.
Nowadays, sewing machines use universal needles, which will fit just about every machine.
Step 1: Hold the needle with your left hand Step 2: Remove the needle by pulling down
and undo the screw at the top of the and away from the needle clamp.
needle with your right hand.
41
Step 3: With the flat side towards the back, Step 4: Use your fingers initially and then your
push the new needle up inside the tool of choice to tighten the needle
needle clamp as high as it will go. clamp screw. The tighter you can make
this, the better. A loose clamp may
leave the needle down in the fabric
you are sewing.
Step 5: Re-thread your needle, pushing the

thread from front to back.
2.2.2 Pre-sewing Activities

Before sewing a garment, the sewing machine operator should.
• Check that equipment is safe and set up in readiness for use. Perform a machine, needle and spool check. Do
a sample run to check thread tension.
• Check that the materials to be used are free from faults. Go through all the material required for constructing
the garment. Do fabric, thread and trims checking before sewing.
• Ensure the materials used meet the specification matching. Go to through the spec sheet and make sure the
materials meet the specifications provided by the buyer.
2.2.3 Ask Questions to Obtain More Information

Ask questions to obtain more information on tasks when
the instructions are unclear and finalize the stitching
option with supervisor in case of queries:
• It is important to ask questions rather to act like a
dumb or a super heroic figure to the group or the team
at your work place.
• It is important to play attention, while demonstration
Fig.2.2.4
42
or details are been given/taught on how to perform your certain job role, however even if you haven’t been
told or maybe you were unable to understand at once, it’s always suggested.
• As a sewing machine operator it is very important for you to be proactive at all times like pro-active in
learning or asking things you aren’t sure about and pro-active and swift in working as well.
• Flawless working can be attained only if you put in endless efforts of practicing or clearing all your doubts
when and wherever you require.
• Even if you think it’s the silliest thing ever which I have not understood or people would make fun of; ignore
that thought right then and there. Ask! It’s much better to ask rather to keep quiet.
• When you are not clear about the instructions like what and how you have stitch any particular garment it’s
always suggested to look for a team leader or a supervisor for guidance and help on the subject.
• If you feel hesitant in directly approaching your supervisor tell them to make you sit with someone who is
efficient in the work so that you can learn from one of the group mates at your ease.
• More you ask, more efficient you become.
• Asking the query of any sort of doubt like non-understanding of the subject or any un-cleared / confusing
statements can also help using the resources right way and not just wasting them trying rather than asking
the expertise.
• It is okay to ask even after the training period if you are un-sure about any statement related to your role in
the industry / company.
2.2.4 Estimate the Expected Length of Time for the Process

Off Standard Time
Time is considered off standard when operator is not able to work due to:
• Unavailability of work
• Power Failure
• Machine Breakdown
In simpler terms the amount of time in a day when the standard conditions are
not provided to operator for working is called off standard time
Fig.2.2.5
2.2.5 Perform a Test Run

Perform a test run if the sewing machine is running smoothly and with full efficiency. If not, then check the
following and adjust the machine:
43
Step 1: Cleaning and oiling: Check if the machine is been cleaned and oiled properly. With the presser foot up, try to run
the machine at full speed for one minute. If you hear a noticeable discrepancy in speed then the machine surely
needs some lubrication. Remove the top cover (if machine has one.)If not, you should be able to find holes on
top of it. Apply only a drop of SEWING MACHINE OIL (not 3 in 1 oil or any other kind of oil or rust inhibitor).
Next, reach the bottom of your machine. After removing any dust, lint, broken needles debris and straight pins,
apply a drop of oil to each moving part. By turning the hand wheel slowly (always towards you for 98% of them),
you will see all the moving parts joints that needs to be oiled. Many parts already have a small hole especially
for oiling.
Step 2: Check feed dogs: Remove the feed dog, clean the feed dogs. Try to pass a rag under them and with an old
needle or narrow tool, remove the lint inside the feed channels. Put back the needle plate. If your machine is
equipped with a FEED DROP, be sure the feeds are set at UP position. By turning the hand wheel (towards you),
check to see if the feeds make their movement.
Step 3: Look for upper tension: Most sewing machine problems are caused by thread tension. Learn this basic principle right
now: the upper tension determines your UNDER stitch. And the bobbin (bottom) tension determines your UPPER
stitch. Unless you are experimented to dismantle the upper tension unit or if it’s explained in your manual, follow this
simple technique. Tension discs are often disrupted by pieces of broken thread, lint and dust. This cause a gap between
the tension discs and no pressure is applied to the thread resulting of thread loops underneath. Take an 8" length of
thread and make 3 to 4 knots in it (as pictured below). Thread your tension system with this piece of thread a few times
in all directions. This will remove any lint residue between the tension discs. Try it for the first time with the presser
foot UP and then with the presser foot DOWN. When the presser foot is down and the tension dial set at number 4, you
should be able to feel a tension when pulling the thread. If so, the upper tension system is working properly.
44
Step 4: The bottom bobbin: Check also for the condition of the bobbin winder rubber tire. If you can see cracks and worn flat
surfaces, replace it. This very popular item is available at any sewing shop for a dollar or so. When winding a bobbin,
check to see of the thread winds evenly from each side of the bobbin. Then check the bottom of your bobbin case.
Remove any lint pancake. Install your bobbin in it. By pulling the thread, you should feel a very soft tension on the thread.
If not, some clogged lint may be laying between the small tension spring and the bobbin case itself.
Now perform the test run (Again) and must experience the following observations to make sure the machine is
working properly.
• Firstly, run the machine at mediums peed for the first stitch row.
• Check underneath: the stitch should be identical to the top one. No loops, only a tight stitch. If any loops are
found underneath, raise the upper tension slightly and make a second stitch row.
• Try also the reverse stitch a few times while sewing (do not stop to engage the reverse). Make sure the thread
does not break. Check also for loops underneath on the stitches made with the reverse.
• If everything is good so far, run the machine at full speed making a few stitch rows. If your machine is equipped
with the zigzag, try it. The zigzag stitch should be the same on top and bottom.
2.2.6 Check That the Material is Free from Faults

It is important to go through and inspect every garment which is produced in the garment factory. Stitching
operations one of the important aspects of the garment factories and every single thing should be very minutely
checked before sending for the final finishing or displaying. Any part of the machinery or the garment which you
would be required to work on, should be checked that the material about to be used is fault-free. Any faulty
material found, should be reported to the responsible authority immediately, it should be sent for replacement.
While using the material the commonly seen faults are in: faulty needle, unusual thread, wrong stitching pattern
however fabric defect over shadows all as it the most important of all in first place hence should be checked very
clearly and thoroughly before making it in use.
45
2.2.7 Seam
Seam is a joint consisting of a sequence of stitches uniting two or more pieces of material(s) and is used for
assembling parts in the production of sewn items.
Seam Classes
Class 1 – Superimposed seam
Class 2 – Lapped seam
Class 3 – Bound seams
Class 4 – Flat seams
Class 5 – Decorative/Ornamental stitching
Class 6 – Edge finishing/neatening
Class 7 – Attaching of separate items
Class 8 – Single ply construction
Types of Seam
Superimposed Seams: These generally start with two or more pieces of material
superimposed over each other and joined near an edge, with one or more rows
of stitches. There are various types of seams within the SS class. A superimposed
seam can be sewn with a stitch 301 or 401 to create a simple seam. The same
seam type can also be sewn with stitch class 500 (Over edge stitch) or Combination
stitches (i.e. stitch class 516). The purpose is to create neat load bearing seams for
lingerie, shirts, etc.
Fig.2.2.6: Superimposed Seams
Lap Felled Seam: The Lap Felled type, involves only one stitching operation
- a strong seam with fabric edges protected from fraying. Commonly used
for making up jeans or similar garments.
Fig.2.2.7: Lap Felled Seam
Bound Seams: These are formed by folding a binding strip over the edge
of the plies of material and joining both edges of the binding to the
material with one or more rows of stitching. This produces a neat edge
on a seam exposed to view or to wear.
Fig.2.2.8: Bound Seams
46
Flat Seams: These seams, sometimes called Butt Seams, two fabric
edges, flat or folded, are brought together and over sewn with a zig-
zag lockstitch, chainstitch or covering stitch (Class 600). The purpose
is to produce a join where no extra thickness of fabric can be tolerated
at the seam, as in under wear or in foundation garments.
Fig.2.2.9: Flat Seam
French Seam: French seaming involves 2 stitching operations with an

intervening folding operation - a flat, folded seam with only one row of
stitching visible on the top surface. French seaming involves 2 stitching
operations with an intervening folding operation - a flat, folded seam
with only one row of stitching visible on the top surface.
Fig.2.2.10: French Seam
Decorative/Ornamental stitching
On a single ply of material, an ornamental stitch is created using along
straight and/or curved lines or even while following an ornamental
design. A more complicated process in this regard is the piping stitch,
which includes many forms of producing a raised line along the
surface of the fabric.
The result of using this stitch is decorative components like braiding,
pin tucks etc. This seam is comprised of a minimum of one component.
Fig.2.2.11: Decorative Stitching
Edge finishing/neatening
Edge finishing involves folding or covering a single ply of the material
with a stitch.
Its applications include serging trouser panels, flys, facings, etc.
Fig.2.2.12: Edge finishing
2.2.8 Stitches
A Stitch in one unit of conformation of thread resulting from repeatedly passing a strand or strands and/or loop
or loops of thread into or through a material at uniformly spaced intervals to form a series of stitches. Stitch
classification is based on structure of the stitch and method of formation.
47
Stitch classification: Stitch classification is based on structure of the stitch and method of interlacing.
100 Class stitch(Single thread chain stitch ): Using one needle thread and one blind looper.
Fig.2.2.13: 100 Class stitch
200 Class stitch(Hand Stitch) - Single thread hand sewn stitch: Using one needle thread.
300 Class stitch (Lock Stitch) - Two or more thread lock stitch: Using Needle Thread(s) and One Bobbin Hook
Thread.
48
400 Class stitch(Chain Stitch) - Multi-thread chain stitch: Using one or more needle threads and one or more
looper threads.
500 Class Stitch(OverEdge Stitch) - Multi-thread over edge chain stitch: Using needle thread(s) and looper
thread(s).
Fig.2.2.17(a): 500 Class Stitch - Multi-thread over edge chain stitch
Fig.2.2.17(b): 500 Class Stitch - Multi-thread over edge chain stitch
49
600 Class Stitch(Flat Stitch) - Multi-thread cover stitches:
Fig.2.2.18: 600 Class Stitch - Multi-thread cover stitches
Stitches Per Inch for Woven Garments

The stitch length is measured by measuring the number of lengths
of thread found within one inch. As you can see here, there are
approximately 9 SPI sewn in this seam.
Fig.2.2.19: Stitch length measurment
Garments SPI Comments Garments SPI Comments

Denim Jeans, 7–8 Fewer stitches Children's wear 8 - 10 Usually 8 to 10 spi is
Jackets, Skirts per inch adequate to provide
generally will adequate seam
give a more strength and at the
contrast stitch same time allow for
appearance. quicker cycle times .
Twill Pants or 8 – 10 More stitches Dresses, Skirts 10 - 12 Due to many of the
per inch will operations being
Shorts
help minimize lockstitch, usually 10
seam grinning. – 12 spi is required
to provide adequate
seam strength.
Trousers, Dress 10 - 12 On some Blind stitch 3–5 A long stitch length
Pants, Slacks operations like Operations on is desirable to
serge panels, it Slacks, Dresses, minimize the dimple
may be desirable Skirts, etc. or appearance of the
to use a longer needle penetration
stitch length. on the outside of the
garment.
Dress Shirt or 14 – 20 Using more SPI Buttonsew 16 Button sew
allows the use of machines are cycle
Blouse (4 hole button)
smaller diameter machines with
threads that will
a predetermined
minimize seam
number of stitches
puckering.
per cycle.
50
Casual Shirts, 10 - 14 Using more SPI B u t t o n h o l e 85 - 90 Generally sewn

will give more of (1/2” purl or vertically – approx.
Blouses, Tops
a tailored stitch whip stitch) 85- 90 stitches
appearance and with a lockstitch
better seam buttonhole machine.
coverage when
serging.
Fig.2.2.20: Stitch length measurment table
Stitch Formation
The lock stitch uses two threads, an upper and a lower. Lock stitch is so named because the two threads, upper
and lower,"lock" (entwine) together in the hole in the fabric which they pass through. The upper thread runs from
a spool kept on a spindle on top of or next to the machine, through a tension mechanism, through the take-up
arm, and finally through the hole in the needle. Meanwhile the lower thread is wound onto a bobbin, which is
inserted into a case in the lower section of the machine below the material.
To make one stitch, the machine lowers the threaded needle through the cloth into the bobbin area, where a
rotating hook (or other hooking mechanism) catches the upper thread at the point just after it goes through the
needle. The hook mechanism carries the upper thread entirely around the bobbin case, so that it has made one
wrap of the bobbin thread. Then the take-up arm pulls the excess upper thread (from the bobbin area) back to
the top, forming the lock stitch. Then the feed dogs pull the material along one stitch length, and the cycle repeats
2.2.8.1 Steps for Lockstitch
Step 1: • Keep the slide plate open so that the hook-set is visible.
• Bring needle to its lowest position into the hole through which it reaches the bobbin by slowly moving
the hand-wheel.
• Now, move the needle up using the hand-wheel
• Needle-thread (Upper-thread) becomes loose when the needle goes up from this lowest position.
• Blade point of outer hook of the bobbin assembly catches the loop-shaped upper thread ad pulls it.
• Upper thread is then separated at the inner hook thread separating portion.
• So the needle-thread is taken up by the opposite (or rear) inner hook.
• At the same time needle-thread on cloth side is separated to the right side of inner hook.
51
Step 2: • Keep the slide plate open so that the hook-set is visible.
• Bring needle to its lowest position into the hole through which it
reaches the bobbin by slowly moving the hand-wheel.
• Now, move the needle up using the hand-wheel
• Needle-thread (Upper-thread) becomes loose when the needle
goes up from this lowest position.
• Blade point of outer hook of the bobbin assembly catches the
loop-shaped upper thread ad pulls it.
• Upper thread is then separated at the inner hook thread
separating portion.
• So the needle-thread is taken up by the opposite (or rear) inner
hook.
• At the same time needle-thread on cloth side is separated to the
right side of inner hook.
Step 3: • Thus the upper thread is lock-stitched (interlaced) with the lower thread.
• Stitch formation is completed when the upper thread lifts the lower thread.
• The feed dog pushes the unstitched portion of the cloth under the presser foot.
• The needle comes down and goes inside the cloth to repeat from step 1 to 14.
52
2.2.8.2 Steps for Chain Stitch
Step 1: • Needle is the lowest position.

• Upper thread becomes loose when needle goes up from its
lowest position.
• Needle-thread (upper thread) becomes like a loop then the
looper catches the needle thread.
• The needle enters the loop of needle-thread which is widened
by the looper.
Step 2: • The needle moves up and comes Step 3: • Looper keeps rotating and pulls
out of the cloth and the unstitched thread towards its own centre
portion of cloth is pushed forward
to form a stitch.
• Thread take-up lever tightens the
earlier loop of thread which the
• The looper rotates and removes looper removed in step 6.
the loop of the needle-thread it
had caught.
• Cloth feed is finished (feed dog
has finished one cycle of feeding)
• Also the looper keeps pulling in and a stitch is formed
the needle-thread as it rotates.
• Needle again pierces into the
• Needle-bar goes up and needle- cloth and continues to form the
thread take-up lever lifts the next stitch repeating all the step.
thread up along with it.
53
2.2.8.3 Stitch at the Normal Speed

The above activity was to understand the formation of lockstitch and chain stitch. Now let’s see how to stitch at
the normal speed.
• Step 1: Attach needle and thread the machine – needle-thread and bobbin-thread.
• Step 2: Adjust thread tension using a rough fabric.
• Step 3: Put the fabric sample at the left end of the machine.
• Step 4: Note the start time to start sewing exercise.
• Step 5: Pull the fabric sample with the left hand.
• Step 6: Raise the presser foot using the knee lifter.
• Step 7: Place the fabric sample under the presser foot such that the start point of the fine line is exactly below
the needle point. (Fig.2.2.47)
• Step 8: Lower the presser foot.
• Step 9: Press the pedal down with the toe of the right foot.
• Step 10: Continue to press the pedal down with more force such that machine runs at normal speed (i.e. high
speed).
• Step 11: Guide the sample with your

hands as it moves forward.
• Step 12: maintain stitching line along
the marked straight line.
• Step 13: Stop sewing-machine at the
stop mark.
• Step 14: Press the back part of the
pedal down with the heel of the left
foot.
• Step 15: Raise the presser foot and
pull the sample out.
• Step 16: Hold the trimmer in the right
hand and trim the threads.
• Step 17: Practice by repeating from
step 6 to 16 for all 10 lines on the
sample.
• Step 18: After completion, remove the
sample from the machine to the left
side. (Fig.2.2.48)
• Step 19: Note the end-time.
Fig.2.2.21: Stitching at normal speed
54
2.2.9 Practicing Corner Stitch and Curve Stitch
2.2.9.1 Corner Stitch

• Step 1: Attach needle and thread the machine- needle-thread and bobbin- thread.
• Step 7: Place the fabric sample under the presser foot such that the start point of the fine line is exactly below
the needle point.
• Step 9: Press the feed control lever (Reverse stitch lever) to its lowest position.
• Step 10: sew 2-3 reverse stitches at low speed.
• Step 11: Stop stitching.
• Step 12: Release the reverse stitch lever a that the machine can do regular sewing (forward direction).
• Step 13: Start sewing at normal speed i.e. high speed.
• Step 14: keep stitching along that line.
• Step 15: Slow down the speed when the corner comes near.
• Step 16: Stop sewing at the corner point.
• Step 17: Lower the needle at the corner.
• Step 18: Raise the presser foot.
• Step 19: keeping the needle in dropped position or lowest position
(pierced inside the fabric sample), turn the fabric sample.
• Step 20: Align the fabric sample such that the stitching line
drawing (after the corner stop point) is in line with the needle
point and stitching line.
• Step 22: Sew straight stitches.
• Step 23: Repeat Step 14-22 at every corner. (Fig.2.2.49)
• Step 24: Stop sewing at the sewing end symbol.
• Step 25: Press the back part of the pedal down with the heel of
the left foot.
• Step 26: Raise the presser foot and pull the sample out. Fig.2.2.22: Corner Stitch
55
2.2.9.2 Curve Stitching (Left Curve and Right Curve)

• Step 1: Attach needle and thread the machine- needle-thread and bobbin- thread.
• Step 7: Start sewing at the outermost semicircle of the curves on the left.
• Step 8: Place the fabric sample under the presser foot such that the start point of the first line is exactly
below the needle point.
• Step 10: Press the pedal down with the toe of the right foot.
• Step 11: Continue to press the pedal down with more force such that machine runs at a normal speed (high
speed).
• Step 12: Guide the sample with your hands as it moves forward to keep the stitching on the drawn curve.
• Step 13: maintain stitching line along the marked curve.
• Step 14: Stop sewing-machine at the stop mark.
• Step 15: Press the back part of the pedal down with the heel of the left foot.
• Step 16: Raise the presser foot and pull the sample out.
• Step 17: Hold the trimmer in the right hand and trim the threads.
• Step 18: Practice by repeating from step 6 to 16 for all 7 curves on the sample.
• Step 19: Now, practice sewing along the outermost right curve on
the worksheet by repeating step 6 – 16 for all 7 right curves.
• Step 20: Note the hand movement that helps guide the fabric
which must change according to the change in the direction of
curve.
• Step 21: After completion, remove the sample form the machine
to the left side. (Fig.2.2.50)
• Step 22: Note the end time Fig.2.2.23: Curve Stitching
56
Industry Visit
The purpose of visiting an apparel manufacturing unit is to get hands on knowledge about various processes
involved in the work of an SMO. During the visit you have to interact with Sewing Machine Operators and
supervisors to understand how work is done in industry. Make sure that you keep a notebook handy and note
down any important points that come up during your interaction at the apparel manufacturing unit. When you
go to an apparel manufacturing unit, you should:
• Analyze how an SMO adjusts sewing machine for sewing like, threading a machine, attaching bobbin to
machine and replacing needle etc.
• Understand the different types of stitches and which type of stitch suits to different fabrics.
• Ask questions to SMOs/supervisors if you have any query.
Exercise
1. A treadle is a part of a machine which is operated by the foot to produce reciprocating or rotary motion in a
machine such as a weaving loom (reciprocating) or grinder (rotary).
a) True
b) False
2. The amount of time in a day when the standard conditions are not provided to operator for working is called
off standard time
a) True
b) False
3. What are the types of Seam?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. How to use Bobbin Winder?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
57
UNIT 2.3: Stitching a Trouser
Unit Objectives
1. Recognize the different parts of a trouser.
2. Stitch a trouser.
2.3.1 Types of Pockets, Plackets and Sleeves

Pockets: A pocket is a bag- or envelope-like receptacle either fastened to or inserted in an article of clothing to
hold small items
Fig.2.3.1: Types of Pockets
Plackets: A placket is an opening in the upper part of trousers or

skirts, or at the neck or sleeve of a garment. Plackets are almost
always used to allow clothing to be put on or removed easily
Fig.2.3.2: Types of Plackets
Sleeves: Sleeve is the part of a garment that covers the arm, or

through which the arm passes or slips.
Fig.2.3.3: Types of Sleeves
58
2.3.2 Trouser Stitching

Parts of a trouser
Fig.2.3.4: Parts of a trouser
59
2.3.3 Steps for Stitching a Trouser
2.3.3.1 Preparation of Pocket Bag (front)
Step 2: Take both the lower facing

pieces and put overlock stitch
on the curved sides. Again,
make sure that the face side of
the pieces are on the top.
• Note the notch martks on
the lower facing pieces.
Step 1: Take both the upper facing pieces
• Note that the overlock
and put overlock stitch on the longer
straight sides. Make sure the face side stitch is on the curved
of the pieces is on top. side.
Step 3: Take both of the pocket bag pieces

and both upper facing pieces. Keep the
upper facing piece over the pocket bag Step 4: Put lockstitch at the edge of the
overlock stitch.
in such a way that the overlock part
is facing inside and the stitch is facing
upwards.
Step 5: Take both the lower facing pieces and Step 6: Put the lockstitch at the edge of the
keep them over the other side of the overlock curved stitch.
pocket bag.
60
2.3.3.2 Pocket Attaching (front)
Step 1: Take the two front pieces and keep Step 2: Take the pocket bag and place it over
them on the sewing Fig.with the face the left front piece aligning with the
side up. mouth of the pocket.
Step 3: Put 6 mm stitch taking ¼ line on throat Step 4: Turn the piece and put 4 mm stitch at
plate as guide, starting from the top to the mouth of the pocket.
bottom.
Step 5: Match the lower facing and upper Step 6: Put 2 mm stitch starting from the
facing at thenotch marks. waistline to the outer side of the left
front piece.
61
Step 8: Take the other pocket bag and place it

over the right front piece aligning with
the pocket bag (face to face).
Step 9: Repeat steps 3-7 for the right hand

side pocket.
Step 7: Put 5 thread overlock stitches on the

curved portion of the pocket bag.
2.3.3.3 Pocket Attaching (Back)
Step 1: Take a note of the notch marks and the

pocket marking on the back piece.
Step 2: Fold the fabric at the centre notch

mark and make a dart by starting to
stitch on the notch mark till the centre
marking.
Step 3: Take one of the back pocket bags.

Place it belowthe back piece in such
a way that the top end of the back
piece and the pocket bag are perfectly
aligned. Make sure that pocket bag is
aligned centrally to the dart.
Step 4: Take one of the fused bone pieces
and place it over the pocket markings
in such a way that the top marks are
visible and the bottom marks are
covered by the bone pieces and are at
equal distance from both sides.
62
Step 5: Now put a 6 mm stitch starting from Step 6: Take the second fused bone piece and
back rise side towards the side seam place it next to the stitched bone piece
side. The first stitch should be at the on the waist side.
notch mark side. Put back tack, both
at the beginning and end of the stitch.
Step 7: Put 6 mm stitch starting from the side- Step 8: Cut the fabric between the two bones
seam side towards the back rise side. leaving 10–12 mm on both sides.
Step 10: Cut the fabric between the two bones

leaving 10–12 mm on both sides.
Step 9: Put 6 mm stitch starting from the side-

seam side towards the back rise side.
63
Step 11: Put a stitch on the edge of the folded Step 12: Repeat steps 10 and 11 for the other
portion next to the stitched portion. bone.
Step 13: Push the balance fabric inside. Step 14: Put a stitch at the end of the cut
portion.
Step 15: Put overlock stitch at the loose end of the bottom bone piece.
Step 16: Attach bone piece with the pocket bag Step 17: Put overlock stitch on the back pocket
using lockstitch. facing.
64
Step 18: Take the other piece of the pocket bag. Step 19: Put a lockstitch over the overlock portion.
Place the back pocket facing on top
of the pocket bag at a distance of 2½
inches from top of the pocket bag.
Step 20: Take the fi rst pocket bag, which is Step 21: Now put a stitch at the inner side to
already sewn to the back piece. Place join the two pocket bags together.
the other pocket bag over it. Both the
bags should match perfectly.
Step 22: Put 5-thread overlock stitches starting Step 23: Put 3 mm lockstitch at the waistline,
from right (back rise side) to the left starting from the left towards the
side. right, to stitch the loose top end of
the pocket bag with the fabric.
65
2.3.3.4 Fly Making and Attaching
Step 1: Take the fused J-fly piece and put Step 2: Take the fl y supportive part. Fold it
overlock stitch on the face side of the into two equal parts and put over lock
fabric starting from bottom of the stitch on the long open side and one on
curved side till the top. the short open sides.
Step 3: Take the fused J-fly piece and put Step 4: Take the left front piece and place the
overlock stitch on the face side of the J-fl y piece over the left front piece.
fabric starting from bottom of the Align the straight end of the J-fl y with
curved side till the top. the front rise along with the backside
of the J-fl y facing up.
Step 5: Put a 6 mm lockstitch starting from the Step 6: Turn the J-fl y piece and put an edge
bottom to the top (waist line). stitch on top of the fl y from bottom to
top. Make sure that the raw edges are
facing towards the fly.
66
2.3.3.5 Zipper Attaching
Step 1: Take the zipper, open it and bring the Step 2: Place the zipper with slider facing
slider down. down over the fly piece at 8 mm from
the straight edge at the top and 6 mm
at the bottom. Align the bottom edge
of the zipper with the curved portion
of the fly piece.
Step 3: Put an edge stitch on the left side of Step 5: Now put a 4 mm stitch starting from
the zipper from top to bottom. bottom to top.
Step 4: Close the zipper and turn the piece
180o clockwise.
Step 6: Take the fl y supportive part. Place

the zipper with slider facing up on the
fly supportive part. Properly align the Step 7: Turn the fabric and put edge stitch on
zipper end and the overlock side of the the zipper starting from bottom to top.
fly supportive part.
67
Step 8: Take the right front piece and place the Step 9: Put 6 mm stitch starting from bottom
front rise side over the zipper. Make to the top.
sure that the waistlines of both the left
and right front pieces match.
Step 10: Turn the stitched panels and bring the Step 11: Leave a gap of 1 mm between the
face side up. zipper teeth and the edge of the fabric
and put top-stitch.
Step 12: Open the zipper. Step 13: Turn the left side front piece from the
zipper side at the point of stitch.
68
Step 14: Place the ready pattern of J-fly over the Step 15: Put lockstitch along the ready pattern
left front piece on the front rise side. starting from top to the bottom.
Step 16: Close the zipper and complete the Step 17: Put a top-stitch on the edge of the fi
J-stitch along the J-pattern. nished J-piece starting from bottom to
top.
Step 19: Turn the piece so that the front side

of the fabric is facing up. Put an edge
stitch on front rise starting from
Step 18: Reverse the fabric and put 6 mm stitch bottom till the end of J-stitch.
on the curved portion of the front rise.
69
2.3.3.6 Back Rise Attaching
Step 1: Take both the left and right back Step 2: Put 1 cm stitch at the back rise starting
pieces. Match them face-to-face. from top to bottom with back tack at
both the top and bottom.
Step 3: Now put overlock stitches at the back Step 4: Turn the raw edges towards the left
rise starting from top to bottom. side and put top-stitch at the edge of
the back rise.
2.3.3.7 Front and Back Piece Attaching
Step 2: Put 1 cm stitch throughout the right

Step 1: Place front and back pieces in such a side starting from top to bottom.
way that the face sides of both pieces
face each other.
70
Step 3: Turn the raw edges towards the back. Step 4: Align the back and front rise seams and
Put topstitches at the edge starting the open sides of the front and back.
from top to bottom for the right side
and bottom to top for the left side.
Step 5: Put 5-thread overlock stitches starting from bottom to finish at other
bottom side.
2.3.3.8 Belt Loop Making
Step 1: Take a long strap, 2.5 Step 2: Turn the raw edges Step 3: Start sewing and feeding
mm wide, of the fabric towards the left side and the fabric properly.
used in body. put top-stitch at the edge
of the back rise.
71
Step 4: Put the marking on the strap for the Step 5: Cut the strap of desired leangth.
required length.
2.3.3.9 Belt Loop Attaching
Step 1: Mark the positions on the waistline Step 2: Place the belt piece, with the folded
where the loops are to be attached. side up on the backside of the right
front. Belt band should be extended
by ½ inch.
Step 3: • Put a lockstitch adjacent to the folded part of the belt

piece.
• Place the loop with the side facing the fabric and continue
to stitch till the end by placing other loops at required
positions.
72
Step 4: Turn the belt piece in such a way that Step 5: • Stitch the open vertical end on
the fused side is up. both sides starting with back tack.
• Now again turn the belt piece so
that the face side is facing up.
Step 6: Now put edge stitches throughout the Step 7: Finally put edge stitches throughout
length of the belt on the bottom side. the top side of the belt and stitch the
loops at appropriate positions.
2.3.3.10 Bottom Hemming
Step 1: Fold the fabric as per the design Step 2: Start putting the edge stitch from the
requirement. inseam and fi nish at inseam. Repeat
steps 1 and 2 for the other leg.
73
2.3.3.11 Bottom Hemming Using Folder

Step 1: Fold the bottom of right trouser leg 1 cm inside. Again fold the fabric to the required width and put 2 or 3 stitches.
Step 2: Place the attachment in such a way that the folded portion is fitted into the groove of the folder and then start stitching.
Feed the fabric properly.
Step 3: Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other leg.
2.3.3.12 Button Holing 2.3.3.13 Button Attaching
Step 1: Make the buttonhole on the left hand Step 1: Sew the button on the right hand side
side belt as per design requirement. belt as per the design requirement
Make another buttonhole on the and sew one button at the back
back pocket. pocket.
2.3.3.14 Bartacking
Step 1: Put bartack as per design Step 2: Put the bartack at the end of the J-fly
requirement. Normally bartacks are and at the curve of the J-fly.
put at both ends of left and right front
pocket mouth and at the end of the
front and back pocket joints.
Step 3: Put the bartack at the joining of front

and back rise.
74
Step 4: Put the bartack at the top and bottom Step 5: Put the bartack at both ends of the
of each belt loop. back pocket.
Industry Visit
• Recognize the different parts of a trouser.
• Analyze how an SMO makes and attaches the pocket bag, fly, zip, back rise and front and back pieces to pant.
• Also see how he makes and attaches the belt loop, bottom hemming and button and button holes.
Exercise
1. Fold the bottom of right trouser leg 1 cm inside. Again fold the fabric to the required width and put 2 or 3
stitches, this is the last step of Bottom Hemming using Folder.
a) True
b) False
2. What are the steps of stitching a trouser?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. What are the steps of Bartracking?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
75
UNIT 2.4: Stitching a Shirt
Unit Objectives
1. Recognize the different parts of a shirt.
2. Stitch a shirt.
2.4.1 A Traditional Shirt

Parts of a Shirt
Fig.2.4.1: Parts of a Traditional Shirt
76
2.4.2 Left Hand Side Placket
Step 1: Take the fused left hand side placket. Step 2: Locate the two notch marks. There is
one at 1.5 cm and the other at 5.5 cm
from the edge.
Step 3: Now, fold the fabric 1.5 cm till the Step 4: Now, fold the fabric 4 cm to the
first notch mark and press the folded second notch mark. Th e placket
part with an iron. should be 4 cm wide.
Step 5: Now, crease the folded part again Step 6: Start from the bottom and stitch the
with an iron. inner side of the placket using edge
stitch.
77
Step 7: Again from the bottom, stitch the Step 8: Identify the reference mark on the
outer side of the placket using edge throat plate and put a 4 mm stitch on
stitch. the outer side of the placket from the
bottom.
Step 9: Put a 4 mm stitch on the inner side of

the placket from the top.
2.4.3 Right Hand Side Placket
Step 2: Fold the fabric 1cm towards the

notch mark or the neck, on the back
of the fabric.
Step 3: Crease folded part.
Step 1: Identify the notch marks on the back

side of the fabric.
78
Step 4: Now, fold the fabric 2.5 cm till the Step 5: Crease the fold with an iron again like
second notch mark. in Step 3.
Step 6: Start from the top and stitch the inner

side of the placket using an edge
stitch.
2.4.4 Pocket Making and Stitching
Step 1: Take the fused pocket piece. Step 2: Locate the notch marks.
79
Step 3: Now, fold the top part of the fabric Step 4: • Now, fold the fabric 2.5 cm to
1cm till the first notch mark and press the second notch mark.
the folded part with an iron.
• Now, crease the folded part
again with an iron.
Step 5: Stitch the inner side of the pocket Step 6: Take the ready pattern given and
mouth using edge stitch. place it over thepocket.
Step 7: Now, fold the three sides 1 cm each and crease them as you fold.
80
Step 8: The pocket is now ready to be attached.
2.4.5 Attaching the Pocket
Step 1: Place the pocket piece on the left half Step 2: Match the right side of the pocket
of the shirt front. with the markings on the front of the
fabric.
Step 3: Sew the pocket from the placket side. Step 4: Now, sew till the top using 4 mm
Put 4 stitchesfollowed by a back tack. stitch.
81
Step 5: • Turn the fabric in a clockwise Step 6: • Again, turn the fabric clockwise.
direction. Keep the needle in the
fabric.
• Put the stitch at the edge till the
end.
• Stitch at the edge of the pocket
till the end.
Step 7: • Again, turn the fabric clockwise. Step 8: • Again, turn the fabric clockwise
Stitch the edge ofthe bottom and stitch up to 4 mm.
part of the pocket.
• Turn the fabric. Stitch up to the
• Step 10: Turn the fabric pocket mouth and put a back
clockwise and stitch the edge of tack.
the other side of the pocket.
Step 9: Now, the pocket is fully attached.
82
2.4.6 Attaching Yoke
Step 2: Keep one piece of the yoke on the

sewing Fig.
Step 1: First, check for the following notches:
• One notch at the centre of the
back piece of the shirt.
• 4 notches in the yoke piece:
»» One at the centre of the
reverse side of the yoke
piece.
neckline.
»» One at the centre of the left
armhole.
right armhole. Step 3: Place the back piece of the shirt on
top of the yoke in alignment with the
two notches.
Step 4: The right side of the inner yoke piece Step 5: The alignment should be such that
should face the reverse side of the the right side of the outer yoke piece
back piece of the shirt. Take the other faces the right side of the back piece
yoke piece and place it on top of the of the shirt.
back piece of the shirt and align with
the notch.
83
Step 6: Put a stitch of 1cm on the edge of the Step 7: Turn the yoke and crease it with your
3 pieces—2 yoke pieces and the back fi ngers.
piece of the shirt.
Step 8: Now, put a top-stitch at the edge first. Step 9: Finally, put a 4 mm stitch from the
edge.
2.4.7 Attaching Yoke to the Front
Step 1: Keep the front side of the back piece Step 2: The alignment should be such that
of the shirt on the top. the right side of the outer yoke piece
faces the right side of the back piece
of the shirt.
84
Step 3: The pieces are stitched at a distance Step 4: • The right side of the front and
of 1 cm from the edge leaving the the right side of the back piece of
bottom-most ply of the yoke. the shirt are placed together by
matching the yoke. The placket
should be towards the centre.
• Repeat Step 3 for right side.
Step 5: Hold the edge of the yoke from the

armhole side in one hand and the
unstitched yoke piece in the other hand.
Step 6: Turn and match the unstitched yoke
piece to the stitched yoke piece.
Step 7: Roll the body fabrics and insert it Step 8: Put a 1 cm stitch throughout.
between the two yoke pieces.
85
Step 10: Put a top-stitch at the edge on both

sides.
Step 9: Hold the front and the back pieces and

stretch them.
Step 11: Finally, put a 4 mm stitch on both sides.
2.4.8 Upper Sleeve Placket Preparation
Step 1: Take the two sleeve pieces and identify Step 2: Look at the reverse side of the sleeve
the notch marks on the armhole side and ensure that there is a cut of 13
in each one of them. cms or 5 inches at the bottom.
86
Step 3: Keep the two sleeve plackets with Step 4: Take the ready pattern. Leave a gap of
their straight sides facing each other. 1 cm and place it over the longer side
of the placket.
Step 5: Use the pattern and fold the longer Step 6: Again, using the pattern, fold the
side of theplacket 1 cm and iron it. longer side 3.5 cm and iron it.
Step 7: Use the pattern and fold the upper

portion of the placket in a V-shape.
Iron it well to form crease.
Step 8: Use the pattern and fold the upper

portion of the placket in a V-shape.
Iron it well to form crease.
87
2.4.9 Lower Sleeve Placket Preparation
Step 1: Keep both the lower sleeve plackets Step 2: Place the ready pattern on the placket.
on the Fig.
They are unfused and shorten in
length than upper sleeve plackets.
Step 3: USe the pattern and fold 1 cm. Use the iron to crease Step 4: Again, use the pattern and fold 2 cm.
it. Use the ironto crease it.
Step 5: Remove the ready pattern. Step 6: Repeat Steps 2 to 5 for the other
placket.
88
2.4.10 Attaching Plackets to the Sleeve
Step 1: Place the two sleeves on top of each Step 2: Take the two upper sleeve plackets
other and align the cut sides. and place them on the longer cut side
of the sleeves. Ensure that the folded
side is on top.
Step 3: Take a set of sleeve placket and sleeve. Step 4: Stitch the placket edge. Take the other
Align the edges of the sleeve placket set of sleeve and sleeve placket. Stitch
with the longer cut part of the sleeve. the placket edge.
Step 5: Turn the fabric such that the cut part Step 6: Now, place the lower placket on the
of it faces you. shorter cut part of the fabric and stitch
the edge along the length. Repeat
Step 3 and Step 6 for the other set of
sleeve plackets and sleeves.
89
Step 7: Make two v-shape cuts on the top part Step 8: • Smoothen the lower placket and
of the placket-stitch. turn it to the reverse side.
• Stitch the edged side of the lower
placket till the end.
• Turn the v-shaped cut to the
upper side.
Step 9: Place the placket on top of the Step 10: Hold the placket and the cut, together
v-shaped cut. and put a stitch at the bottom of the
cut.
Step 11: • Turn the upper placket over and

put an edged stitch till the end.
• Turn the fabric clockwise. Align
the upper and lower plackets.
Step 12: Stitch till the end of the plackets.
90
Step 13: • Turn the fabric counter-

clockwise. Put an edgestitch on
all the edges of the box of the
placket.
• Repeat Step 9 to Steps 7-13 for
the other sleeve plackets.
2.4.11 Attaching the Sleeve
Step 1: Take the sleeve piece. Ensure the Step 2: Match the left front piece with the
armhole faces you. Also, the longer armhole. Placethe shirt front above
cut edge should be on the right hand and the sleeve piece below.
side. The sleeve should be attached to
the left hand side armhole.
Step 4: Take the right sleeve and place it on the machine.

Step 3: Attach the left front with the left Ensure that the longer cut portion is to the left and
sleeve with a 1 cm stitch. facing away from you.
91
Step 6: Put an over-lock stitch at both the armholes. If

top-stitch is required on the armhole, the sleeve
Step 5: Match the notch marks and attach the should be kept up and the body part of the shirt
sleeve armhole with the body armhole should be kept down while putting the over-lock
by putting a 1 cm stitch. stitch. In case top-stitch is not required, the body
part of the shirt should be kept up and the sleeve
down.
Step 7: • While putting top-stitch, keep the margin towards the body. Put an edge stitch followed by a
4 mm top-stitch.
• Repeat the above steps for the other sleeve piece.
2.4.12 Side Seam
Step 1: Match the armhole and align the Step 2: Take the right hand sleeve. Stitch 1 cm
loose ends. from thesleeve bottom and continue
till side bottom.
92
Step 3: Take the left hand sleeve. Stitch 1 cm

from the sidebottom up to the sleeve
bottom.
• Turn the fabric margin towards back side and sew the top-
stitch by first sewing edge stitch and then 4 mm stitches on
Step 4: • Put the overlock stitch on both
sides, keeping the front part on
both the sides. the top.
2.4.13 Collar and Neckband Preparation
Step 1: Take the fused neckband piece. Turn Step 2: Turn the fusing side down. Put a 4 mm
the bottomend of the piece with your stitch at the top.
hand.
Step 4: Take the fused collar piece and place

Step 3: Fold the neckband and cut a notch at it on the collar piece that is not fused.
the centre of the upper side. The right side of the fused collar
should face the right side of the
unfused collar.
93
Step 5: Start stitching at a gap of 1 mm from Step 6: Stop the sewing machine one stitch
the fusing material from the collar before the collar point with the needle
base side. down. Insert an extra thread between
the two fabric layers touching the
needle.
Step 7: • Put one stitch and stop the Step 8: Now, put stitches at a distance of 1
sewing machine with the needle mm from the fused material.
down. The thread will be at the
back of the needle side.
• Hold both ends of the thread and
bring it towards the other side of
the collar.
• Put stitches at a distance of 1mm
from the fused material on the
remaining collar.
• Repeat steps 6, 7, 8, and 9.
Step 9: • Put back tack stitch at both the Step 10: Put a 4 mm stitch on all three sides
ends. of the collar. Keep the lower fabric
stretched to avoid wrinkles.
• Cut both the collar points and
turn the collar.
• Stretch the threads to give
proper shape to the collar.
94
Step 11: Put a 2 mm stitch on the open side of Step 12: Put edge stitch on the three sides of
the collar. the collar.
Step 13: Fold the collar and put a notch mark at the centre.
2.4.14 Collar and Neckband Attachment
Step 1: Place the neckband and collar face to Step 2: Align the notch and the band of the
face. collar.
95
Step 3: Start stitching from the notch point Step 4: Take the other neckband piece
leaving a gap of 1 mm. Repeat this without fusing. Place it below the
stitch from the notch point to both ready neckband collar piece.
ends.
Step 5: Now, start stitching from the Step 6: Turn the neckband piece.
neckband bottom portion, till the
other end.
Step 7: Fold the piece and put a notch at

the centre. The folded part is now
refolded and another notch is put.
2.4.15 Collar Attachment to Body
Step 1: Match the three notches on the neckband Step 2: Keep the left hand side with face up on the
with the two shoulder seams of the body Fig. Match the edge of the front placket
and the centre notch. with the edge of the collar band.
96
Step 3: Put the stitch just below the fused Step 4: Starting from the neckband’s centre,
portion of the band till the end. put edge stitch towards the right side.
Step 5: Turn and continue to put edge stitch

till the other end.
2.4.16 Cuff Preparation
Step 1: Fold the fabric edges on the straight Step 2: Put a 4 mm top-stitch.
side of the cuff and iron it.
Step 3: Take the unfused piece of the cuff and Step 4: Stitch the two curved and one straight
place it below the fused cuff . side by leaving a 1 mm gap.
97
Step 5: Turn the cuff . Step 6: The unfused cuff fabric should be 1
mm extra.
2.4.17 Cuff Attachment to Sleeve
Step 1: First, check that there are 4 notches Step 2: Make sleeve pleats by overlapping
for sleeve pleatsand one notch at the the notches and stitching it in such a
centre of sleeve bottom. way that the pleats remain open from
the edges.
Step 3: • Place the cuff with fused side up Step 4: Straighten the cuff . Put the excess
on the inner side of the sleeve. fabric inside thecuff and put stitches
at the edge.
• Stitch just below the edge of the
cuff .
98
Step 5: Now put the edge stitch throughout Step 6: Now put 4 mm stitch throughout
the cuff. the cuff. Repeat Steps 1 to 7 for the
second cuff.
2.4.18 Bottom Hemming
Step 2: • Fold the bottom (as per

requirement) and put edge stitch
from the left front side to the
Step 1: Match the collar band tip to bottom. right side.
• Close the two ends.
2.4.19 Button-holing
Step 2: • Along the centre of the placket width,

mark the button holes at a distance of 9
cm from each other from the collar band
button hole.
• In case of cuff , mark button hole at the
Step 1: • Take the left hand side placket. centre of the cuff on upper placket side.
• Make one button hole on collar • Make button holes using buttonhole
band parallel to theband at the machine. Themarking should come in
centre and about 1 cm from the the middle of the buttonhole.
edge.
99
2.4.20 Button Attaching
Step 1: Keep the left hand and right hand Step 2: Put a mark at the centre of the button-
plackets on top of each other. Th ey hole using a chalk.
should be properly aligned.
Step 4: Repeat the same procedure for the

Step 3: Attach buttons at the marked cuff.
positions using the button sew
machine.
Industry Visit
• Recognize the different parts of a shirt.
• Analyze how an SMO makes and attaches the left and right hand side placket, pocket, yoke, placket to sleeve,
sleeve, side seam, collar and neckband, cuff and bottom hemming etc.
• Also see how he makes button holes and attaches the buttons to shirt.
100
Exercise
1. Which of the followings are the steps of Pocket Making and Stitching:
a) Locate the notch mark
b) Stitch the inner side of the pocket mouth using edge stitch
c) Take the ready pattern given and place it over the pocket
d) All the above
2. What are the parts of a shirt?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. What are the steps of cuff preparation?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
101
Participant
Handbook
102 viii
3. Contribute to Achieve
Product Quality In
Stitching Operations
Unit 3.1 - Contribute to Achieve Product Quality in Stitching
Operations
AMH/N0302

1. Familiarize with the product quality.
2. Coordinate with seniors and others.
3. Understand the sewing process flow.
4. Learn about the production system.
5. Inspect stitched products against specifications.
6. Identify, mark and place rejects in the designated locations.
7. Carry out alterations.
8. Sew and apply trims by hand and machine.
9. Maintain workflow and meet production target.
10. Familiarize with the quality department and its role in production.
11. Understand the inspection and possible defects.
104
UNIT 3.1: Contribute to Achieve Product Quality in Stitching Operations
Unit Objectives
1. Familiarize with the product quality.
2. Coordinate with seniors and others.
3. Understand the sewing process flow.
4. Learn about the production system.
5. Inspect stitched products against specifications.
6. Identify, mark and place rejects in the designated locations.
7. Carry out alterations.
8. Sew and apply trims by hand and machine.
9. Maintain workflow and meet production target.
10. Familiarize with the quality department and its role in production.
11. Understand the inspection and possible defects.
3.1.1 Product Quality

What is quality? If a product fulfills the customer’s expectations, the
client are happy and consider that the merchandise is acceptable
or even prime quality. If his or her expectations are not fulfilled,
the client will consider that the merchandise is of low quality. This
means that the quality of a product may be outlined as “its ability
to fulfill the customer’s desires and expectations”.
Quality has to be outlined first off in terms of parameters or
characteristics , that vary from product to product. for example,
fora mechanical or electronic product these are performance,
reliability, safety and appearance. For pharmaceutical merchandise,
parameters such as physical and chemical characteristics, medicinal
impact, toxicity, taste and period of time may be vital. For a food
product they will embrace taste, nutritional properties, texture Fig.3.1.1: Product quality process
,shelf life and so on.
Fixing product specifications
A specification is the minimum demand according to that a producer or service supplier makes and delivers
the product and service to the client. In setting specification limits, the following ought to be considered:
• The user’s and/or customer’s needs.
• Requirements relating to product safety and health hazards provided for in the statutory andregulatory
requirements. Requirements provided for in national and/or international standards.
• The competitor’s product specifications, in order to achieve selling advantages.
105
• In planning the merchandise, the capability of processes and machines ought to be kept in mind.
• it is additionally necessary to keep up a balance between cost and value realization. The clearer the
specification , the higher the possibility of making and delivering quality merchandise. preparing
productdesign.
• The specifications and drawings created by the designer should show customary} standard demanded by
the client or marketplace in clear and precise terms.
• every dimension ought to have realistic tolerances and alternative performance necessities.
• Product quality ought to have precise limits of acceptability so the production team will manufacture the
product strictly per specification and drawings.
To achieve the above, those accountable for design, production and quality ought to be consulted from the sales
negotiation stage onwards. the general design of any product is created from several individual characteristics.
For example these could be:
• Dimensions, like length, diameter, thickness or space.
• Physical properties, like weight, volume or strength.
• Electrical properties, like resistance, voltage or current.
• Look, like end, color or texture; practical qualities, like output or metric linear unit per liter.
• Effects on service, like style, feel or noise level.
Manufacturing drawings and specifications are prepared by the designers and these ought to illustrate to the
production team exactly what quality is needed and what raw materials ought to be used. Preparation for
manufacture once the design, together with the producing drawings, has been reviewed and finalized, it is timeto
plan for manufacture.
This will include the following steps:

1. Preferring the strategy of manufacture: ways should be devised that let the operators and processes to make
the merchandise within the fastest, best and most foolproof approach, as well as preparation of producing
instructions, putting in procedures, listing numerous operations then on.
2. Providing the mandatory machines, plant, tooling and alternative equipment: Everything that's needed for
manufacture should be elect, taking care that each one the weather are capable of achieving the quality of
quality demanded.
3. Getting satisfactory raw materials: nobody will build a decent product from unsatisfactory raw materials,so
each material should have a particular written shopping for specification in order that the business department
will buy precisely what's needed. typically purchasers ar expected to shop for from suppliers United Nations
agency are assessed and approved by them and once provides arrive the products ought to be checked
before acceptance into stores. Quality necessities and producing processes ought to be mentioned with the
suppliers, also because the inspection activities to be dole out by the client on the products on arrival.
4. Getting and coaching operators: Operators United Nations agency ar willing and ready to do the add a
satisfactory manner must be chosen and given no matter coaching they have.
5. Designing review and work quality control: Plans for review activities ought to be ready, proper work places
provided for review employees, written review.
106
3.1.1.1 Guidelines
A guide for small and medium-sized enterprises procedures ready, inspection instrumentality provided, checking
and calibration of examination instrumentality planned for, inspection personnel selected and trained and
prepilot and pilot runs carried out. One ought to never conceive to solve a high quality drawback by closing
additional inspections.
The producing will begin only if coming up with|the look} and planning are completed. If the look is carried out
systematically, things ought to run smoothly. during manufacture the subsequent are the foremost common
factors that can affect quality:
• Set-up: Some processes, like punching, cutting, printing and labelling, are thus consistent that, if the initial
set-up is correct, the entire ton can change to the specifications. However, the initial set-up should be checked
by carrying out first-piece inspection.
• Machines and tools: From time to time changes will occur in machine or tool settings, which may then
causedefects. Processes of this kind include machining, resistance welding and filling. Here it is necessary to
carry out periodic checks by patrol inspection.
• Operator: There are some processes wherever the result depends on the ability and a focus of the operator,
suchas welding, hand fastening and painting processes. For such processes it is necessary at the manufacture
planning stage for the operator’s operating strategies to be determined upon.
• Materials and components: it is vital to ensure the standard of raw materials and components by undertaking
regular checks on the suppliers’ processes and additionally wherever necessary by carrying out incoming
inspection.
The following are obvious possibilities:
• The shop-floor operators had no clear plan what standard of quality was needed.
• the method was such that it was terribly difficult to induce the work right, but very simple to induce it wrong.
• The machine and instrumentality were incapable of achieving the tolerances needed.
• The incoming materials and components were unacceptable.
• The operators were untrained and not up to the job; Shop-floor internal control was either not properlyplanned
or not properly executed, or both.
3.1.1.2 Coordination
It is obvious from the on top of steps that everyone in the company, that is, the salesmen, designers,
purchasing,stores and strategies employees, plant engineers, jigs and tool personnel, production planning and
production employees,operators, inspection and testing employees, packaging, dispatch and so on, square
measure answerable for product quality.Indeed, quality is everybody’s business. unfortunately, if care is not
taken, it winds up being nobody’s business.It is so necessary to ensure that everybody is quality-conscious which
all of them work along on matters related to quality.
107
3.1.2 Sewing Department
Fig.3.1.2: Sewing Department
3.1.2.1 Sewing Process Flow
Fig.3.1.3: Sewing process flow
3.1.3 Ensure Stitched Products meet Specification

It is essential to analyse the meet specification in terms of labels and trimmings. There should be various quality
check points and before sending the product for final finish it should be thoroughly crosschecked that it has
correct labels them. The stitched products should be checked in sewing section and well as printing, labeling or
finishing section as well.
Trimmings & labels play an important role in making a good quality garment. Usually trims are randomly inspected.
It is usually inspected against standards on the following parameters. Please note that these parameters may
differ in other trims.
108
• Matching Shade: It's essential that the trims’ color ought to match with base fabric instead of color code
orpantone card. Also, the trims those are with Dye to Match demand is checked when attaching trims onthe
fabric swatch. Check shade of the trims whether or not shade is matched or not. This check is usually needed
forshade matching of stitching threads, embroidery threads, etc.
• Shrinkage: If the shrinkage percentage of the trims differs from the fabric’s (base material) shrinkagepercentage,
then it is definitely going to cause a defective garment. Trims such as tapes, laces should be testedfor its
shrinkage percentage.
• Color bleeding: bleached trims like Buttons, stitching threads, bleached tapes and laces are checked for
color hemorrhage.In this test, trim samples (one by one) are washed with white cloth for variety of cycles as
mentionedin testing methods. If the white cloth is got tainted with trims color then these trims should not be
used iproduction. prior to use, trims should be processed for color fixing to stabilize the colour.
• Width & Thickness: live width of the trims such as tapes, elastics, laces etc. it might be good if you're
takingmeasure when wash.
• Size & Numbers: Thread numbers, button size, length of zippers etc. need to check against standards.
Labels and tags
Texts printed in the trims for e.g. hang tags, price tags, brand labels, case labels etc. play a vital role. It is very
important to make sure that all the information and details must match with the fabric type, the fabric type and
the label should not mismatch. Also, the content or text used should be only the one which is approved by the
concerned authority. Also, the fibre content printed in care label must match with test report made for fibre
content.
3.1.4 Principle of Inspection (Inspection Loop)

Inspection can be defined as the visual examination or review of raw materials,partially finished components of
the garments and completely finished garments in relation to some standards, specifications, or requirements,
as well as measuring the garments to check if they meet the required measurements.
Fig.3.1.4: Inspection Process
109
How much to examine ?

• No inspection
• 100% inspection
• Spot checking- inspecting random shipments
• capricious sampling-10% sampling
• statistical sampling or acceptance sampling-flexibility with reference to the number of inspection to be
performed
Inspection terms
• Sample: A sample consists of one or more units of a product drawn from plenty or batch, the units of the
sample being chosen at random without regards to their quality. the quantity of units of a product within the
sample is the sample size.
• Lot or batch: suggests that ‘Inspection lot’ or ‘Inspection Batch’, that is a collection of units of a product from
that a sample is to be drawn and inspected.
• Lot or batch size: The lot or batch size is the number of units of a product in a lot or batch:
Number of defectives × 100
Percent defective =
Number of units inspected
Make sure to check the garment thoroughly
• There should be no stain like oil stain, or any other stain on the fabric.
• Always assure and check that the finest quality of thread for embroidery (if needed) is used.
• The product should have proper finish, there should be no loose or uneven threads or any other faults should
be there in the stitching of the fabric.
• Make sure to look promptly that everything is in the place labels, tags, warning tags, instructions or price
tags.
• There shouldn’t be any non-conformity in the stitching in context with particular measurements if any,
replace the product if it is not matching the given (suggested) dimension or if the fitting is not accurate in
context with notches or unmatched seams i.e. armhole, sleeve head or neck band etc.
• Look for any sort of distorted grading .
• Look for any puckering, shrinkage seams.
• Make sure there isn’t any shade defect in the stitched fabric, if there isn’t the color matching the base fabric
then it should be sent for replacement. There should be no skipped stitches, uneven stitches or shrinkage.
3.1.5 Identify Mark and Place Rejects in the Designated Locations

1. Always examine your working surroundings and then the work station where you are working. Inspect if there
are any unwanted hazardous materials scattered around your work station or the work area.
2. Keep the work area clean and tidy all the time, once this is accomplished look for any unwanted or faulty
item.
110
3. While looking for a faulty item make sure to identify it properly, mark it clearly and label it promptly as
rejected.
4. Always check the raw-materials to identify if there are any signs of discoloration or if there are any other
defective signs present in the raw material, if yes label it as reject and take it to the designated location for
all rejects and place it there.
5. Place the fabric or other rejected items which are torn, damaged broken, stained etc in the rejection box
(designated area) of the work-place.
6. Examine garments at different stages of production for correct positioning of parts appearance.
7. If we talk about garments in particular then it can be said that the garment can be rejected after been tested
and declared failed in terms of conformance and specifications
8. Tag items as rejected items so that if possible, they can be reworked on.
9. Items tagged as rejects, should be disposed if they can’t be re-worked on.
10. Place the rejected item in the assigned or designated locations only.
11. Always maintain inspection records to compute level of quality control achieved.
3.1.6 Carry out Alterations

Making a product which is of customer’s choice and expectations is one of the best ways to run the business
or any industry successfully. Hence, it is important to make sure that the material used for making a product
should be compatible with that product’s specification. Product’s accuracy and finishing always depends on what
materials are been used on it, what quality fabric is it and are these matching the product’s specification or not?
This defines the brand.
Make sure to carry out alterations if they are not meeting the specification as per the customer requirements.
Many a times alterations are required when the fabric is not been stitched properly i.e. it contains missing stitches
also known as skipped stitches or staggered stitches etc. below, some of the common issues discussed where the
alterations might be required if they are not meeting the customer’s requirements.
Some of the common defects which are found during the stitch are as - Puckering, Seam Grin, Seam Slippage,
Skipped Stitches, Unbalanced Stitches, Uneven SPI. After identifying the defects it is important to carry out
alterations, without a delay. Reworking on the defects is important however it is more important to understand
why the defects occurred, so that it can be avoided in future.
Skipped Stitches: Skipped Stitches are usually caused due to needle defects like bent needle or incorrect sewing
tension in the needle or under thread or poor loop formation hence it can be avoided by using a reinforced
needle, also make sure to check needle clearance and reset the needle guard. Adjust thread tension to avoid
problems occurred due to needle defects.
Staggered Stitches: They are caused when the needle isn’t working properly, i.e. if the needle is side-tracked or
not sharp enough to work. Or size of the needle &thread are not compatible with one another.
111
CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Needle vibrating or deflecting • Increase needle size
• Use reinforced needle
Incorrect or blunt needle point • Change needle
Incorrect needle-to-thread size relationship • Change needle thread size to appropriate size
Unbalanced or variable stitches: Incorrect sewing tensions or incorrect threading path can lead to unbalanced or
uneven stitches on the cloth. One should check for the right thread path and do the stitching according. Before
starting to stitch always check for the needle points, thread and the spring, make sure that everything is set up
accurately in its place and then the stitching shall begin.
CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Incorrect sewing tensions • Adjust top or bottom thread tension as necessary
for balanced stitches
Incorrect threading • Check for correct thread path

Variable thread tension • Check for correct thread path
• Make sure spring is properly set
• Check thread lube consistency
3.1.7 Pass the Stitched Item to the Next Stage after Validation
Once the garment is been stitched and prepared it is necessary to send it further for manufacturing process once
it is been validated. Usually, after the garment is been stitched and completely prepared it checked for fabric
quality like no loose threads or uneven stitches and labelling (or tags). It is important to have all tags in place i.e.
price tag, warranty tag (if any) washing instructions, brand label etc. should all in intact and be at their specific
place. The content displayed should be the one approved by the concerned authority, there should be no false
statement or mismatch in the language or misprinting. Once they are checked, confirmed and validated then the
garment is been sent for the finishing-process of the garment where it is washed, cleaned, pressed. Any activities
related to the garment was left un-finished in the previous process i.e. left or missed by any chance it is done at
this stage. After finishing it is packed, and distributed to their respective retail stores through the appropriate
logistics system and network.
3.1.8 If Stitching Items do not Meet Production Specification

While stitching, many a times there are unwanted and unknown faults which are not good for garments. Hence
they are also needed to be rectified so that the garments can be sold or displayed flawlessly. Here are some of
the faults which are found while stitching.
Seam Grin: Seam Grin is when two pieces of fabric are pulled at right angles to the seam, a gap is revealed
between the two pieces of fabric revealing the thread in this gap. As shown in the image below.
112
Fig.3.1.5: Seam Grin

Now as shown in the above picture, there is a gap between the two pieces of fabric however this can be avoided
by taking the corrective measures. I.e. if you will increase stitching tensions and use a higher stitch rating seam
grin in the garments can be avoided.
Seam Slippage: Seam slippage could be a material connected issue that
occurs infabrics that are with low noumber of warp and pick yarns. the
fabric on either side of the seam distorts as the fabric yarns slide away
leading to the permanent gap as shown in the image below.Once you
increase seam allowance, use a better stitch density and prefera lapped
fell seam.
Paste your text here and click on "Next" to look at this text rewriter do it's Fig.3.1.6: Seam Slippage
thing. have no text to check? have no text to check? Click "Select Samples".
Seam Pucker:
Bad tension, Bad feet, Fabric, Thread instability
• Uneven shrinkage throughout finishing
• Thread bloat from laundry Structural jamming/ inherit pucker
• Tight weaving doesn't have enough space between yarns for thread
• stitching caused yarns to be pushed out of place
Fig.3.1.7: Seam Pucker
As shown within the pictures on top of, seam pucker usually happens when artificial threads are used. once
stitching thethreads pass though the stretched state propulsion the material with it. this will be avoided if thread
tensions ar unbroken.
Feed Pucker: Feed pucker usually takes place while very fine
fabrics are sewed. The piles of fabric tend to slip over each other
which results in uneven feed hence it leads to pucker. The image
below shows Normal and correct pattern of a stitch. However
feed pucker can be avoided by opting for advanced types of feed
systems like compound.
Shrinkage Pucker: Shrinkage pucker occurs during the process of
washing the thread in the seam, shrinks, pulling the fabric with it.
Usually it takes place while using cotton threads. Shrinkage Pucker
can be avoided by using threads with low shrinkage properties.
Fig.3.1.8: Feed Pucker
113
Fig.3.1.9: : Shrinkage pucker occurs during the
3.1.9 Sew and Apply Trims by Hand and Machine

Trims can be applied either by hands or by machines however it is
important to check when to use hand trim for e.g. for fixing a button
or to use a machine trim for e.g. modifying the stitch.
• Always choose the right method of repairing the production and
make sure to re-make it as per the requirement and specification
of the customer and of a company.
• Check if the machines are set up and are in good working Fig.3.1.10: Seam Pucker
conditions. To attain production targets machines should be working efficiently all the time.
• Sometimes, Hand sewing is required when there is a need repairing re-welting or piece welting. You need to
know whether the repair is to be made by hand or machine, the main equipment used and their capabilities
and what problems may occur when undertaking the repair and how to prevent/ rectify them. As adhesives
will be used you need to know how to use and store them safely.
3.1.10 Maintain Workflow and Meet Production Target

Here are some of the tips with which work should be carried out so that the workflow can be maintained and
production target can be achieved:
• Fabric’s pieces and lining must be pinned or sewn together as per the requirement and they should be set in
such a way that they are ready for assembly.
• One production’s workflow should not affect the workflow of other production, handling of material should
be very careful to keep away material from the risk of damage.
• All the production sections should work in synchronization with each other i.e. trimming should work in a
way that spreading and cutting can work in sync with stitching and stitching can maintain coordination with
embroidery, printing and so on. By doing so, a production target and quality products can be produced.
• Working in sync can improve efficiency in work.
• Always sort your work in such a way that it is in readiness for assembly.
• Each production should sort and place their work in such a way that it can be easily used at the next stage of
production for e.g. if you are working at embroidery section then the fabric’s embroidery should be placed in
such a right order that it should not be a problem for a person in a stitching operation to arrange and stitch
the fabric.
114
• One must be thoroughly aware about the tools, settings and equipment that are required to work on and
how to handle materials without damaging them. They should know what a finished product looks like, so
that they can have perfection in their working.
• Make sure to check the materials available in the stock, if it is not sufficient inform the concerned department
to arrange one; it should not disrupt the workflow of other production.
Fig.3.1.11: Work flow at work place
3.1.11 Fabric Defects

Classification of defects
Certain defects are acceptable to some whereas unacceptable to others. fabric for curtain inner lining might
notgenerally be judged with stringent dealings. Whereas that for top grade dress wear could also be rejected on
the ideaof a minuscule imperfection.
• Classification is that the categorization of defects into major and minor. Defects are classified relyingon many
factors. In some cases defects might not be defects within the first place. For instance: Barre in knitting
appears within the sort of sequential horizontal lines on the fabric. this might simply be used as a sway and
usefully incorporated in product. Laddering will be achieved as a sway by deliberately deactivating a needle
within the bed.
• Generally the classification defends on the frequency of the defect. alittle hole within the fabric might not
cause problems however repeated little holes can clearly be problematic and so a significant defect.
The classification of defects depends on degree of visibility. for example registration problems will be neglected
if there is only minor misalignment. Variation in matching of coloured shade is acceptable within bound limits.
1. Major Defect: A defect that, if conspicuous on the finished product, would cause the item to be second.
2. Minor Defect: A defect that would not cause the product to be termed as a second either because of severity
or location.
3. Second: A ‘Second’ is a garment with a conspicuous defect that affects the saleability or serviceability of the
item.
These faults have to reported immediately to the supervisor. In case of not reporting, the defects will not be
rectified and result is rework.
115
There are several defects related to fabrics. It is said that approximately 70% of the apparel industry’s cost is
spent on getting an excellent or a good quality standard fabric to meet client expectations and market reputation
or competition. Commonly found defects are mismatch in threads, or using an incorrect stitching technique,
improper creasing of any garment etc, similarly a garment can also is called faulty when it has color defect or size
difference. Sizing defect must be handled carefully as it can deteriorate a garment where they can’t be repaired
and has to send for a re-making of the product which could be time and cost consuming for the industry. Hence
it is very important to look for the material carefully. The material to be used should be free from the following
faults:
• Abrasion Mark: Abrasion mark is the mark which is formed where

the fabric has been damaged on the outside due to friction that
has occurred because of damaged operation through which it
has been passed.
Fig.3.1.12: Abrasion Mark

• Misprinting: misprinting is a common fault found in the making
of a garment. It could be that, the garment is misprinted, or
partially printed or over-lapped. For e.g. as highlighted in the Fig.
on the left, the circles printed are not of the same size and shape
hence it’s a misprint.
Fig.3.1.13: Misprinting
• Double Pick: Double pick can be explained as 2 yarns which are

running concurrently, and regularly in the weft yarn. Refer to
the image on the left to see the example of two yarns running
parallel.
Fig.3.1.14: Double Pick
• Oil Stains: As shown in the Fig.on the left, oil marks are something
that leaves stain on the fabric making it look ugly, and must be
treated immediately as the fabric with oil stains can’t be left un-
attended. It should be sent for the replacement.
Hole or a Bow can be caused due to faulty needles like bent or
dull needle, hence make sure to check needles and if there are
any bent or rusty, dull needles they should be the first thing to
be replaced.
Fig.3.1.15: Oil Stains
116
• Skew: Deformation or twist in the construction of the fabric i.e.

in yarn that comprise the fabric. The picture shows how skew is
identified.
• Dye Stain: An area of discoloration which occurs because of
unequal absorption of dye hence, always make sure to check
that the material you are about use should not have any sort of
discoloration. If so, then make sure to get it replaced.
Fig.3.1.16: Skew
Marker Making Defects

• Size Mixing. Components not correctly labelled in marker.
• Patterns facing incorrect direction on napped fabrics.
• Patterns facing in different direction (either way) on a one-way
fabric.
• Garment Components omitted during marker making Fig.3.1.17: Marker Making Defects
• Patterns misaligned with respect to the fabric grain.
• Line definition poor (e.g., too thick chalk, indistinctly printed line) leading to inaccurate cutting.
• Mismatched checks and stripes.
Common Spreading Defects

Plies misaligned:
• Incorrect tension of plies
• Fabric spread too tight or too loose, causing parts not to fit in
sewing and finished garments not to meet size tolerances.
• Spread distorted by the attraction or repulsion of plies caused by
excessive static electricity.
• Plies not all facing in correct direction (whether ―one way‖ as
with nap, or ―one way either way as with some check designs)
• UnaccepFig.damages situated in garment parts
Fig.3.1.18: Plies misaligned
Common Cutting Defects

• Inaccurate cutting: Distorted garment parts. Top and bottom
plies of different size
• Notches: Misplaced, too deep, or omitted
• Drill marks: Misplaced not perpendicular through the spread
• Frayed edges, fused edges: Caused by a faulty knife not sharp
enough, or rotating at too high a speed
• Marker incorrectly positioned on top of spread
Fig.3.1.19: Cutting Defects
• Slits opened inaccurately or omitted
117
• Mixed plies resulting in Shaded Garment parts when assembled

• Mixed Size parts resulting in uneven appearance
• Inconsistent Grain and Surface of the Skin
Bundling and Ticketing
Numbering or Pasting of a number sticker on all the components of all the garments. The number acts as the
identification of the component and the lot from which the component is cut.
• Bundling: Assembling the cut components in small batches of pre-defined number as per the requirements
of production system.
• Ticketing: The process of attaching a ticket to all the bundles that provides basic information about the
bundle and the components in the bundle.
Important Points
• Numbering should be done on wrong side of fabric only.
• Number stickers should be checked for glue
• Numbering of a ply twice or skipping of a ply should not occur
• The information on bundle tickets must be accurate
• Care must be taken to avoid mixing of components of different sizes in a bundle
• Sewn on shade marking tickets falling off, damaging fabric, omitted, misplaced or wrongly numbered
• Adhesive shade marking tickets falling off or sticking too hard , omitted, misplaced, wrongly numbered
• Bundles or boxes not stacked in box, or rolled in correct order in bundles or rolled or folded too tightly
causing creases
• Work tickets, coupon payment tickets or progress tickets omitted , misplaced or mixed makes both quality
and quality control difficult
• Wrong Size , Wrong Shade, wrong type of trimmings put in Bundle
Fig.3.1.20(a): Unmatched Trimmings Fig.3.1.20(b): Matched Trimmings
118
Common Problems of Fusing

• Discoloration after fusing - The temporary or permanent change in shade, color of a fabric caused by the
action of heat on certain dyes during fusing.
Fig.3.1.21(a): Normal Fabric Fig.3.1.21(b): Discoloration after fusing
Strike through
• Strike through means that the adhesive resin appears on the outer face of the fabric being fused
Fig.3.1.22(a): Ideal fusing in fabric Fig.3.1.22(b): Strike through in a fabric Fig.3.1.22(c): Interlining shrinking
Strike Back
Fig.3.1.23(a): Ideal fusing Fig.3.1.23(b): Strike Back
Shine / Glazing and Discoloration

• The temporary or permanent change in shade, colour of a
fabric caused by the action of heat on certain dyes during
fusing.
Fig.3.1.24: Glazing and Discoloration
119
Fusing distortion
• Fusing distortion means garment panels are distorted during
the fusing process. This problem should be prevented as
distorted garment panel after fusing cannot be corrected other
than discarded as waste.
Fig.3.1.25: Fusing distortion
Fusing delamination
• Fusing delamination, sometimes appear as bubbling or rippling is the complete breakdown of bond between
fusible interlining and fabric surface. It is normally found after the garment has been dry cleaned or washed.
Fig.3.1.26(a): Ideal fusing Fig.3.1.26(b): Fusing delamination
120
Common Woven and Knit Fabric Defects
Defect Explanation Severity Photograph

Defects of Woven Fabric
Dropped Pick Caused by the filling insertion mechanism Major
on a shuttle less loom not holding the
filling yarn, causing the filling yarn to be
woven without tension. The filling yarn
appears as "kinky."
End Out Caused by broken yarn and loom Major

continuing to run with left end.
Slub Usually caused by an additional piece of Major or

yarn that's woven into fabric. It can even Minor
be caused by thick places in the yarn.
Often is caused by fly waste being spun in
yarn in the spinning process.
Knots Caused by tying spools of yarn together Usually

Minor
121
Mixed End (Yarn) Yarn of a different fiber blend used on the U s u a l l y

wrap frame, resulting in a streak in the Major
fabric.
Mixed Filling Caused by bobbin of lightweight yarn or Major

different fiber blend used in filling. Will
appear as a distinct shade change
Soiled Filling or Dirty, oil looking spots on the wrap or Major

filling yarns, or on package-dyed yarn
End
Defects of Knitted Fabric

Drop Stitches Results from malfunctioning needle or Major
jack. can appear as holes or missing
stitches.
122
Hole Caused by broken needle. Major
Missing Yarn Occurs in circular knit. Caused by one end Major

of yarn missing from feed and machine is
running continuously.
Mixed Yarn Occurs in wrap knit. Results from wrong Major

fiber yarn (or wrong size yarn) placed on
wrap. cloth might appear as thick end
or different color if fibers have different
affinity for dye.
Needle Line Caused by bent needle forming distorted Major or

stitches. Usually verticals line. Minor
123
Runner Caused by broken needle. Can appear Major

as vertical line. (Most machines have a
stopping device to prevent machine once
a needle breaks.)
Slub Usually caused by a thick or heavy place Major or

in yarn, or by lint getting onto yarn feeds. Minor
Askewed or Bias Condition wherever filling yarns are not Major or

square with wrap yarns on woven fabrics Minor
or wherever courses don't seem to be
square with wale lines on knits.
Pin holes Holes along selvage caused by pins Major if

holding fabric while processes through extents
stenter frame
into body
of
fabric
124
Straying End Caused when an end of yarn breaks and Major

loose end strays and is knit irregularly
into another area.
Bowing Usually caused by finishing in knits ,the Major on

course lines lie in an arc across width of stripes
goods.
o r
patterns
Minor on
Solid
color
Fig.3.1.27: Common Defects
125
Accessories Defect
Zippers
Slider defect Won't Lock: Not apparent without testing
by placing Zipper slider in locked position
and applying tension.
Faulty Dimension: Not readily apparent.
May cause either a hard or a loose operating
zipper. Either condition may result in zipper
failure before garment is worn out.
Crushed Slider: May be due to improper
garment pressing or due to padding or
compensating springs in the presses not
being in best condition.
Tarnished: Does not generally interfere
with operating qualities but is a matter of
appearance only. Judging" this as a defect
depending upon degree of tarnish. Burn
or Rough Spots Not immediately apparent.
Can cause snagging and early wear on the
upper tape. Lock Prong Interferes Indicated
by pull-tab not staying in locked position
or slider not moving freely after being
released from locked position.
Weak Slider Bodies: Can best be determined
with correct testing equipment. However,
manifests itself by slider becoming
compressed or crushed below minimum
pressure or becoming distorted enough to
form hard operation.
Chain or Teeth Improper Dimensions: Not always

Defect apparent unless slider works with great
difficulty or operates too easily. Zipper'
may give initial satisfactory operation but
fail after only moderate use and especially
after laundering or dry cleaning.
Miss meshed and Unmeshed Teeth:
Readily visible, particularly in large. Usually
results in inoperable zipper. Missing Teeth:
Readily visible, will result in early failure of
the zipper.
126
Misplaced Teeth: This refers to a tooth

being out of position, and occasionally may
involve two or three teeth. Seriousness
ranges from trifling to almost as serious as
a missing tooth depending upon the degree
of misplacement and general design of
zipper.
Off color: This defect is quite apparent.
Zipper makers usually carry an entire range
of tape colours. because of similarity of
different colours, one may be mistaken for
another. it's also possible, because of color
similarities or distinction in dye lots that
the {two|the 2} halves of the zipper can
have two different shades of tape.
Humpy Chain: readily noticeable by its
waviness. Causes issue at sewing operation
and distorts finished garment's look.
Cord not attached to Tape: because of
skipped stitches during operation of sewing
cord to tape. Not readily apparent however
under strain, cord and teeth can rip away
from tape and render zipper and garment
unusable. Length: Improper zipper length
for given opening.
Top or Bottom Stop Missing Top or Bottom Stop: Readily
Defects apparent and will end in zipper failure.
If facilities for attaching a top or bottom
stop don't seem to be available, then the
complete zipper ought to get replaced. In
some instances, bottom stops ar hooked
up at garment plant. an improperly or
poorly attached bottom stop is also result
of carelessness on a part of the operator
or of improper functioning of the bottom
stop machine.
Snap Fasteners
Hard Action In light-weight goods this may result in stud
or socket pulling through the material. The
snap fastener manufacturer can be of help
in recommending proper tension of stud in
socket for weight of garment material.
127
Light Action Snap fastener does not stay closed because

of lack of proper tensions. Same comment
applies as for tight closure.
Hooks & Eyes Improperly Applied: This is usually caused

by a careless operator or improperly
adjusted attaching equipment, and
corrections are usually simple when
apparent.
Improper Alignment: Gauges are available
for attaching equipment to assure proper
alignment in positioning. this can be a
necessary if garment is to own a properly
tailored look. If the top of the zipper
is extended into the waistband of the
garment, than the hook and eye ought to
be offset to prevent it from hit the zipper
material.
Poor Finish: May be the result of improper
finishing or pocking of the metal surface
and, while this defect dose not interferes
with the functional operation, it may not
leave the desired finished appearance of
the garment.
Tight/Loose Closure: Attaching equipment
bad fitt with an adjustable feature
permitting secure application of hook and
eye to either light-weight or heavyweight
goods. If closures seem too tight, then
one should instantly check the attach.ing
equipment for correct adjustment.
Buttons
Rough or This fault is not so serious except in cases
of extreme roughness or poor surface
Dull Surfaces
appearance.
Non- Uniform. This type of defects cannot be noted during
Inaccurately Spaced the garment manufacturing operation
Chipped or Blocked and can slip inspection unnoticed but it
Sew Hole: frequently causes needle breakage or cut
thread.
Fig.3.1.28: Accessories Defects
128
Stitch and Seam Defects
Type of Defects Description Photograph

Broken stitches Caused due to:
• Too thick/ too thin a thread for the
needle
• Needle heat
• Operator working non-rhythmically
• Too tight tension
Skipped stitches Caused due to:

• Hook irregularly failing to pick up the
loop of thread from a needle‘s eye
Seam Grinning Caused due to:

• The Seam itself may open and produce
a Gap between two pieces of fabric
• Arising from too loose a tension or too
large stitch length or use of a wrong
stitch type.
Unbalanced stitch Caused due to:

• Arising from unbalanced tension of
needle thread and bobbin/looper
thread.
129
Improperly formed Caused due to:

Stitches
• Bad thread tension
• Ill fitting machine components
Irregular or incorrect Caused due to:

shape of sewing line
• Badly set guide,
• Handling error
Twisted seams Caused due to:

• Improper alignment of fabric parts,
• Mismatched notches, components off
grain
Mismatched stripes Caused due to:

or checks
• Mishandling by operator
• Incorrect cutting
130
Insecure back Caused due to:

stitching
• Rows do not cover the first row of
stitching-Manual error
Uneven width of Caused due to:

inlay
• Bad handling by operator
• Incorrectly set guide, incorrectly set
folder
Linings too full, too Caused due to:

tight.
• Operator twisted or stretched
extensively during Sewing
Uneven Stitch Caused due to:
Density
• Operator causing the machine to
snatch and does not allow the machine
to control fabric feeding.
Wrong Stitch density Caused due to:
• Too high SPI give rise to jamming and
rupture of fabric
• Too low SPI give rise to weak seams
and seam grinning
131
Mismatched seams Caused due to:

• Edges of the upper and lower fabric
parts not matched during sewing,
causing the seams to shift
Loose Stitch Caused due to:

• Unbalanced seam sewing thread
tension not set properly
Extraneous part Caused due to:

caught in the seam
• Handling error
Garment parts Caused due to:

Cockling, Pleated,
• Handling error
Twisted, Showing
Bubbles • Usage of wrong interlining/fusing
under improper conditions
132
Components of Caused due to:

features wrongly
• Incorrect marking
positioned or
misaligned • Incorrect sewing not following the
marker
Seam Slippage Caused due to:

• Insufficient thread tension
• Low count, unbalanced weave and
filament yarns.
Thread Breakage Caused due to:

• Improper m/c settings
• Incorrect threading
• Excessive needle heat
• Incompatible needle, thread and
fabric, damaged machine parts
Yarn Severance Caused due to:

• Incorrect needle point
• Damaged needle
• High machine speed
133
Puckering Caused due to:

• Tension pucker
• Feed pucker
• Puckering due to differential shrinkage
• Puckering due to structural jamming
Ragged Edges Caused due to:

• Knives on automatic sewing machine
not dipping smoothly.
Uncut thread Caused due to:

• Operators' negligence
• Malfunctioning thread trimmer in
automatic machines
Oil stains Caused due to:

• Malfunctioning machines
Fig.3.1.29: Seam defects
Processes to Rectify Few Defects
Defects Rectification
Restitched Seams / Broken Stitches • Using better quality sewing threads
• Ensure proper machine maintenance
Open Seam- Seam Failure- Stitch • Better quality threads
• Proper size thread for application
• Proper tension
134
Seam Slippage • Change seam type if possible

• Increase seam width
• Optimize the stitches per inch.
Excessive seam Puckering • Correct thread type and size.
• Sew with minimum sewing tension to get a
balanced stitch
• Machine needle, bobbin and threads are set
properly according to the fabric to be sewn.
Knits & Strech woven puckering • Set the machine properly according to the fabric
• Minimum pressure foot pressure
Improper Stitch balance • Use quality thread
• Properly balance the stitch so that the needle
and bobbin threads meet the middle ofthe seam.
Always start by checking bobbin tension to make
sure it is set correctly, so that minimum thread
tension is required to get a balanced stitch.
Raggeded/lnconsistent Edge • Make sure the sewing machine knife are sharpened
and changed often.
• The knife should be adjusted in correct form in
relationship to the "stitch tongue" on the needle
plate to get the proper seam width.
Improper Stitch balance – 504 Overedge Stitch • Use Quality thread
• Balance the stitch properly so that if the looper
thread is unravaled, the needle loop lays over half
way to the next needle loop on the under side of
the seam
Raggeded/Inconsistent Edge • Make sure the sewing machine knife are sharpened
and changed often
• The knife should be adjusted properly in
relationship to the “stitch tongue” on the needle
plate to obtain the proper seam width.
Fig.3.1.30: Rectification of defects
135
Industry Visit
• Know about the production system.
• Inspect stitched products against specifications.
• Analyze how SMOs:
»» Inspect stitched products against specifications
»» Carryout alterations
»» Sew and apply trims by hand and machine
• Also Understand the inspection and possible defects.
Exercise
1. ____________ Stitches are usually caused due to needle defects
a) Staggered
b) Skipped
c) Both a and b
d) None of the above
2. Seam slippage is a fabric related issue which occurs in fabrics which are with low noumber of warp and weft
yarns.
a) True
b) False
3. What are the common cutting defects?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. What are the terms of inspection?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
136
4. Maintain Work-Area,
Tools and Machines
Unit 4.1 - Maintain Work Area, Tools and Machines
AMH/N0102

1. Practice the machine safety and maintain machines properly.
2. Carry out basic maintenance of machine.
3. Maintain tools and equipments and handle them safely.
4. Use materials to minimize waste.
5. Carryout running maintenance within agreed schedules.
6. Carry out maintenance and/or cleaning within one’s responsibility.
7. Work in a comfortable position with the correct posture.
8. Use cleaning equipment and methods appropriate for the work to be carried out.
9. Dispose of waste safely in the designated location.
10. Store cleaning equipment safely after use.
11. Carryout cleaning according to schedules and limits of responsibility.
138
UNIT 4.1: Maintain Work Area, Tools and Machines
Unit Objectives
1. Practice the machine safety and maintain machines properly.
2. Carry out basic maintenance of machine.
3. Maintain tools and equipments and handle them safely.
4. Use materials to minimize waste.
5. Carryout running maintenance within agreed schedules.
6. Carry out maintenance and/or cleaning within one’s responsibility.
7. Work in a comfortable position with the correct posture.
8. Use cleaning equipment and methods appropriate for the work to be carried out.
9. Dispose of waste safely in the designated location.
10. Store cleaning equipment safely after use.
11. Carryout cleaning according to schedules and limits of responsibility.
Fig.4.1.1: A well maintained machine shop
139
4.1.1 Introduction
Machines are essential to modern production. However, along with accrued productivity, they have brought
hazards into the workplace. proper management of machine hazards has traditionally been seen as expensive
and a constraint on productivity. In general, the garment manufacturing trade is considered to be less dangerous
than alternative industrial sectors and, therefore, safety policy is a low priority in several enterprises. for example,
it has been ascertained that some workers remove guards protective belts from sewing machines, and manual
cutting machines are operated with naked hands.
Machine breakdown is a common reason behind production delay affecting delivery schedules. Considering the
importance of meeting delivery dates, a competitive enterprise cannot afford penalties for delay due to machine
breakdown therefore, proper maintenance of machines to prolong their economic life, reduce breakdowns,
prevent defective outputs and guarantee safe operation ought to be additional importance. protective staff
against pollution from the frequent use of solvents for cleaning and the existence of cotton or other fibers within
the surroundings ought to also be taken into consideration. Maintenance and safety measures to eliminate
these hazards and increase machine productivity, beside affordable techniques for environmental control, are
mentioned below.
4.1.2 Maintain Machines Properly

A poorly maintained machine is inefficient, if not dangerous. it will also have frequent breakdowns and quality
issues. proper maintenance isn't lost production time; it's an investment for higher productivity and lower repair
prices. nonetheless in several corporations, machines are maintained only if they break down. this can be as a
result of a number of reasons:
• Machines are owned by the contractors or they're leased.
• No maintenance personnel are available.
• No time to maintain machines is allotted under production time.
• There is a powerful belief that maintenance means cost.
• Some machines are not simple to maintain.
Machine down-time affects production and causes delays. Defects are also made inflicting quality and productivity
issues. Machine maintenance ought to, therefore, be planned and coordinated with supervisors and employees.
employees ought to be involved in machine maintenance and should be equipped a basic tool kit to include
tweezers, small screwdriver, machine brush, oil can and material wipes. one of the basic training skills is to train
employees to do routine machine maintenance such as:
• Removing lints
• Cleaning the tension assembly
• Cleaning the feed dog assembly
• Cleaning the bobbin area
• Lubricating the machine
140
4.1.2.1 Removing Lint

Lint: With proper care, a sewing machine can last for many, many years. Fabric and thread are a combination that
is going to produce lint. Lint can build up in unseen areas of machine leading to wear and tear. To keep the sewing
machine running smoothly, good quality thread should be used and simple maintenance should be performed
regularly. One of the most important things is to clean out the pieces of lint leftover from bits of thread and fuzzy
fabric. Sewing with thick, furry fabrics (such as polar fleece), will need cleaning of the sewing machine frequently.
One should open all areas that can be cleaned and clean the lint out of the machine. Usage of brush should be
done to remove lint in cracks and crevices and from under the bobbin case.
Requirements: Sewing machine
• Lint brush
• Small soft brush
• Clean lint free cloth
• Compressed air (optional but helpful)
• Light source
• Screw drivers
4.1.2.2 Cleaning the Bobbin Area

• Step 1: Turn off and unplug the sewing machine.
• Step 2: Remove the bobbin cover and the bobbin.
• Step 3: Using a small lint brush (many machines come with one), carefully remove any lint from the bobbin
area. Be especially sure to remove any lint from crevices and tight places, since compacted lint can actually
stop the machine from running.
• Step 4: Using the lint brush or canned air, remove the lint from the
area around the needle, the presser foot and the thread guides.
• Step 5: Remove any lint from the inside of the doors and lids of
the sewing machine.
• Step 6: Replace the bobbin and the bobbin cover.
• Step 7: Plug the sewing machine back in and turn it on.
Note: Make sure to check that after cleaning all the machine parts
are properly placed and tightened. It should be safe for using it the
next time.
Fig.4.1.2: Cleaning the bobbin and case
141
4.1.2.3 Cleaning the Tension Assembly

Maintaining the machine is important to keep it in good condition and to avoid unnecessary service costs. Keeping
the tension assembly clean is one of the maintenance procedures that, if performed on a regular basis, can help
ensure that your stitching is accurate and precise. The following steps assist the cleaning of the sewing machine
tension assembly.
• Step 1: Clean your machine often. Each stitch is precise and even a bit of lint collected on the tension assembly
can cause problems. Make it a habit to clean your sewing machine after any large project.
• Step 2: Raise the pressure foot to release the tension on the disks. Gently run the folded edge of a clean piece
of lint free cloth through the tension disks. Compressed air will also dislodge any bits of thread or lint.
• Step 3: Remove all lint along the thread guides using a small brush or clean cloth.
• Step 4: Check the bobbin area of the machine. The bobbin controls the lower tension and can be a source
of built up lint. Depending on the type of machine you have, the bobbin consists of the bobbin, case and on
some models a removable hook race. Remove these according to your instruction manual and clean with a
cloth or small brush.
• Step 5: Do a final check to make sure the tension is correct and that the bobbin assembly is in place properly
before you begin your next project.
4.1.2.4 Cleaning the Feed Dog Assembly

The feed dogs on a sewing machine help move the fabric underneath the needle. If they're not operating properly,
damage to the machine or fabric can occur. Feed dog assembly maintenance is essential to smart sewing. Use the
steps below to guide you through the procedure.
• Step 1: unplug the machine and examine the feed dogs. The newer machines have metal feed dogs, however
older models could have rubber ones, which regularly need replacement. Examine the feed dogs and check
for damage.
• Step 2: remove the throat plate, which is the covering over the feed dogs, and clean it with a soft fabric. Use
a small soft brush to wash the feed dogs. ensure to get rid of all lint and thread from the grooves of the teeth.
Some machines have an adjustment that lowers the feed dogs for specific sewing procedures. they must be
in the raised position for better viewing during the cleanup method.
• Step 3: Clean the area around the feed dogs with a soft brush. compressed gas could be a sensible choice to
use in the small tight areas.
• Step 4: Wipe down all areas with a clean, lint free fabric before replacing the throat plate.
• Step 5: Prepare to clean the feed dogs and all other areas that lint could accumulate on, after each project.
Your sewing machine will last longer and need fewer repairs if kept clean and lint free.
142
4.1.3 Steps in lubricating machine

In order to make sure that your sewing machine enjoys the long life it was engineered for, it is important to
repairs it regularly using proper maintenance techniques. one of the best things you can do to keep your sewing
machine running smoothly is to lubricate it using sewing machine oil. sewing machine oil isn't something you
borrow from the garage. it is clear white oil. make sure to use the right oil. refer to your owner’s manual for the
right spots to oil. some of the older machines have these areas marked.
After oiling your machine run stitches on some scrap cloth before you tackle your project. this enables oil to
escape on to the scraps, if it's going to, rather than the project you're working on. Oiling the machine not only
lubricates your moving elements, to prevent wear, it reduces the chance of rust. Rust forms rapidly with any
moistness, even just the humidness in the air. Surface rust will act just like loose sand grain in your machine, and
make excess wear.
• Step 1: Purchase a high-quality brand of sewing machine oil from a sewing store or other specialty
merchandiser. Higher quality typically comes with a higher price tag, however the value of good sewing
machine oil is favorable to the prices involved repairing or replacement an entire sewing machine.
• Step 2: unplug your sewing machine. check that its power switch is set to 'off.' as a result of you will be
dealing with fluid, it is especially important to make absolutely certain any power supply is disconnected.
• Step 3: Drop a single drip of sewing machine oil onto the mechanism that drives the sewing needle. If you
bought quality sewing machine oil, more than one drop can usually not be necessary.
• Step 4: Repeat Step three, applying one drop of oil to each part of your sewing machine that moves. Consult
your sewing machine owner's manual if you would like instruction on the way to access any moving parts
which will be contained beneath the casing of the machine.
• Step 5: allow the oil to absorb by letting your sewing machine stand for a few minutes. Most experts counsel
that fifteen to half-hour could be a sensible window of time to let your machine stand while the stitching
machine oil works its magic.
• Step 6: Plug your sewing machine back in. once you have safely done so, turn the power switch to 'on.'
• Step 7: Feed some scrap fabric through the sewing machine, running its moving elements at a slow but
constant rate. this may allow the oil to spread equally throughout the parts that need lubrication to maintain
best performance.
Tips & Warnings
• Never lubricate any electrical part of your sewing machine. This may damage to your sewing machine, and
could result in an electric shock.
4.1.4 Machine Guards

There are different safety guards given in the sewing machine that
are vital to use and it's also essential to check that the right safety
guard is in place as per the need. Below are given the machine
guards of a sewing machine.
• Finger guard: while guiding the fabric under the presser foot
the fingers may accidently cross into the path of the needle.
Hence, finger guard is attached to the presser foot to avoid such
accidents. This is very important safety feature.
Fig.4.1.3: Finger Guard
143
• Eye guard: Eye guard is important in cases where the operator

is working on the fabric which has many fibers, hence eye guard
protect eyes from getting tired. It also helps in protecting them
against any little cloth fabric like that of wool or dust fibers. Eye
guard is also used as a protection against needle-breakage in
high speed sewing machines.
Fig.4.1.4: Eye Guard
• Belt guard: Belt guard is a cover attached to the belt pulley assembly and the ad wheel. In industrial sewing
machines the pulley and the belt move at very high speeds. Hence there is always a risk of hand or hair
getting caught in the belt pulley therefore it is important to have a belt guard as it protects the operator from
such accidents.
• Motor pulley guard: Motor pulley guard is attached to the motor under the Fig, like the belt guard, motor
pulley guard protects our body Parts from getting caught in the wheel and belt attached to the motor below
the Fig.
4.1.5 Troubleshoot Common Machine

In several cases machine issues are due to the employee not having received correct training in basic machine
maintenance. This causes issues that need to be corrected by a certified mechanic/technician. All garment
enterprises suffer from such issues to varying degrees. Some common causes are:
• Incorrect needles
• Incorrect machine settings for the fabric
• Inexperienced staff
• Inexperienced mechanics/technicians
• Fabric finishes.
On-the-job training sessions could also be organized for beginners as part of their training period. Enlist the
assistance of senior operators with teaching skills. group work will provide good opportunities for these training
sessions. Sessions ought to embrace acquiring the essential sewing skills and troubleshooting sewing issues.
144
4.1.6 Carry out Basic Maintenance of Machine

It is important to carryout basic maintenance of own machine and surroundings. While operating a sewing
machine we can keep a check of these two maintenances by keeping an eye on the needle point i.e.
• Must check the needle point and stitch quality while working. Be attentive and look for any kind of oil leakage
is found, replace (or inform) immediately. For hazard free environment always keep the hook area clean and
tidy.
• Routine Maintenance: This covers sub kinds of maintenance i.e.
»» Daily maintenance of the machinery: While carrying out the daily maintenance one must look for
whether the machine and its area is clean, look for threading of the machine, quality and quantity of the
oil.
Make sure to switch off the machines after operation this is one of the most important part of daily
maintenance. Keep a check on needle tip and needle bend it should not be dull or rusty at all.
»» Weekly maintenance: Consists of checking up the oil level and oil color in the machine. Make sure to
remove the presser foot, throat plate and the feed dog too and clean them all thoroughly. Hook timing
and clearance is also adjusted weekly so that the machine can work efficiently.
»» Monthly maintenance: While keeping an eye on monthly maintenance of the machinery it is very
important check oil flow in the pipeline, refill the oil up to its maximum level for efficient and flawless
performance.
4.1.7 Sewing Machine Safety Tips

Sewing machines do involve electricity, moving parts and sharp
needles, therefore safety is a concern. Some sewing machine safety
tips are as follows:
• Keep your fingers off from the needle. experienced sewists may
even be more apt to do this than beginners. about 60 minutes
of the sewing machine related injuries treated in a hospital each
year are puncture wounds from needles.
• Minimize distractions, and do not operate your sewing machine
once you are tired or under the influence of alcohol. sewing
could be a lot easier once you're feeling refreshed and relaxed, Fig.4.1.5: Advanced Sewing Machine
and it's also safer.
• Turn off and unplug your sewing machine once you are away from it for more than a few minutes. sewing
machines will generate considerable heat once left on, and a lightning strike once a sewing machine is plugged
in can cause irreversible harm. consider obtaining a surge protector to plug your machine into, just in case.
• Be aware of cords. attempt to keep cords towards the back of the machine and not draped across the floor
wherever you (or somebody else!) is probably going to trip over them. If they do need to run across the
ground, consider tape them down-- or simply notice somewhere else to work.
145
• Have your machine serviceable often. Not only will this keep your machine in top operating order, potentially
dangerous repairs are more likely to be detected before they cause a problem.
• Always disconnect the machine and use caution once replacing parts like lightbulbs.
• Don't sew over straight pins. At the very least this can bend the straight pins and compromise your sew
quality, however the straight pins also are susceptible to breaking, and very likely might end up in your finger
(or worse).
• Don't force your machine to stitch through thick or tough material. you may damage your machine or cause
injury to yourself. Your project may need an industrial strength sewing machine.
• Consider the ergonomics of your sewing Fig.and chair. If your sewing machine is too high it'll cause strain on
your back. Your feet ought to be flat on the floor and your elbows bent at a 90 degree angle whereas you are
stitching.
• Wear shoes while operating your machine. This one may appear a bit silly, however your foot pedal might
break, and if you're wearing shoes, your feet will be protected. Stepping on stray needles, or dropping
needles, scissors or a rotary cutter on your foot while stitching is additionally a prospect while stitching.
• Use care when eliminating used sewing machine needles. Prescription bottles or a mint tin are excellent for
this. just take care you mark it clearly therefore you do not mistake it for your sensible needles.
• Your sewing area ought to be well lit. this can reduce strain on your eyes and assist you avoid leaning in
unnecessarily near your machine.
Industry Visit
• Understand the machine safety and maintenance rules of industry.
»» Maintain machines properly.
»» Carry out basic maintenance of machine.
»» Maintain tools and equipments and handle them safely and use materials to minimize waste.
»» Work in a comfortable position with the correct posture.
»» Dispose of waste safely in the designated location.
»» Store cleaning equipment safely after use.
146
5. Maintaining
Health, Safety and
Security at Workplace
Unit 5.1 - Maintaining Health, Safety and Security at
Workplace
AMH/N0103

1. Comply with health and safety related instructions applicable to the workplace.
2. Use and maintain personal protective equipment as per protocol.
3. Maintain a healthy lifestyle and guard against dependency on intoxicants.
4. Follow environment management system related procedures.
5. Identify and correct if possible) malfunctions in machinery and equipment.
6. Report any service malfunctions that can not be rectified.
7. Store materials and equipment in line with manufacturer’s and organizational requirements.
8. Safely handle and move waste and debris.
9. Minimize health and safety risks to self and others due to own actions.
10. Seek clarifications, from supervisors or other authorized personnel in case of perceived risks.
11. Monitor the workplace and work processes for potential risks and threats.
12. Carryout periodic walk-through to keep work area free from hazards and obstructions, if assigned.
13. Report hazards and potential risks/threats to supervisors or otherauthorized personnel.
14. Participate in mock drills/ evacuation procedures organized at the workplace.
15. Undertake first aid, fire-fighting and emergency response training, if asked to do so.
16. Take action based on instructions in the event of fire.
17. Follow organization procedures.
148
UNIT 5.1: Maintaining Health, Safety and Security at Workplace
Unit Objectives
1. Comply with health and safety related instructions applicable to the workplace.
2. Use and maintain personal protective equipment as per protocol.
3. Maintain a healthy lifestyle and guard against dependency on intoxicants.
4. Follow environment management system related procedures.
5. Identify and correct if possible) malfunctions in machinery and equipment.
6. Report any service malfunctions that can not be rectified.
7. Store materials and equipment in line with manufacturer’s and organizational requirements.
8. Safely handle and move waste and debris.
9. Minimize health and safety risks to self and others due to own actions.
10. Seek clarifications, from supervisors or other authorized personnel in case of perceived risks.
11. Monitor the workplace and work processes for potential risks and threats.
12. Carryout periodic walk-through to keep work area free from hazards and obstructions, if assigned.
13. Report hazards and potential risks/threats to supervisors or otherauthorized personnel.
14. Participate in mock drills/ evacuation procedures organized at the workplace.
15. Undertake first aid, fire-fighting and emergency response training, if asked to do so.
16. Take action based on instructions in the event of fire.
17. Follow organization procedures.
Fig.5.1.1: Maintaining Health, Safety and Security at Workplace
149
5.1.1 Introduction
Features in garment industry that could be improved to prevent injuries include; communication, involvement of
employees in decision making, education and training of employees and management on prevention strategies,
and the ergonomic conditions at the plant.
The clothing industry is usually considered as a safe place to work. Compared to other industries, there are fewer
serious risks in clothing factories. The hazards in clothing industry are different from others. The major health
risks in this industry come from more subtle hazards whose effect build up over time.
Fig.5.1.2: Body Posture
Sewing Machine Operator face a substantially

higher risk of muscle pain and injury than
workers in other jobs. Studies also show
that frequency of neck and shoulder injuries
increases with years of employment. Sewing
Machine Operator experience a number of
cases of strain injuries. These injuries have a
long-term effect on workers' health.
The physical requirements of a job are an
important risk factor related to muscle pain
and injury. The risks for Sewing Machine
Operator have been linked to conditions
such as improper work area design, including
sitting arrangements.
Factors like repeated motions, force, body-
posture are associated with higher risks
and rate of injury. There are other factors Fig.5.1.3: Body Posture
150
are linked to injuries. Some of these factors include improper height of work pace, excessive workload, lack of
support from co-worker, overall work environment etc. The factors that lead to reduction in injury rates include
empowering workforce, following safety protocol, good housekeeping practices and increased support from top
management.
5.1.2 The ‘Ergonomics’

Ergonomically-designed job ensures that an employee who is tall is given a comfortally enough space in or near
his/her workspace so that the work efficiency is not hindered. Similarly, an employee who is shorter is able to
reach all of his or her tools and products without upsetting comfort and safe assortment.
Workers are usually compelled to work in the confinement of the job or workstation that previously was designed
with no dynamism or change when they are hired. This leads the workforce to work in difficult postures and
positions, all of which may result in work-related injuries/disorders.
The work-place related injuries often start as minor aches and pains but can develop into incapacitating injuries
that affect everyday activities. Ergonomics aims at preventing injuries by monitoring the risk factors such as force,
repetition, posture and vibration that can cause injuries to develop.
Fig.5.1.4: Situating the material
Injuries and illnesses among textile and apparel workers

• 81% complained CTDs to the wrist.
• 70% of Sewing Machine Operator complains of back pain.
• 49% of workers is suffering from neck pains.
• 35% report obstinate lower back pain.
• 25% have suffered a compensable increasing trauma disorder
• 14% reported CTDs to the elbow.
• 5% reported CTDs to the shoulder.
• Absenteeism increases as working conditions worsens.
• High employee turnover is associated with detrimental working conditions.
• Embroidery tasks are associated with pain in the shoulders, wrists, and hands.
151
• Ironing by hand is associated with elbow pain.

• Fitting fabric in frames like of work, are associated with CTDs of
the hands and wrists.
Some fundamental ergonomic principals that should be followed in
our workplaces are:
• Proper tools: Tools and equipment provided at work place
should be appropriate for the specific tasks being performed.
The apparatus should allow the workers to keep their hands
and wrists straight – the position they would be in if they were
droopy relaxed at your side. The workers should bend the tool–
not the wrist. The tool should fit easily into the hand. If the grip
size is too large or too small, it will be uncomfortable and will Fig.5.1.5: Cleaning the Tools
increase the risk of injury. Tools should not have sharp edges .
• Keep repetitive motions to a minimum: Workstations can be restructured to avoid the number of health
hazards which chances due to repetitive motions that must be performed. Using a power-driven screwdriver
or tools with a notch device can decrease the number of twisting motions with the arm. Work stations should
have enough space for the given tasks and provide proper chairs. For deterrence of ergonomic injuries, the
labour force should be encouraged to change work and take frequent but short breaks. Some tasks can be
mechanical or reformatted to eliminate musculoskeletal injuries. Manufacturing tools and equipment should
integrated ergonomic design codes and should not require an extreme amount of force to operate.
• Avoid awkward postures: The industry is such that the workforce’s job should not require you to work with
your hands above shoulder height on a regular basis. Arms should be closer to the body and not raised too
high. Bending of their wrists, back and neck should be avoided.
• Use safe lifting procedures: The employee should avoid lifting objects that are too heavy. Use more than one
person or a mechanical device to reduce the load. The workstation should not require lifting objects above
the head or twisting his/her back while lifting. One must keep the load close to his body. Heavy and often
lifted objects should be kept between knee and shoulder height and not on the floor or above the head level.
• Get proper rest: It is imperative to take frequent breaks to rejuverate the body and mind so that they don’t
get injuried. The workforce should be groomed to understand that they should take a break from the work
not just mentally but physically too. If a person has errand which doesn’t allow him to sit, he must take
intervals from his work to relax his leg muscles. If he is doing a sitting job, he ust go for a walk whenever his
work permits.
For example, if you stand all day, while performing your job you should sit down to rest your legs and feet
during your breaks. If you sit down, when working you should stand up and walk around during your breaks
to give your back a rest and to increase circulation in your legs. By doing this the musculoskeletal injuries can
be prevented.
• Other things to consider: Chemicals also have a part in garment manufacturing. Dyes, enzymes, solvents
and other chemicals are used to create different fabric finishes and provide durability to the product. Proper
ventilation and personal protective equipment are important for protection of workers engaged in chemical
processing. Similarly, for workers who handle the finished material and may be exposed to excess chemicals
and off-gassing, protective equipment should be used.
152
Fig.5.1.6(a): Don'ts Fig.5.1.6(b): Don'ts
Fig.5.1.7(a): Do's Fig.5.1.7(b): Do's
5.1.3 Environmental Control Measures

Hazardous substances in one form or another can be found in almost all small and medium-sized enterprises. The
garments industry generates a lot of dust from fabrics being cut and sewn. Some fabrics release chemicals which
saturate the air causing difficulties in breathing and eye irritation. Solvents used for cleaning fabrics and garments
may cause fatigue, headache and dizziness. Dust and solvents, when breathed, can lead to lung diseases and
153
are very dangerous. Not only will this affect the well-being of your workers, it will also result in a reduction of
productivity and product quality, increased absenteeism and turnover of staff. High levels of dust interfere with
efficient production and require cleaning operations that may spoil materials and finished products. Improved
conditions usually mean increased output, higher productivity and quality. There are simple and inexpensive
ways to control most of the environmental problems. Improvements often result in cost savings, productivity
benefits and increased safety of workers. The following rules provide a series of low-cost measures for sound
environmental control.
5.1.3.1 Clean Regularly and Properly - Don't Spread Dust

Dust originates from fabrics and threads, from cutting and sewing to packing operations. Thus, it is very common
to see small clothing enterprises with ceilings and walls full of dusty cobwebs. Even machines which are not
regularly cleaned could be full of dust which may cause them to break down.
Dust increases wear and tear on machinery, necessitating more maintenance. It also negatively affects the
quality of raw materials and finished products. Dust entering the respiratory system can damage the worker's
lungs. Some dust can also cause allergies. Dust should be removed regularly and eliminated from the source.
More comprehensive cleaning should be carried out as often as necessary. This cleaning should also include
walls, ceilings, storage racks and other areas where dust accumulates. Dust on windows, walls and lamps will
significantly reduce the lighting in the workplace.
Fig.5.1.8: Cleaning the Shop Floor
One low-cost cleaning method is sweeping the floor carefully with an appropriate broom and accompanying
dust pan to prevent dust from spreading. Spraying water on the floor before sweeping will avoid dust remaining
airborne. When dust is moistened it can be easily removed with a broom More effective methods of controlling
dust include using a vacuum cleaner or a wet mop.
154
5.1.4 Make Local Ventilation Cost-effective

Local ventilation should only be considered as a means of reducing chemical hazards when other means have
failed. There are cost-effective ways of improving ventilation.
Use proper fans
Apart from those used for ventilating workstations, fans may be utilized to remove dangerous substances from
the workplace. Contaminated air can be pushed or blown outside by having more open windows. A few points
should be considered:
• There should be no obstacles between the fan and opening. Anything in the way significantly reduces the
desired effect.
• The air speed should be low to reduce turbulence. In the garment industry, different fans are used; some use
industrial fans or wall fans as shown in Fig. There are advantages and disadvantages for these types of fans.
Industrial fans are so powerful that workers near them may be affected. Ceiling fans of the rotary type may
lift the cloth being sewn, hence speed should be controlled.
• Contaminated air should not be blown in the direction of other workers on the way to the opening.
Fig.5.1.9: Using Fans
• Care should be taken that air expelled from the workplace does not affect people outside the enterprise.
• A fan may not be sufficient to remove vapours from hazardous fumes such as those sometimes used in
silkscreen printing. Extractor systems to remove dust and hazardous chemicals should be installed. These
systems may be quite expensive and it may be more economical to replace the hazardous chemicals.
5.1.5 Good Lighting for Quality Products

Good lighting does not mean more light bulbs and more use of electricity. Natural lighting is usually a better
option than the bulbs. But if there is a difficulty in arranging for a natural lighting through windows and ventilators,
its important that the bulbs and other elements of artificial lights should be well-maintained. A good lighting
arrangement is directly proportionate to an efficient workforce.
80% of the absorption of information from our surroundings are from our eye as a sense organ. Bad lighting
means wrong or lesser absorption of information, leading to lower productivity. Eye strain in low light can lead to
head ache and again decreases the productivity level of the worker.
155
It is imperative to understand the ways in which we can arrange for a good lighting without increasing the
electricity bills. First of all one has to identify if at all you need to work upon the existing brightness level in the
work place. Lighting requirements are reliant on three main features:
• The environment of the working area
• The nature of the task
• The sharpness of the worker's eyesight
A sewer needs focused light at needle point, so needle lights should always be fitted. A worker packing garments
requires more largely lighting. In many situations, packers work on special tiered work tops, where lights are
built into the station. The age group of the workforce is also important factor to determine this. Which means,
an older worker may need twice as much light as a younger one. Another way to identify the gap, in lighting
problem is going around the workplace, observing the workers and asking them about their visual problems. The
plan of improvements may not have much impact if the workers' eyesight is insufficient. An eyesight test for all
employees should be carried out. Even if some workers do not follow advice about obtaining glasses. One will be
aware of the problem and a possible reason for low efficiency and decreased productivity.
5.1.5.1 Make Full Use of Daylight

It is very unfortunate that many corporations undermine the
fact that natural light is the best and the cheapest source of
illumination. One had to gauge the surface area of the work area
and measure the windows and skylights. Ideally the open space
that includes the windows, ventilation windows and door should
be one-third of the total area of work.
However a determinant of choosing the natural light is the heat
that is emitted in the work place.
Fig.5.1.10: Sunlight int he Shop Floor
If there is too many machinery omitting heat, it isn’t a great idea to allow the natural heat to come in and add up
to the temperature.
The higher the window, the more light is in. Skylights can double the light of a low light but if made in a lower
level, it faces obstacles ad is blocked by the machineries and storage containers. If the factory doesn’t have a
skylight, one must consider to replace the opaque roofs with translucent or transparent plastic rooftops.
It is important to paint the walls in lighter shades which not just give a sense of space to a room, but the workstation
would look illuminated. It enhances the visual conditions and a pleasant cheerful environment is encouraged.
The matt finish of whitewash is a great idea. Many enterprises are implementing white tile ceilings. To avoid
harmful glare, one should avoid gloss paint for walls. Pale colours are better than white. A slightly dimmer colour
below eye level is accommodating. But one should maintain cleanliness, since lack of regular cleaning can result in
the loss of at least 10 to 20 per cent of light. Special care should be taken to clean skylights, which are sometimes
difficult to reach.
These colours are much better than the black formerly used for the bodies or chrome finish for the Figs, which
reflect more glare. An unsatisfactory circulation of natural light over the work area, particularly in embroidery
rooms, is a problem. Considering the fact, one must change the layout of benches and machines in order to
minimize shadow zones. Workstations with high lighting requirements should be moved closer to the windows
and possibly be assembled together for the provision of additional lighting . However, if the workstation layout
156
responds well to your production needs, you may instead reorganize the delivery and height of the lamps or add
needle lights which are good options.
Fig.5.1.11: Sunlight in the Shop Floor
5.1.6 Reporting an Accident and an Incident

Your responsibility requires you to be aware of potential hazards and correct reporting processes. If you notice
a potentially hazardous situation, eg: a client expressing violent behavior, it is important that you report it
immediately to management and fill out the appropriate forms as legally required of you.
If you are injured at work you must:
• Report the injury to management as soon as possible, and certainly within 24hours.
• Seek proper treatment for your injury.
157
5.1.6.1 Accidents
Always work in a safe manner to prevent accidents from occurring in the first place. Make sure that you have
been given adequate information and on-the-job training about the first aid facilities and services available in
your workplace, including:
• Where to find first aid kits.
• Location of first aid rooms.
• Complete, up-to-date contact details of trained first aid officers in the workplace procedures for critical
accidents – such as who should be responsible for calling.
• The ambulance/doctor/nurse and what is the best method of contact, measures for evacuation of the injured
person/s.
• Emergency procedure for the elimination of life-threatening chemicals commonly used in the workplace.
• Universal precautions for the control of infection.
• Who to contact for debriefing/psychological support.
Reporting of incidents and accidents is required under the Work Health and Safety (WHS) legislation. Workplaces
tend to have well developed reporting procedures in place, which aim to fully understand the accident/incident
and prevent any future occurrences through investment in injury prevention, based upon accurate data. Reporting
and recording should also facilitate costing and associated financial loss.
Always report an accident to management immediately. There should be a form at each workplace that you
(or the person involved) and any witnesses can fill out, where possible, otherwise. The form should cover the
following areas:
• Description of the occurrence: What was the event that occurred, which required this report to be completed?
• Nature of injury or disease: Select the most appropriate description from a range of options. What injury or
disease happened as a result of the occurrence?
• First aid, medical treatment or hospital admission: This section asks for a description of what was done to
treat the injury or disease.
• Part of the body affected: Tick off which part or parts of the body were affected as a result of the occurrence.
• Source of injury: What actually caused the person to be injured or acquire a disease? This could be a piece
of machinery or other hazardous materials for example.
• Probable cause or causes of injury: How was the source listed above actually responsible for the injury?
• Investigation: This asks a series of questions that seek to find out why the person has been injured or has
acquired a disease.
• Notification checklist: This checklist makes sure that everyone who should have been contacted regarding
the matter has been contacted and asks whether appropriate action has been taken by the authorities.
• Preventative action: This asks whether or not any action has been taken to prevent the occurrence from
happening again.
• Witness details: This part is to be filled out if someone saw the occurrence happen. It is essential if any sort
of legal action is to be taken.
158
5.1.7 Mock Drills/ Evacuations

Fire safety and evacuation plans sketch staff duties and accountabilities
in time of emergency. Continuing training is required to help safeguard
that the employees are conscious of those duties and responsibilities.
Fire fighting trainings serve as an prospect for staff members to validate,
under replicated fire conditions, that they can perform those duties
and responsibilities safely and efficiently. It’s also a time for them to
demonstration that they are aware of defend-in-place strategies and can
take advantage of your facility’s fire protection features and exit facilities
to protect the people in their care.
Fire drills are excellent exercise designed to evaluate staff response to a
replicated emergency. They are also a test of your facility’s fire safety/
evacuation strategies and staff training programs. It is not essential
that all fire drills run smoothly. That’s okay, so long as staff and the
organization learns from them and correct mistakes made. It’s vital,
therefore, that there be a analysis of each drill so that any problems met
can be addressed. Perhaps the problems are due to unfinished or out-
dated fire safety/emigration plans. Perhaps there’s a need for additional Fig.5.1.12: Fire Safety
staff training.
The two essential components of a fire preparedness plan are the following:
1. An emergency action plan, which details what to do when a fire occurs.
2. A fire prevention plan, which describes what to do to prevent a fire from occurring.
5.1.8 Low-cost Work-related Welfare Facilities and Benefits

Work-related welfare conveniences and facilities are never given heed to. Who cares about toilets, first-aid kits,
lunch rooms or lockers? What do they have to do with the hard authenticities of production? One answer is that
workforces care. During each working day, workers need to drink water or some other beverage, eat meals and
snacks, wash their hands, visit a lavatory, and rest to recover from fatigue. This can be difficult or easy, unpleasant
or comfortable, a health risk or an aid to hygiene and nutrition. The essential facilities in the factory show if you
care about employees more or the machines.
Another good reason is that extra efforts for better facilities are often appreciated far beyond the time and
money capitalized, Work-related facilities benefit workers to overcome problems which are important to them.
Let workers express their priorities for improvements and give their feedback . You may be surprised at the
results. Giving a hygienic and wel-maintained workplace is indirectly showing yur employees how much you care
for them.
A small enterprise can be a community where workers are loyal, with good industrial relations and high morale,
It can also be a place where workers look for the first chance to leave and care little about the owner's success.
Which kind of initiative do you want? The series of low-cost facilities that trails will help to retain the best staffs.
159
5.1.8.1 Make Sure Essential Facilities Serve Their Purpose

Drinking water
Drinking water is indispensable for all workers; if this is not provided, they become thirsty and gradually
dehydrated. This greatly increases fatigue and lowers productivity, especially in a hot environment. Place water
vessels near each group of workers, or provide taps or cascades with clean water in a central place. This will
minimize the time lost in going to get a drink. However, drinking water should not be placed in washrooms or
toilets, near dangerous machines or other hazards, nor in places where it can be contaminated by dust, chemicals
or other substances.
If there is any doubt about contamination, water must be thoroughly boiled or properly filtered or treated.
Unhealthy water will lead to illness and therefore absenteeism from work. Before starting to use a new water
source for drinking purposes, it is advisable to have it tested to make sure it conforms to the national standard for
drinking water. The design, construction and operation of deep wells for the extraction of ground water should
be subjected to the provisions of existing water codes. Piped water should only be used when a hygienic water
supply is guaranteed. A clear distinction between potable and non-potable water taps should be made and a
"Safe Drinking Water" sign should be put up near to each tap.
Drinking water vessels should be made from materials that can easily be cleaned, Even if the vessels are filled
with fresh water, the water inside, if kept for even a short time, can become unhygienic. It should therefore
be different frequently. It is also imperative to make sure that drinking water is cool. If a water cooler is too
luxurious, the water vessels can be placed in the coolest place in the factory. It will facilitate the water to remain
cool throughout the day. They should not be left uncovered, under the sun or in a hot place. Drinking fountains
for production areas are very advantageous from a hygienic point of view . They can be fitted with a jet or bubbler
outlet and/or goose-neck or other outlet for filling drinking cups. The fountain should be free from sharp angles
and designed to prevent unnecessary splashing. Water outlets should be above the rim of overflow level so that
they will not be contaminated with waste water. The water outlet should be shielded to prevent the lips of a
drinker from being placed on it. Drinking water containers should be attended by a designated person. Containers
should be made of impermeable materials. A cooling device would be an advantage. (Unglazed pottery can be
used, due to its unique cooling effect, in dust-free places.) Containers should be provided with suitable covers,
and kept in a cool place protected from the sun. The water must be changed frequently.
To avoid the possible spread of infection, it is better to use throwaway cups or to provide separate cups for each
worker and to arrange for regular washing. When containers are used, it is important to clean them regularly.
Cleaning and other necessary conservation tasks should be assigned to a specific person. In addition, the provision
of a competence for boiling water will enable people to make coffee or other hot beverage during breaks. Hot
water is required if the enterprise has a childcare facility.
5.1.8.2 Sanitary Facilities

There are several reasons why the provision of washing facilities is important:
• Dirt and grime can be ingested and cause sickness or disease; they are, in any case, unpleasant and
demoralizing.
• Washing is a necessity when women have their monthly periods.
• Washing is required for basic hygiene after using the toilet.
• Apart from the obvious basic need, sanitary facilities are required by law. Clienteles often create an impression
of an enterprise through the quality of its sanitary facilities.
160
• There should be a sufficient number of hygienic facilities on the

work locations and each should be conveniently located to avoid
long walks, waiting and hindrance. The law of the country must
be monitored, but the following are the minimum requirements:
• One restroom is required for up to five men; two toilets for six
to 40 men.
• One separate restroom for up to five women and two toilets for
six to 30 women.
• One wash-basin for every 15 workers.
Fig.5.1.13: Signages
Ideally, there would be a separate toilet for men and women. These
should be characterized as follows:
• The toilet bowl must be free from stain or odour and function properly.
• The walls of the toilet must be clean and tiles unstained.
• The ceiling of the toilet must be free from cobwebs and dust.
• Floors must be clean and safe (no broken tiles, nor slippery surface).
• Proper illumination must be provided inside the toilet.
• Toilets must have a continuous supply of water; in case water is limited in the area, water should be stocked
in containers and refilled regularly.
• Mirrors and rubbish bins should be provided in the washroom.
• Soap and toilet paper should be provided.
• The washroom should provide complete privacy to users and should be fully ventilated.
5.1.9 Be Ready for Emergencies

Misfortunes can happen even if proper defensive measures are installed. So, always be prepared for emergencies
and have readiness for disaster management, like cuts and bruises, eye injuries, burns, poisoning and electric
shocks. Every enterprise should maintain a well-stocked first-aid box and assign at least one person from every
shift to handle emergencies. First-aid boxes should be clearly
marked and situated in a place, so that they are readily reachable
in an emergency. They should not be more than 100 metres away
from any place on the work site. Ideally, such kits should be near a
wash-basin and in good lighting conditions. Their supplies need to
be regularly checked and replenished. The contents of a first-aid box
are often regulated by law, with variations according to the size and
the likely industrial hazards of the enterprise. A typical basic kit may
include the following items in a dustproof and waterproof box:
• Sterile bandages, pressure bandages, dressings (gauze pads)
and slings. These should be individually wrapped and placed in Fig.5.1.14: First Aid
a dustproof box or bag. Adequate quantities of the different sizes should be available at all times to treat
small cuts and burns.
• Cotton wool for cleaning wounds
161
Ideally, there would be a separate toilet for men and women. These should be characterized as follows:
• The toilet bowl must be free from stain or odour and utility properly.
• The walls of the toilet must be clean and tiles unstained.
• The ceiling of the toilet must be free from torpors and dust.
• Floors must be clean and safe (no broken tiles, nor slippery surface).
• Proper illumination must be provided inside the restroom.
• Lavatories must have a continuous supply of water; in case water is limited in the area, water should be
stocked in containers and refilled regularly.
• Mirrors and rubbish bins should be provided in the washroom.
• Soap and toilet paper should be provided.
• The washroom should give complete privacy to users and should be fully aired.
5.1.10 Safety Signs at Workplace

Safety Signs: Sign providing information or instruction about safety or health at work by means of a signboard, a
colour, an illuminated sign or acoustic signal, a verbal communication or hand signal
Signboard: A sign which provides information or instructions by a combination of shape, colour and a symbol
or pictogram which is rendered visible by lighting of sufficient intensity. In practice, many signboards may be
accompanied by supplementary text, eg ‘Fire exit’, alongside the symbol of a moving person. Signboards can be
of the following four types:
1. Prohibition sign: A sign prohibiting behaviour likely to increase or cause danger (eg ‘no access for unauthorised
persons’).
Fig.5.1.15: Prohibition sign
2. Warning sign: A sign giving warning of a hazard or danger (eg ‘danger: electricity’).
Fig.5.1.16: Warning sign
162
3. Mandatory sign: A sign prescribing specific behaviour (eg ‘eye protection must be worn’).
Fig.5.1.17: Mandatory sign
4. Emergency escape, Fire and First-aid signs: A sign giving information on emergency exits, first aid, or rescue
facilities (eg ‘emergency exit/escape route’.
Fig.5.1.18: Emergency escape
Signs for emergency exits
Fig.5.1.19: Signs for emergency exits
163
Signs for Fire and First Aid
Fig.5.1.20: Signs for Fire
Industry Visit
• Understand the machine safety and maintenance rules of industry.
»» Use and maintain personal protective equipment as per protocol.
»» Maintain a healthy lifestyle and guard against dependency on intoxicants.
»» Follow environment management system related procedures.
»» Identify and correct (if possible) malfunctions in machinery and equipment.
»» Store materials and equipment in line with manufacturer’s and organizational requirements.
»» Minimize health and safety risks to self and others due to own actions.
»» Monitor the workplace and work processes for potential risks and threats.
»» Carryout periodic walk-through to keep work area free from hazards and obstructions, if assigned.
»» Report hazards and potential risks/threats to supervisors or other authorized personnel.
»» Participate in mock drills/ evacuation procedures organized at the workplace.
»» Undertake first aid, fire-fighting and emergency response training, if asked to do so.
»» Take action based on instructions in the event of fire.
164
6. Comply with
Industry, Regulatory
and Organizational
Requirements
Unit 6.1 - Comply with Industry, Regulatory and Organizational
Requirements
AMH/N0104

1. Carryout work functions in accordance with legislation and regulations, organizational guidelines and
procedures.
2. Seek and obtain clarifications on policies and procedures, from your supervisor or other authorized personnel.
3. Apply and follow these policies and procedures within your work practices.
4. Provide support to your supervisor and team members in enforcing these considerations.
5. Identify and report any possible deviation to these requirements.
166
UNIT 6.1: Comply with Industry, Regulatory and Organizational Requirements
Unit Objectives
1. Carryout work functions in accordance with legislation and regulations, organizational guidelines and
procedures.
2. Seek and obtain clarifications on policies and procedures, from your supervisor or other authorized personnel.
3. Apply and follow these policies and procedures within your work practices.
4. Provide support to your supervisor and team members in enforcing these considerations.
5. Identify and report any possible deviation to these requirements.
6.1.1 Defining Compliance for Your Organization

According to Merriam Webster the dictionary definition of compliance is as
follows:
1. The act or process of complying to a desire, demand, proposal, or
regimen, or to coercion.
2. Conformity in fulfilling official requirements.
3. A disposition to yield to others.
4. The ability of an object to yield elastically when a force is applied.
Fig.6.1.1: Regulatory Compliance
Supervisory compliance for industries, worldwide falls under the second definition. There are many managers,
general councils, and policy officers that would consent in agreement at any of the other definitions as well.
Let’s discuss, what is compliance? Whether an organization is confronting an external regulatory compliance
from a government agency, or seeks to comply with its own organizational mandates, policies or procedures,
compliance in actuality means conforming to requirements and a proof that your organization has done so. This
is usually attained by the scheming and development of managerial policies that will map out the projected code
of conduct.
From a policy’s point of view, there are many aspects that impact an organization’s policies, including legislative
and regulatory requirements, organizational best practices, and the market demands. If we look at government/
public sector agencies, financial service businesses, and healthcare providers - we find that they are controlled
and must develop internal policies in order to ensure compliance. The actual trial comes from the juncture of
practice with the laid policy.
After that, they must adopt ways to enforce those policies and measure their effectiveness. Initially this may
seem to be an easy and convenient task. But the dilemma is creating a policy – without any mechanism, may it
be manual, automated, or third-part, to measure and monitor compliance of the policies is very difficult. In order
to build effective policies, we must not only have an understanding of the statutory requirements that will shape
167
the policy within our organizations, but how these policies relate to the business practices, the workforce, the
methodologies of operations and the technologies within the corporation.
Irrespective of the requirements to which an organization must obey, a well-planned model is essential which
will be one that assimilates strategies with their people, processes, and technology. This includes education,
monitoring, and enforcement. Organizations should look to use machineries and to develop procedures that make
it easier to do the right thing or to simply disregard the policy all together. In conducting performance audits, an
assessment should be made of compliance with applicable laws and regulations when necessary to satisfy the
audit objectives. The auditor should design the audit to provide reasonable assurance of detecting illegal acts
that could significantly affect audit objectives. The auditor also should be alert to situations or transactions that
could be indicative of illegal acts that may have an indirect effect on the audit results.
6.1.2 Significance of Compliance in Indian Garment Industry

Compliance is the standard for the product which ensures that it is aligned to its industry’s qualitative demands.
This also includes audits and inspections which are crucial to a proper and formal work environment. Compliance
and its demand is rapidly growing in today’s industrial scene since globalization of manufacturing standards
has also created a demand for ethically created products. This standard of compliance is crucial because of the
increase in export of garments from India.
Social Compliance
The treatment of the employees by its business constitutes social compliance. This also includes their environment
and their personal perspective on social responsibility as an employee. The treatment of employees regarding
wages, work conditions and working hours. A compliance audit is necessary in order to determine if the company
meets standard environmental laws.
Compliance Audit
Process Safety Management, Risk Management Programs, and Process Security Management are all organised
and provided by audits and assessments. Compliance and its verification is carried out with audits that focus
particularly on these policies and procedures. The design and implementation of these audits ensures this
compliance. Additionally, all sorts of deficiencies can be addressed and solved through corrective action.
In India, compliance audit consists of a thorough examination of orders, regulations, rules and directions for
dealing with prudence, legality, transparency and adequacy. It is the job of auditors to collect information by
reviewing documents, visually observing the site and staff interviews. This data is cross checked with applicable
regulations and permits to ensure how well the operation is when sieved through applicable and required
legalities.
There are three main phases of compliance audit in India:
1. Pre-audit: It includes planning and organising the audit; establishing the audit objectives, scope and etiquette;
and reviewing the design of the program by inspecting documentation
2. On-site audit: It includes conducting personnel interviews, reviewing records, and making observations to
assess program implementation
3. Post-audit: It includes briefing the management on audit findings, and preparing a final report
Therefore, Indian apparel manufacturers need to follow Government guidelines, and social compliance standards
not only within their sphere of operations, but also insist their vendors, distributors, and other collaborators
involved in the supply chain to do the same.
168
6.1.2.1 Core Labour Standards

International labour standards have grown into a wide-ranging system of gadgets on work and social policy, backed
by a administrative system intended to address all sorts of complications in their submission at the national level
• Removal of Discernment in Employment and Occupation
• Freedom of Association
• Right to Collective Bargaining
• Elimination of all Forms of Forced or Compulsory Labour
• Effective Abolition of Child Labour
Apparel industry players would ensure that labour contractors don’t involve forced labour or child labour and
get the supply chain of the suppliers audited. Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC), a top organization of
Indian apparel exporters, has envisioned a garment factory compliance program ‘Disha’ -Driving Industry towards
Sustainable Human Capital Advancement. The prime objective of this body is to make India a global benchmark
for social compliance in apparel Industrial. This Common Compliance Code design will prepare the Indian apparel
industry on a mutual platform towards a more social and ecologically compliant industrial atmosphere.
6.1.3 India Adopting Universal Standards on Child Labour

The compliance level of garment factory is very high for Indian exporters. To ensure that all standards are being
complied with, the big international companies, mindful of their branding, often generate and follow their own
compliance standards. Numerous U.S. companies have incorporated “child labour” in their code of conduct, due
to tenacious signal of child exploitation in the industry.
6.1.3.1 Common Compliance Code

There is a compliance exhaustion in the Apparel Industry,. Although they are trading with the global brands, the
apparel sellers still don’t consent that compliance is an integral management practice. The Indian apparel export
industry has been indisputable to implement zero tolerance on child labour and cleanse the supply chain.
“This common compliance code will not only give the opportunity for the industry to negate international claims
against child labour promotion in the garment industry, but will also help to improve the image of the industry and
win more international businesses,” as per PremalUdani, Chairman, Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC).
6.1.3.2 AEPC-Disha
Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC), the peak body of Indian apparel exporters, has launched an agenda,
named it “DISHA” (Driving Industry towards Sustainable Human Capital Advancement) with a primary objective
to aid garment exporters comply with global standards referring to child labour.
This program is directed to encourage members to follow better social practices. These practices will give them a
competitive edge in the global market. That market, where industrial compliance code is progressively becoming
an important factor in buying decision.
169
Responsibilities of Disha member factory

DISHA member factory is dedicated to stick to the DISHA common code of conduct (CCC) Principle on child labour
and takes the responsibility to:
• Comprehend and classify applicable laws and acts.
• Understand general industry practices and perception.
• Establish management systems for nourishment and continual improvement.
Disha-CCC for child labour
The CCC- Common Code Of Conduct is based on various central and state laws. Some of the laws that stipulate
situations on the subject of employment of children and young persons are as follows:
• No child who has not completed fourteenth year of age shall be required or allowed to work in any occupation
in the factory.
• Persons who have completed fourteenth, but not eighteenth, year of age are not employed in hazardous or
dangerous operations.
• No female young person shall be required or allowed to work in any factory except between 8.00 A.M. and
7.00 P.M.
• Young people are required to work only after obtaining a ‘certificate of fitness’ from a government medical
officer not below the rank of an Assistant Surgeon. The fee for obtaining this certificate would be borne by
the factory.
It will be possible for the DISHA member’s factory to follow the Indian Law, re-frame policies and better practise
aimed to improved environmental and social impact on factories culture, by applying DISHA CCC.
6.1.4 Role of AEPC in Indian Garment Industry

The apparel industry of India is one of the significant export segments.
It enjoys a good global ranking because of its quality and price
affordability. But there is an emerging need to increase effectiveness in
the social domain as the industry faces various labour, compliance and
background situations.
Being a labour rigorous industry, social compliance is becoming an
integral issue for this sector. The apparel export promotion council
of India (AEPC) under the textiles ministry is plateful domestic textile
trade to follow the global norms through development and application Fig.6.1.2: AEPC Logo
of tools to help workshops certify, monitor and improve universal
standards.
AEPC’s assistance to garment exporters
AEPC brings about invaluable backing to Indian garment exporters and also the international buyers who select
India as their favoured tracing terminus for garments. The body today has grown-up to become the most powerful
connotation for promotion and facilitation of garment exports. With an objective of structuring a strong ground
for Indian exporters, AEPC is devoted to provide various podiums which would help in increasing garment exports.
170
AEPC- Disha Initiative

AEPC in its unceasing efforts to make India a preferred sourcing end point plans to undertake a series of activities
to reinforce the compliance code volume in the Indian export garment industry. The project DISHA has been
originated with the aim to merge the Indian apparel manufacturers for mutual co-operation, global configuration
and resource optimisation. It also focuses to create and adopt management systems to address human and
ecological encounters.
Purpose of Disha programme

• To increase mindfulness among apparel companies on social and
environmental standards based on applicable Indian laws.
• To progress effectiveness of apparel manufacturer.
• To promote a management system oriented thinking and
approach for engaging with social and environmental issues.
Fig.6.1.3: AEPC Initiative
• To promote a progression-based certification system that
supports quantity of progress towards adoption and upkeep of
yardstick practices in the Disha Common Code of Conduct (Disha-CCC).
Main components of Disha
Ecological, societal and security linked compliance issues are increasing importance in fabrics and apparel sector.
The competiveness in the sector moves to new embryonic markets. Improved social sustainability of the industry
and creating an atmosphere for improved compliance principles can give India the mandatory edge over its
competitors in the global market. Some of the major mechanisms of the program Disha are:
• Disha Certification: A Disha certificate shall be awarded to the factory by AEPC upon successful and agreeable
application of the social and biological management system.
• Common Code of Conduct (CCC): AEPC-Disha’s common code of conduct is intended to lead the Indian
apparel manufacturers on legal, social and environmental issues. The program creates the values for business
responsibility, based on applicable Indian laws and International labour organisation (ILO) resolutions
approved by the Government of India.
• Factory Capacity Building & Training: The common code of conduct includes orientation for the owners of
apparel factories and capacity building for factory-nominated personnel on Disha-CCC and towards applying
the management systems for Disha-CCC.
• Baseline & Impact Assessment: Initially, a factory shall undergo a pre interference baseline evaluation for
gap analysis against the Disha-Common Code of Conduct (CCC) ideologies and benchmarks. Post intervention
assessments on operationalization of the management systems in the factory shall be undertaken.
6.1.5 Indian Garment Industry and Social Responsibility

The apparel industry of India, is one of the biggest segments among the various industries existing. It is also
one of the oldest and an eminent industry in terms of output, investment and employment. A sector which has
a global market share and has earned reputation for its permanence, worth and magnificence. The industry is
growing at a fast pace with change in customer taste and inclinations. There are numerous factors impacting a
change in customer preferences. Few of them are here:
• Rise in disposable incomes
• Government policy focused on fast-track growth
171
• Convenience of shopping at departmental stores and shopping malls

• Increasing demand for branded apparels and fashion accessories
• Boom in the retail industry
6.1.5.1 International Labour Standards

The Indian apparel industry had established itself substantially not just in the domestic but global market too.
The improved density from international apparel buyers to comply with labour principles and rights in Indian
garment factories has resulted into a vast number of labels and code of conduct.
6.1.5.2 Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate social responsibility (CSR) fundamentally connotes that the establishment should work in a principled
way. It should work in the best interest of the parties associated with it. The notion of social accountability and
responsibilities in Indian apparel sector is fastening acceptance. Increasing number of companies are tiresome to
work in a mode to defend the interests of the workforce, clients, contractors and the society.
6.1.5.3 Social Responsibility in the Garment Industry

Garment firms have social responsibility associated with workforce and the surroundings. Social responsibility in
the global clothing industry gives a deep examination of labour practices and values. But the ways by which the
various organisations takes up to accomplish their social accountability may be different. A garment factory can
fulfil its social responsibility in the following manner:
• By creating and providing a challenging environment to the workforce.
• Creation and provision of fair book of policies for any kind of employee dispute, if any.
• Affirm a safe and positive working environment for the employees.
• Prohibit child labour and abolish any kind of child abuse.
• Provision of equal opportunities to the employees to voice their feedback and have an effective policy for the
solution of dispute.
• Ensure ethical recruitment, training, remuneration, appraisal and other policies.
6.1.6 Indian Apparel Trade and Compliance Standards

The Indian garment industry is aiming to reach 7.5 billion by the end of 2012, a Fig.that is practically double the
size of the last profit intended by the Indian Chamber of Commerce (ICC).
With the increasing globalisation, a lot of prominence has been placed on global compliance standards in the
garment industry. Factories involved in the international trade must keep a proper check of the garment factory
compliance at regular interludes. Therefore, every apparel export business needs to have a proper understanding
of compliance rules for foreign trade.
172
6.1.6.1 Why Code of Ethics is Required

The code of ethics is concerned with the quality of the products and services from the workstations along with
the working environment that should meet the provisions of audits and assessments. If followed sincerely, these
ethics will result into:
• Cumulative national affordability in terms of social compliance.
• Growing competitiveness of small scale industrialists.
• Dropping burden on manufacturers.
Some of the compliance codes in Indian garment industry are listed below.
6.1.6.2 Working Hour & Wage Rate Compliance

• Garment workshops should ensure a confirmation that employees should get minimum wages as per the
domestic law and according to their working hours spent by them in the industry.
• Employer should confirm an equal wages to both men and women employees who are performing the same
work or work of a similar nature.
• Workforce employed for more than nine hours on any day or for more than 48 hours in any week, shall be
qualified to wages at premium legal rates for such overtime work.
• Every employee must be entitled to one holiday in a week.
• Whenever a worker is required to work on a weekly holiday, he is to be allowed a compensatory holiday for
each holiday so lost.
6.1.6.3 Workplace & Work Environment Compliance

• Businesses units should see that they are providing a proper clean, hygienic, well-ventilation, sufficient light
and air to provide the workforce with standard work environment. A comfortable workstation with a clean
and neat workplace is a mandate.
• Indian garment industries should ensure that the workers are given a comfortable sitting chair with back
support and proper leg space.
6.1.6.4 Non-discrimination Compliance

Under federal and state laws, it is in contradiction of the law for proprietors to differentiate staffs and job applicants
and/or harassment to occur with their organizations. It is also against the law to treat people unethically or bother
them because of the age, disability, homosexuality, marital or domestic status, race, sex or transgender status
of any relative, friend or colleague of a job applicant or employee Employers, managers and supervisors must
treat all their job applicants and employees on the basis of their individual merit and not because of irrelevant
personal characteristics. They must also do their best to make sure that their employees are not harassing any
other job applicant or employee.
173
6.1.6.5 Social Compliance in India

Religion, community, culture or belief characteristics should never be the basis of distinction among employees
by the organisation. All the terms and conditions of employment should be based on a person’s ability to do
the job. The mandate for social compliance is growing every day. One can accomplish a dynamic and vigorous
compliance system only when the workforce is provided with an equal stand to voice their concern and have
consultative instrument at the workplace.
The Apparel Export Promotion Council of India (AEPC), a summit framework of Indian apparel exporters, runs all
social compliance services to meet international global standards. This council trains and monitors industrial unit
to upgrade the factory conditions and labour values and standards.
6.1.7 Health and Safety Compliance in Indian Garment Industry

Apparel industry has won increased attention from consumers, social workers, welfare organisations and
trademarked international buyers. Many global players are demanding that their “code of conduct” should be
complied to, before entering into an agreement. Nowadays, continuous observance to quality standards and
employee contentment have become significant bounds for gauging the company’s performance.
Apart from the growing quality of outputs that meet transnationally recognised standards, it is essential for the
suppliers to improve safety and health compliance code and provide proper working atmosphere in their work
locations.
Numerous overseas countries have established various international compliance standards on safety and health
compliance. Exporters should follow these codes to live on in the global market. One should not under-estimate
the benefits drawn from regular drilling of compliance codes of conduct which can bring higher price of yields,
less employee turnover rate, smooth trade relation as well as global image & status.
6.1.7.1 Need for Compliance Codes

There is prominent impact of social compliance on company’s economic outcomes. Companies should adopt
compliance code to protect their goodwill and brand name in the market. The Indian apparel industry needs to
be hard-hitting on compliance rather than opposing with other developing countries manufacturing low-cost
garments.
6.1.7.2 Compliance Code Guidelines

Apparel factories ought to contemplate the below mentioned guidelines when complying with safety and health
compliance code standards:
• Trades should comply with international standard code, such as ISO or importing countries standard code to
become competitive in international markets.
• It is necessary for workers involved in loading and unloading operations.
• Young aduls (between 15 to 18 years) are not allowed to work on any dangerous machine without sufficient
training and supervision.
• Ear plugs or muffs should be given in places with excessive sound such as generator rooms and embroidery
rooms.
174
• Factories should have effective fire extinguisher with proper usage instructions.
• Eye-wear and face shields should be a must, providing in areas with danger of flying objects, sparks, glare,
hazardous liquids and excessive dust.
Code to protect their goodwill in the market
This industry needs to be tough on compliance rather than challenging with other developing countries
manufacturing inexpensive garments. In India, the Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC) is committed to
legal compliance and ethical business practices and encourages members/exporters to comply with all applicable
laws and regulations of the country to meet international compliance standards.
The council has designed a garment factory compliance program ‘Disha’ (Driving Industry towards Sustainable
Human Capital Advancement) that aims to spread awareness regarding the importance of compliance among
apparel exporters.
6.1.7.3 Role of Apparel Export Promotion Council in India

In India, the Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC) is committed to legal compliance and principled business
Practices. It encourages members/exporters to comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the country
to meet international compliance standards. Further, the council has designed a garment factory compliance
program ‘Disha’ (Driving Industry towards Sustainable Human Capital Advancement) that aims to spread
awareness regarding the importance of compliance among garment exporters.
6.1.8 Compliance Code Guidelines for Indian Garment Industry

The Indian apparel industry supports considerably to India’s export earnings. India has industrialised as a major
following destination for various buyers. The USA and the EU endure to be the most domineering markets
for Indian apparel industry, bookkeeping for about two-third of India’s textiles exports. These countries have
been demanding upon compliance to certain social, environmental and safety standards and norms by the
manufacture units involved in export business. Corporate codes of conduct that discourses labour standards
vary from corporation to corporation and location to location. Some of the common Indian Garment industry
compliance code guidelines are:
• Exporters must not be intricate in unfair labour practices but limited to interferences in matters regarding
freedom of association.
• Exporters shall recompense workforce for all hours operated. Workers on a piece rate payment scheme or
any other incentive scheme should be paid according to that.
• Exporters shall not illogically restrain the liberty of movement of workers, including movement in canteen
during breaks, using toilets, accessing water, or to access necessary medical attention, as a means to maintain
work discipline.
• Exporters are about to offer workers with paid annual leaves as required under local laws, guidelines and
processes. Exporters shall not impose any undue limitations on workers’ use of annual leave or taking any
type of sick or maternity leave.
• There shall be no alterations in workers remuneration for work of equal value on the basis of gender, race,
religion, age, nationality, sexual orientation, social political opinion, disability or ethnic origin.
175
• Exporters shall not threaten female workers with firing or any other employment conclusion that adversely
distresses their service status in order to avert them from getting married or becoming pregnant.
• Exporters shall confirm that proper ventilation systems are installed within their premises to prevent airborne
exposures which may affect the health of workers.
• Members shall not custom any form of physical or mental, emotional violence, threats, harassment, or abuse
against workers seeking to form organisations or participating in union activities, including strikes.
• Workers shall be permitted to at least 24 successive hours of rest in every seven-day period. If workers must
work on a rest day, another successive 24 hours rest day must be provided.
• Exporters shall pay workers at least the legal minimum wage or the usual industry wage, the one that is
Higher. This indeed is the most essential code of compliance for Indian Industry.
• Garment exporters must ensure that the minimum age requirement to unsafe employment shall not be less
than 14 years. This is the most significant concern in the country. Each worker has the right to enter into
and to terminate their employment freely. Indian apparel makers need to follow all the compliance rules to
comply with global standards. Often companies adopt industry compliance codes to project a positive image
and protect their goodwill in the market. The Indian garment industry needs to be strong on compliance
instead of competing with other developing countries manufacturing inexpensive garments.
Indian apparel makers need to follow all the compliance rules to comply with global standards. Often companies
adopt industry compliance codes to project a positive image and protect their goodwill in the market. The Indian
garment industry needs to be strong on compliance instead of competing with other developing countries
manufacturing inexpensive garments.
6.1.9 India Complying with International Standards on Child Labour

Child labour has been a grave crime in India. It still exists. Children are in poverty, ignorance, and corruption due
to illiteracy. Child labour superfluities under many conditions such as discernment (based on gender, ethnic, or
religious issues), inaccessibility of educational and other substitutes, weak enforcement of child labour laws, etc.
Large global firms, conscious of their image, often set up their own compliance standards for the exporters to
ensure that all standards are being complied with.
Various companies of U.S originality have included child labour in their code of conduct, due to tenacious
evidence of child exploitation in the industry. In worldwide market, the buyer’s compulsory requirement is to
have an audit. As India is a leading garment exporter, the level of garment factory compliance is very high for
Indian exporters. The child labour issue is one of the very important aspect that the audit checks. Therefore, all
the export units must be highly compliant on issues related to child labour.
6.1.9.1 Code of Conduct for Garment Exporters

• Garment exporters must safeguard that the bottom limit of the age requirement to non-hazardous
employment should not be less than 14 years. Moreover, all young workers (between 14 to 18 years) must
be sheltered from doing any work that is likely to be dangerous or that may be injurious to their health and
physical, mental, social, or moral development. Exporters must detect all legal necessities for work being
performed by lawful young workers.
176
• Further, the trainees or occupational students shall not be under the legal age for employment (as provided
under the applicable laws). They cannot be used on regular production lines as long as they are trainees and
unless their pay and other benefits are at par with the regular workforce.
• A proper process is followed for checking the age of the workers. The minimum certification and credentials
required to be maintained shall include- proof of age certificates by registered/ licensed dentists, birth
certificate, school leaving certificate, national identity like passport, driving license, voter card etc. or any
other document required under the applicable laws.
Apparel industry players would now make sure that labour contractors don’t engage child labour and get the
supply chain of the suppliers audited. Apparel Export Promotion Council (AEPC) has intended a garment factory
compliance program ‘Disha’ (Driving Industry towards Sustainable Human Capital Advancement) to make India a
global benchmark for social acquiescence in apparel manufacturing and export. This Common Compliance Code
project will prepare the Indian apparel industry on a mutual platform towards a more social and environmentally
accommodating industrial environment.
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
177
Participant
Handbook
178 viii
7. Professional Skills
Unit 7.1 Professional Skills

1. Work effectively within a team.
2. Manage job related stress effectively.
3. Understand the importance of punctuality.
4. Recognize the causes of AIDS.
5. Get familiar with prevention methods for AIDS.
6. Importance of health and hygiene.
7. Effects of alcohol and tobacco.
180
UNIT 7.1: Professional Skills
Unit Objectives
1. Work effectively within a team.
2. Manage job related stress effectively.
3. Understand the importance of punctuality.
4. Understand the causes of AIDS.
5. Know prevention methods for AIDS.
6. Importance of health and hygiene.
7. Effects of alcohol and tobacco.
7.1.1 Team Work

Teamwork Is a skill in which a group of people work together to
achieve a set goal and target objective given to them. It is an integral
part of professional life of everyone who works in a professional
environment. At the heart of effective teamwork in the workplace
is the sense of comradeship and valuing of each other, which means
when people come together they deliver more than they would
separately, and they are empowered to do it! Effective teamwork in
the workplace happens when three things are in place:
1. Individuals flourish as they use their Strengths. Fig.7.1.1: Team Work
2. People come together building relationships that often become
friendships resulting in effective Teamwork.
3. Together everyone accomplishes more as enactment flows and Results are achieved.
4. Teamwork in the workplace encompasses cooperation among workers. This cooperation is for the sake of
a common goal that the entire team is working toward -- such as a sales quota or some other measurable
result. But in some situations, the common goal may be something more imprecise, such as the wellbeing of
the company. Teamwork requires that all workers add their fair share to the workload so that the company
can achieve its goals in a timely and acceptable manner.
7.1.1.1 Elements of Team Work

Collaboration
Collaboration is a significant component to any team. As per Penn State University, teamwork allows projects to
get done that one person alone is not able to complete. Members of the team bring in their own capabilities and
level of proficiency to a venture to help create an effective finished product. To collaborate effectively the team
must be able to communicate and share ideas, and there also needs to be a feeling of respect in place for each
team member's impact.
181
Conflict Resolution
When a team works together there can be conflict in opinion, strategies and decision making. There are some
team members who are not very articulate. They feel their concepts are not being heard. Whereas there are others
who are over-articulated and they impose their ideas. They feel they should always be part of the team's solution.
There could also be a struggle for leadership of the group that can threaten to diminish the group's effectiveness.
The element of conflict resolution within a team means leaving room for everyone's helps, developing the ability
to listen to all ideas and creating a method of agreement that is used to develop a solution the team can agree on.
Related Reading: How to Make the Workplace Environment Become Less Stressful & Increase Feelings of
Teamwork.
7.1.1.2 Roles and Responsibilities of Team

A team work has a dynamic personality because there are many
different people playing different and unique role in a group work.
But the team is only effective and can contribute positively when
the members understand their roles and responsibilities within
the group, and effort to execute them efficiently. According to the
Missouri Small Business and Technology Development Centres, an
assignment given to a group is completed more effectively when
the responsibilities are distributed fairly among the group members.
Each member is assigned a part of the task based on his role within
the group and his level of expertise. Fig.7.1.2: Team Role
7.1.1.3 Differing Points of View

The best assets about doing a project in a team within an organization is the capability to bring together divergent
points of view and opinions in order to settle down with a solution. According to Penn State University, an
effective team creates solutions that are manufactured from the many different perspectives of the individual
group members. This helps to see a circumstance from several different angles, and can create a solution that no
one individual could create on his own.
Fundamental Techniques in Handling people
1. Do not criticize, condemn or complain.
2. Give honest and sincere appreciation.
Six ways to make people like you
1. Be genuinely interested in other people.
2. Smile
3. Remember to address by the person’s name.
4. Be a good listener.
5. Talk in the terms of other person’s interest.
182
6. Make the other person feel important.

Win people to your way of thinking
1. Avoid arguments.
2. Show respect for other people’s opinion.
3. Admit your mistake.
4. Be friendly.
5. Let other people express their ideas.
6. Dramatize your ideas.
7. Throw down a challenge.
Be a leader: A leader’s job often includes changing people’s attitude and behaviour.
1. Call attention to mistakes indirectly.
2. Ask questions instead of giving direct orders.
3. Praise improvement.
4. Give a person a fine reputation to live up to.
5. Encourage hard work.
6. Make the person happy about accomplishing work.
7.1.2 Stress Management

In today’s world, each and every human being is stressed in some way or the other. Stress had a very detrimental
effect on us. Therefore it is imperative to resolve any element that causes stress. Here comes the role of
Stress Management. Stress management refers to the wide spectrum of methods and psychotherapies aimed
at controlling a person's levels of stress, especially chronic stress, usually for the purpose of refining everyday
functioning. It is a prearranged strategy for coping with psychological or emotional turmoil. As part of a health
benefits package, a company may offer stress management therapy to improve job performance.
Negative effects of stress
• Physiological impact
• Skin problem and hair loss
• Heart palpitations and fluctuation of blood pressure
• Anxiety and Depression
Fig.7.1.3: Stressed mangement
183
7.1.2.1 Basic Techniques to Analyse Stress

• Get the facts.
• After analysing the facts return to a choice.
• Once a choice is reached, act on it.
Tips to prevent stress
• Changing in the point of view and expectation level from the people around.
• Task break-down into manageable elements.
• Set S-M-A-R-T goals:
»» Specific – mark a definite area for progress.
»» Measurable – calculate or indicate the progress.
»» chievable – the goal set should be attainable.
»» Realistic – The result of the set goal should be realistic and not illusory.
»» Time-bound – the goal should be time bound and time definite.
• Avoid postponement for tasks.
• Set restrictions on procrastination.
• Plan some ‘ME’ time for your rejuvenation.
How to fight stress?
• Be busy to keep stress out of your mind.
• Do not fuss about trifles.
• Co-operate with the ineffective.
• Do not consider the past and think about the present.
Cultivating a attitude to stay happy
• Fill your mind with thoughts of peace,courage and health.
• Never try to get even along with your enemies.
• Do not worry about feeling.
• Believe in the thrill of giving.
• Count your blessings and not your troubles.
• Be yourself
• Try to create the best of everything you get.
How to keep from worrying about criticism
• Criticism of any kind is compliment in disguise.
• Do not focus on the negative aspect of criticism.
• Correct and criticise yourself before anyone would do and don’t repeat mistakes.
184
Ways to prevent fatigue

• Rest before you get tired.
• Relax at work.
• Keep your table clear.
• Do things in the order of importance.
• Be organized and reduce rework.
• Have enough amount of sleep daily.
7.1.2.2 Benefits of Stress Management

Physical health gets better Ability to focus improved
• Focus on physical fitness • Productivity increases when one is stress-free.
Emotions stabilized • Present moment awareness.
• Positive Metal Attitude • Conflict resolution skills get enhanced
• Optimistic Approach • Work-Life balance is easy
7.1.3 Punctuality
Importance of punctuality
• Respect: Timekeeping speaks of a person’s respect of others.
• Credibility: An employee who is punctual is deliberated as trustworthy in the eyes
of his/her employer.
• Organised: A punctual person usually bring together his/her work well, thinks ahead
of time, arranging the given tasks and is overall successful.
• Networking: Much of the interacting in a company happens just before a meeting Fig.7.1.4: Punctuality
when the board members are waiting for everybody to gather. Being early can give
you a chance to talk to the company leaders and senior managers, and create a
network of associations for you.
• Ready: Being a couple of minutes early to a meeting or work, gives you time to relax, collect your opinions
and arrange your day’s To-Do activities. This will help you sail through the day with no major glitches.
• Productivity: An employee who isn’t stressed about reaching late or has come in early enough to give him
minutes to settle in before the day’s work begins, has got better chances to get more accomplished than a
late comer who feels more pressurized.
• Promotion: All of the above points help an employee become a strong contender for a promotion (of course,
given the fact that he/she is good at the job).
185
7.1.4 AIDS Awareness

Causes
The virus can be found in the blood, semen, vaginal fluid, and breast milk of infected people.
HIV is also found in saliva, sweat, and tears, though not in high enough amounts to transmit
the virus to another person. There are no known cases of anyone catching HIV through
sneezing, shaking hands, or from toilet seats or mosquito bites. The two most common ways
to be infected with HIV are through sharing needles and unprotected sex.
Fig.7.1.5: AIDS Logo
HIV may be transmitted through unprotected heterosexual or homosexual, vaginal, anal, or oral sex. Although the
risk of infection is lower with oral sex, it is still important to use protection during oral sex. HIV can also be passed
on through perinatal infection, where mothers who have HIV are at risk of giving the disease to the baby during
birth. The risk of perinatal infection is declining with new treatments. Breast-feeding by an infected mother can
also transmit HIV. Once HIV enters the bloodstream, it proceeds over cells vital to the immune response, known
as CD4+ lymphocytes. The virus then inserts its own genes into the cell, turning it into a miniature factory that
produces more copies of the virus. Slowly, the amount of virus in the blood goes up and the number of healthy
CD4+ cells goes down. The obliteration of CD4+ cells interferes with the body's ability to fight off infections and
other diseases
Fig.7.1.6: How AIDS spreads
Prevention
• Do not share razors.
• Dispose needles after use.
• Have protected sex.
186
7.1.5 Health and Hygiene

Hygiene
Poor hygiene can lead to poor health. If you have cut yourself, the wound should be cleaned and dressed suitably,
this can help reduced the risk of infection and pain. Conditions such as head lice, athlete’s foot etc. should be
treated immediately to prevent further infections and spread to others.
Hand washing cannot be emphasised enough as this simple action can prevent a plethora of illnesses and
disorders developing. Many people ‘forget’ to wash their hands after using the toilet or before handling foods;
this can cause a great deal of illness and even death.
Fig.7.1.7: Health and Hygiene
Hair: Dirty head hair does not actually cause many health problems
• Greasy hair: There is extremely just one solution to greasy hair which is to clean it.
• Dandruff: If you suffer from dandruff, try the various shampoos available. If it's serious there ar some medical
treatments available that are not harmful to the skin.
• Head lice: Head lice are extremely contagious. If left unattended, the lice grow large enough that you can
really see them moving and therefore the white eggs are also sometimes visible. Read more about head and
hair hygiene here.
Teeth and Mouth:
• Teeth: A beautiful smile can create a person's day - however if teeth are grubby or breath is smelly, it has an
entirely different result. Brush your teeth twice daily with a decent.
• Smelly breath: Generally, despite good brushing a tooth will succumb to decay, if left untreated this can
spread and infect your gums. bad breath can be the sign of a gum infection. make sure you visit your dentist
regularly to keep a check on it.
• Areas prone to Odour and fungal Infection: Unpleasant smells and fungal infections are most commonly
experienced in areas of the body that are warm and not often exposed to fresh air: the feet; the genitals and
some of our sweat glands.
• Smelly Feet: The feet contain lots of sweat glands. If feet are confined in socks and shoes the sweat has
nowhere to 'evaporate' and the skin microorganism can in effect attack to, inflicting that pungent'cheesy'
aroma. Here are some measures you can take to minimise smelly feet:
187
»» Wash regularly and dry thoroughly with a soft towel and an anti-bacterial foot powder or a baby talc.
»» Allow feet to air when feasible and wear open shoes as much as possible.
»» Change socks more than once a day if needed and make sure they are cotton or other breathable fabric.
7.1.5.1 Effects of Alcohol and Tobacco

Effects of tobacco
Tobacco is one of the major reasons of unnecessary deaths globally. Tobacco use
leads most usually to ailments distressing the heart, liver and lungs. Smoking is a
major jeopardy factor for heart attacks, strokes, chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease (COPD) including emphysema and chronic bronchitis and cancer
(particularly lung cancer, cancers of the larynx and mouth, and pancreatic cancer).
It also causes peripheral vascular disease and high blood pressure. Fig.7.1.8: Tobacco and Cigrate
The effects depend on the number of years that a person smokes and
on how much the person smokes. Smoking earlier in life and smoking
cigarettes higher in tar increases the risk of these diseases. Also,
environmental tobacco smoke, or passive smoke, has been shown to
cause adverse health effects in people of all ages.
Effects of alcohol
Brain: Alcohol inhibits with the brain’s communication pathways, and
can distress the way the brain looks and works. These disruptions can
change mood and performance, and make it harder to think visibly Fig.7.1.9: Effects of tobacco
and move with synchronization.
Heart: Drinking a lot over a long time or too much on a single occasion
will damage the heart, causing problems including:
• Cardiomyopathy – Stretching and drooping of heart muscle
• Arrhythmias – Irregular heart beat
• Stroke
• High blood pressure
Fig.7.1.10: Say no to Alcohol
Liver: Heavy drinking takes a toll on the liver, and can lead to a variety of problems and liver inflammations
including:
• Steatosis, or fatty liver
• Alcoholic hepatitis
• Fibrosis
• Cirrhosis
Pancreas: Alcohol causes the pancreas to produce noxious substances that may eventually cause pancreatitis, a
dangerous inflammation and swelling of the blood vessels in the pancreas that prevents proper digestion.
188
Immune System: Drinking too much can weaken your immune system, making your body a much easier target
for disease. Chronic drinkers are more liable to contract diseases like pneumonia and tuberculosis than people
who do not drink too much. Drinking a lot on a single occasion slows your body’s ability to ward off infections –
even up to 24 hours after getting drunk.
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
189
Participant
Handbook
190 viii
8. IT Skills
Unit 8.1 - Introduction to Computer
Unit 8.2 - Basic Computer Knowledge
Unit 8.3 - Components of Computer
Unit 8.4 - Concept of Operating System
Unit 8.5 - MS Word
Unit 8.6 - MS PowerPoint
Unit 8.7 - MS Excel
Unit 8.8 - Internet Concepts

1. Familiarise with computers
2. Identify and use basic uses of a computer
3. Familiarise with a computer motherboard
4. Familiarise with a computer operating system
5. Use Microsoft Word, Excel and Powerpoint
6. Familiarise with Internet and use e-mails
192
UNIT 8.1: Introduction to Computer
Unit Objectives
At the end of the unit, you will be able to:
1. Define the computer.
2. Recognise its various parts.
3. Differentiate the advantages and disadvantages of computer.
8.1.1 What are Computers?

Computer is the greatest technology of all times. An innovative electronic device that takes raw data as input
from the user and processes these data under the control of set of instructions which is called program, to give
the result the output. The first fully electronic computers, announced in the 1940s, were huge machines. The
computer of today’s time is thousands of times faster and in any size you want. They can fit on your desk, on your
lap, or even in your pocket. Computers work through an interface of hardware and software.
Computers work through an interaction of hardware and software.
• Hardware = Internal Devices + Peripheral Devices: All concrete parts of the computer (or everything that we
can touch) are known as hardware. The most significant piece of hardware is a tiny quadrangular chip inside
the computer called the central processing unit (CPU), or microprocessor. It’s the “brain” of the computer—
the part that interprets instructions and performs calculations. Hardware items such as your monitor,
keyboard, printer, mouse and other components are often called hardware devices.
• Software = Programs: Software provides “intelligence” to the computer. Software refers to the instructions,
or programs, that tell the hardware what to do. A word-processing program that you can use to write letters
on your computer is a type of software. The operating system (OS) is software that manages your computer
and the devices linked to it. Windows is a well-known operating system.
8.1.2 Advantages of Computers

Compared to conventional systems, computers offer many notable benefits. The main benefits offered by
computers are as follows:
• High Accuracy
• Superior Speed of Operation
• Large Storage Capacity
• User-friendly Features
• Portability
• Platform independence
• Economical in the long term
193
Exercise
1. When was the first fully electronic computer introduced?
a) 1930s
b) 1940s
c) 1950s
d) None of these
2. Give 3 examples of the hardware components of computers?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. What is an Operating System (OS)?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mention 3 advantages of computers
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
194
UNIT 8.2: Basic Computer Knowledge
Unit Objectives
• Use computer.
• Explain the web, email services.
What can you do with computers?

In the workstation, many people use computers to keep chronicles, records, analyze data, do research, and
manage projects. At home, you can use computers to find information, track finances, store pictures and music,
play games, and connect with others—and those are just a few of the opportunities. You can also use your
computer to link to the Internet, a network that associates computers around the world. With Internet access, you
can interconnect with people all over the world, communicate with them and find a vast amount of information.
Some of the most prevalent things we can do with computers are cited in this chapter.
8.2.1 The Web

The World Wide Web is an enormous warehouse of
information. The web is the most prevalent part of the
Internet, partly because it exhibits most information in a
visually pleasing format. Headlines, text, and images can
be combined on a single webpage—along with sounds
and animation. A website is a collection of interconnected
webpages. The web contains millions of websites and billions
of webpages.
Surfing the web means reconnoitring or exploring it. You can
find information on the web about almost any topic possible.
For example, you can read news stories and movie reviews,
check airline schedules, book a hotel, find places to dine,
see street maps, search the route to reach a place, get the
weather forecast for your city, or research a health condition. Fig.8.2.1: A Microsoft Web Plateform
195
8.2.2 E-mail
Who writes letters these days? Email which is a short form for electronic mail,
is the most appropriate way to communicate with others to date. When you
send an e mail message, it arrives almost instantly in the receiver’s email inbox.
You can send email to many people at the same time and you can save, print,
and forward email to others. You can send almost any type of file in an email
message, including documents, pictures, and music files.
Fig.8.2.2: Email Link (Exampple)
8.2.3 Instant Messaging

Instant messaging is like having a real-time conversation with another person or
a group of people. When you type and send an instant message, the message
is instantly visible to all participants. Unlike an email, all participants have to be
online (connected to the Internet) and in front of their computers at the same
time. Interaction by means of instant messaging is called chatting.
Fig.8.2.3: Instant Messaging
8.2.4 Pictures, Music and Movies

If you have a digital camera, you can move your images from the
camera to your computer. Then you can print them, create slide
shows, or share them with others by e mail or by posting them
on a website. You can also listen to music and watch movies on
your computer. Computer has become a prominent source of
entertainment.
Fig.8.2.4: Media Resources Icons
196
Exercise
1. Give 3 examples of how you can use computers?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. All participants have to be online and in front of the computers for instant messaging to work?
a) True
b) False
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
197
UNIT 8.3: Components of Computer
Unit Objectives
• Know the different parts and components of computer.
8.3.1 Motherboard
The motherboard is the main element inside the case. It is a large rectangular board with combined circuitry this
connects the several parts of the computer as the CPU, RAM, Disk drives (CD, DVD, Hard disk or any others) as
well as any other peripherals linked via the ports or the expansion slots. Components directly attached to the
motherboard include the following.
The central processing unit (CPU)
The central processing unit (CPU) performs most of the calculations that allow a computer to function and is
sometimes referred to as the “brain” of the computer. It is usually cooled by a heat sink and fan.
Fig.8.3.1: Different parts of a Computer
The chip set

The chip set aids communication between the CPU and the other components of the system, including main
memory.
RAM (Random Access Memory)
RAM (Random Access Memory) stores all running processes (applications) and the current running OS.
The BIOS
The BIOS includes boot firmware and power management. The Basic Input Output System tasks are handled by
operating system drivers.
Internal Buses
Internal Buses connect the CPU to various internal components and to expansion cards for graphics and sound.
198
Exercise
1. What is the full form of CPU?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. What does the Chip Set do?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. What is the full form of BIOS?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
199
UNIT 8.4: Concept of Operating System
Unit Objectives
• Familiarise with the concept of operating system.
• Work on Windows 8 and 8.1.
• Add or Remove desktop icons, make or delete a folder etc.
8.4.1 Windows XP
Windows XP is a personal computer operating system created by Microsoft as part of the Windows NT family of
operating systems. Basically it lets you use different types of applications or software on the operating system
For example, it allows you to use a word processing application to write a letter and a spread-sheet application
to track your financial information. Windows XP is a graphical user interface (GUI).
Learn more about Windows XP by exploring it
There are various versions of Windows, when you install any version of Windows on your operating system it is
called ‘upgrade´ your system. Below are the images of different versions of windows for your more clarity.
Desktop: The desktop is your work surface in place of a physical workspace at home or work. It is the screen you
see once your computer has finished booting up and you are ready to get started.
Wallpaper (Desktop Background): The image on your desktop is called Wallpaper or Desktop Background
Fig.8.4.1(a): Different versions of windows
200
8.4.2 Tools and Parts of an Operating System

Icons: The small pictures are shortcuts to programs called icons. Double-click icons to start a program. Clicking
the Start button also shows a list of programs and other options on the computer.
Taskbar: The blue bar across the bottom of the screen is called the Task Bar.
Fig.8.4.1(b): Windows XP Desktop
System Tray: It is an area where you can access programs that are running in the background. The more programs
you have in this area, the longer it takes for the computer to boot up. The system tray of a desktop area has icons
as shown in the image to indicate which programs are currently running in the background. Once you single click
on the left-facing arrow button you would be able to open and see what else is there.
Volume Controls: The speaker icon will open the volume controls. Once you do the
single click on an icon you can make a quick volume change. Click and drag on the
bar to raise or lower the overall volume, or click in the check box to mute all sound
as shown in the picture.
Fig.8.4.2(a): Volume Controler
To view sound settings, right click on the sound icon in task bar and
left click on open volume control or double click on the sound icon.
To change the volume settings, click and move the volume bars up
and down in specific categories. To set volume balance, click and
move balance bars right and left. To mute, click the check box below
the volume categories.
Fig.8.4.2(b): Volume Controler
201
External Hardware: You might run across this icon on your operating system frequently. This appears every time
any piece of external hardware is plugged in. for e.g. USBs like pen drives, digital cameras, external hard drives,
etc.
Fig.8.4.4: Message shown AfterRemoving External

Fig.8.4.3: Removing External Drives Drives
Windows Updates: A yellow shield with an exclamation mark on it

will appear, if the computer has any updates from Microsoft to be
downloaded. Make a single click on the icon to identify what needs to
be done as shown in the picture, once you single click, your computer
will walk you through the steps.
Fig.8.4.5: Message Windows Update
Power: There are 2 symbols for power one is a battery and the
alternative is a power cord with a blue lightning bolt. The latter symbol
means the laptop is plugged into the wall outlet and is charging. The
battery symbol means the laptop is running purely off of batter Power.
Fig.8.4.6: Icon Showing Charging on Laptop
Wireless: Laptop computers are capable of connecting to a wireless

network to achieve access to the web. to connect to a network, right click
on the wireless icon and select.
Fig.8.4.7: Wireless Network Icon
View Available Wireless Networks: In the Window

that appears, select the network from the list that
you just need to connect to and click on on the
Connectbutton that may appear within the lower
right corner.
Fig.8.4.8: Network Selection Dialog
202
8.4.3 Add or Remove Desktop Icons

You can add or delete Icons or Desktop Shortcuts from the Desktop area.
To add an Icon:
• Step 1: Click on the Start button.
• Step 2: Put your mouse over All Programs. A menu will
appeat with all of your programs.
• Step 3: Go to the program that you want to create a
shortcut for and Right-click on it. A menu will appear.
• Step 4: Point to Send To.
• Step 5: Left click on Desktop (create shortcut).
Fig.8.4.9: Delete Shortcut
To remove an icon:
• Left click on the icon.
• Hit the Delete button on your keyboard.
• When your computer asks if you are sure you would like to delete this program, click on the Delete Shortcut
button. The window that popped up is called a Dialog Box.
Dialogue box: A dialog box is window that appears once your pc encompasses a question for you. Generally a
dialog box appears just to tell you something. You must click on the OK button to acknowledge that you simply
have scan the message before you’ll be able to continue. For example:
• Step 1: Double click on the My Documents folder on the
desktop.
• Step 2: Locate the folder titled Travel Class, and right click
on it.
• Step 3: Left click on Rename.
• Step 4: Type eBay and press the enter key on the keyboard.
• Step 5: A dialog box will appear to inform you that you
cannot rename the folder to “eBay” because an item by that
name already exists.
Fig.8.4.10: Rename File or Folder
203
8.4.4 Create a Folder

Some individuals wish to keep folders on their desktop to keeping
vital files in. (You might also use the My Documents folder for this
purpose.)
• Step 1: Find an empty area on your desktop with no icons or
windows in the way.
• Step 2: Right click on the empty space.
• Step 3: Point to New. (You do not need to click.)
• Step 4: In the menu that pops out, left click on Folder.
• Step 5: Your new folder has been created and is waiting for a
name. Don’t click! Just start typing to give the folder a name.
• Step 6: When finished, hit the enter key on the keyboard or
click beside the folder. Your new folder is ready to receive files.
Fig.8.4.11: Create New Folder
8.4.5 Place Your Favorite Webpage as a Desktop Icon

You can create a shortcut of your favorite web page directly on your Desktop:
• Step 1: To create the shortcut, you must first open your Internet browser. (Double click on
the Internet Explorer icon.).
• Step 2: Type in the web address of the page you want to view and hit the enter key on your
keyboard.
Fig.8.4.12: I E Icon
• Step 3: Once the website is open, restore down the windows to that you can view the Desktop space partially
behind the opened webpage.
• Step 4: Either, point your mouse at the icon to the left of the web address in the address bar as shown below.
Hold down your left mouse button and drag the small icon onto empty space of your Desktop. Let go and a
shortcut of your webpage will be created on your Desktop.
8.4.6 Managing Multiple Windows

Your taskbar area shows that windows are open, if you open a lot
of windows from the same program, they’re going to begin to stack
up. Let’s open a lot of windows and see what happens.
• Step 1: In Internet Explorer, click on the File menu and then on
New Window.
• Step 2: In the address bar type Yahoo.com and hit the enter
key on the keyboard. Fig.8.4.13: Create New Folder
204
• Step 3: Repeat the first two steps at least 5 times and go to

different websites such as Google.com, abc.com, nbc.com,
msnbc.com, pbs.org, fox8.com, andwews.com. Your taskbar Fig.8.5.14: Application Icons on Taskbar
will start to get full. Once you have seven windows open, they
will all group together under one item.
Normally, if your things aren’t grouped along, you would be able
to select one item from the taskbar to navigate to that window.
After they are all stacked, you have to click on the group and go
from there.
• Left click on the group of stacked Internet Explorer windows in
the taskbar to open the list. Fig.8.4.15: Multiple Windows of Application
8.4.7 The Keyboard

A computer keyboard is same as a typewriter keyboard with some extra keys.
Fig.8.4.16: A Simple Keyboard

The ESC key in the upper left corner will close any menus or dialogs you have opened
but do not want to select an item from. (Try to open the Start menu and then click on
the Esc key.)
The Function keys along the top of the keyboard each key has its special utilisation,
often in conjunction with the ALT, CTRL or a combination of both keys, depending on
the application you are using. F1 generally opens the program’s Help options. It is
different for every application. Fig.8.4.17: Esc Key on Keyboard
Fig.8.4.18: Function Keys on Keyboard
In the bottom left corner are three keys unique to the keyboard – CTRL, Windows, and ALT:
• The CTRL key is used in conjunction with other keys to perform various functions. (i.e. CTRL+P will open the
print window when in Microsoft Word.)
205
• The Windows key works like pressing the Start button on the screen.
• The ALT key is another helper key used in conjunction with other keys.
• The Caps Lock key is used in typing. Pressing this key once will make all letters you type CAPITALIZED. Press
the Caps Lock key again to turn typing into small letters.
• The Shift key is used in typing to make one capital letter. To capitalize a letter, press the Shift key and hold it
down, then press the letter you want capitalized. Release the Shift key and continue to type.
• Page Up and Page Down move the cursor through a document page by page, either up or down.
• The Arrow keys help you move the cursor around the screen (when using a program like Microsoft Word) or
across a line of text when typing in a text box.
• The Insert key is used when typing to replace words you have already typed.
• The Delete key removes text you have typed that is to the right of the cursor or to send selected items to the
Recycle Bin.
• Pressing the Home key sends your cursor to the beginning of a line of text. Pressing the End key sends the
cursor to the end of a line.
• To the right of the spacebar you see another Alt key, Windows key, and Ctrl key. Notice the new Application
key. Pressing this key is the same as pressing the right mouse button (right clicking).
• The Backspace key removes text you have typed that is to the left of the cursor.
• The Enter key gives a new line (like a carriage return) when you are typing. At other times the Enter key works
like a left mouse click.
8.4.8 Common Windows Commands

One feature of Windows is that there are usually some ways to perform an action. This table shows the Windows
Command, with the Menu, Keyboard and Toolbar ways to inform the computer to perform that action.
Table: Common Window Commands
206
Fig.8.4.19: Some Important Keys and Their Uses
Exercise
1. Where is the taskbar located on your screen?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. System Tray is an area where you can access programs that are running in the background?
a) True
b) False
3. To view sound settings, right click on the sound icon in task bar and left click on open volume control or
double click on the sound icon.
a) True
b) False
4. When does the image appear on your screen?
a) When any external hardware is inserted into the computer
207
b) When any external hardware is removed from the computer

5. Laptop computers are capable of connecting to a wireless network to gain access to the Internet.
a) True
b) False
6. You can add or delete Icons or Desktop Shortcuts from the Desktop area.
a) True
b) False
7. What is a dialogue box?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
8. The ESC key in the upper right corner of your keyboard will
a) Close any menu you don’t need
b) Open the start menu
c) Shut down your laptop
9. The CTRL key is used in conjunction with other keys to perform various functions.
a) True
b) False
10. What happens if you press the Caps Lock key?
a) All letters get capitalised
b) All letter become small
c) The first letter is capitalised
11. The Delete key is used to remove text you have typed that is to the right of the cursor or to send selected
items to the Recycle Bin.
a) True
b) False
12. Which is the command to select ‘all the text’
a) Ctrl + C
b) Ctrl + D
c) Ctrl + A
d) Ctrl + X
208
UNIT 8.5: MS Word
Unit Objectives
• Learn the concept of and practice MS-Word.
• Format a document.
• Print a document etc.
Concepts of word processing - MS Word

Most people who use a computer daily use word processing skills. word processing skills
enable us to prepare text documents like letters, memos, and different correspondence.
most up-to-date word processing software package permits us to create text documents
that embody photos and drawings.
Fig.8.5.1: MS Word Icon
8.5.1 Creating a Word Document

Once the document that has opened, type a short paragraph of why you are taking this mini- session. for example,
are you new to Microsoft Word 2007 or are you up your software your skills? keep in mind to purposely misspell
some words. Later in the session you’ll use this paragraph to learn the way to spell check and use basic Word
2007 functions.
Fig.8.5.2: MS Word Window
209
The above image shows components of the

Word window, that also contains a document in
the window. This view displays rulers at the top
and along the left aspect that indicate the size
of the page.
Fig.8.5.3: Writing Text in MS Word
8.5.2 Saving a Document

A Command is used for a first-time save or if you have created revisions to
a document and want to replace the previous version with the new revised
document. Use the ‘Save as’ command to save a revised document to a
new name, so keeping the original as it was before revisions or to save a
copy of a document in a different folder.
• Step 1: Save your document in the “My Documents” folder.
• Step 2: In the ‘File Name’ box enter the document name.
• Step 3: Check to make sure in the ‘Save As Type’ box the word
document is (*.docx.)*.
Fig.8.5.4: Saving a Document
8.5.3 Change Font Type and Size

As shown within the image below, the document that you have just created, you are currently going to format
the font size and type different fonts and sizes can offer character to words in your document i.e. once you are
creating your resume, you use bold as an ‘eye-catcher’ also, font size affects word characteristics.
1. Step 1: Highlight the text you wish to change the font and size
for; in this practice highlight your name.
2. Step 2: Click on the font menu, select Theme font for e.g. Arial
Black and then select the size of the font (let’s say 16) as shown
in the image below.
Fig.8.5.5: Change Font Type and Size
210
3. Step 3: Now click on SAVE in the Quick Access Toolbar to save your document (Refer to the second picture
below, for saving your document).
8.5.4 Create Headers and Footers by Inserting Texts

Headers and Footers in the word document are needed to insert information like text, page numbers and date.
Information on either header or footer can appear in all current document pages by default, you don’t have to
re-type in the header or the footer column once you add a new page to your current document. The header
information appears at the top of the page whereas the footer information appears at the bottom of the page.
Follow to the simple steps and refer to the image below to make it work:
• Step 1: Click on the option ‘insert’ right next to ‘Home’ from the bar above the word page and select ‘Header’.
• Step 2: Choose a style you like, (for now use blank).
• Step 3: Let’s use your last name to fill it; now hit enter.
• Step 4: Add today’s date and then highlight your last name and date.
• Step 5: Click on the Home tab from the menu.
• Step 6: Now select ‘Home’ from the bar and then click on ‘left justification button’.
• Step 7: finally click ‘close Header and Footer’.
NOTE: the Header Menu will close and return you to your document to continue typing.
Fig.8.5.6: Headers and footers
Fig.8.5.7: Formatting
211
8.5.5 Indents and Spacing

Spacing your word document in a right way!
To prepare project reports which needs paragraphs in double line spacing so it is very important to understand
how you would be able to change the space between lines and paragraphs by doing the following:
1. Step 1: Select the paragraph or paragraphs you wish to change.

2. Step 2: Click on the Home Tab then click ‘Paragraph’ Dialog Box.
3. Step 3: Click the ‘indents and spacing’ Tab.
4. Step 4: In the ‘Line Spacing’ section, adjust your spacing accordingly.
5. Step 5: The image below shows visual version of how your page
would like.
Fig.8.5.8: Indents and Spacing
8.5.6 Modifying Margins

MS-Word 2007 allows you to preview how your paper will look if the margins are modified. The page margins can
be modified through the following steps:
• Step 1: Click the ‘page layout’ tab from the bar.
• Step 2: Now select ‘Margins’ from there.

• Step 3: Click a default margin Or,
• Step 4: Click custom margins and complete the dialog box.
NOTE: As you roll over each Margin preset, it will show you how the
document will look when it is modified.
Fig.8.5.9: Modifying Margins
8.5.7 Lists
Lists enable you to format and organize text with numbers, bullets, or in an outline. instead of using numbers for
steps, an outline list is used to show an example of a type of number lists.
8.5.7.1 Bulleted and Numbered Lists

Bulleted lists have bullet points, numbered lists have numbers, and outline lists combine numbers and letters
depending on the organization of the list.
212
How to add list to the existing text?

1. Step 1: Select the text you wish to make a list.
2. Step 2: Click a bulleted or numbered lists button from the paragraph tab on the home tab.
Now, to create a new list in your document, place your cursor where you want the list to begin. Click a bulleted
or numbered lists button and start typing.
Fig.8.5.10: Bulleted and Numbered Lists
8.5.7.2 Formatting Lists

• Step 1: The bullet image and numbering format can be
changed by using the bullets or numbering dialog box.
• Step 2: Select the entire list to change all the bullets or
numbers, or place the cursor on one line within the list to
change a single bullet.
• Step 3: Right click once.
• Step 4: Click the arrow next to the bulleted or numbered
list.
• Step 5: Now, select a bullet or numbering style.
Fig.8.5.11: Formatting Lists
8.5.8 Spelling and Grammar

There are many features in Ms-Word 2007 to help you proof-read your document these features include:
• Spelling and Grammar
• Thesaurus
• AutoCorrect
• Default Dictionary
• Word Count Fig.8.5.12(a): Spelling and Grammar
213
Fig.8.5.12(b): Spelling and Grammar
The most common feature used is the spelling and grammar checker tool. To check the spelling and grammar of
your document:
1. Step 1: Place the cursor at the beginning of the document or the beginning of the section that you want to
check.
2. Step 2: Click the ‘Review’ Tab on the Ribbon.
3. Step 3: Click ‘Spelling & Grammar’ on the Proofing Group.
Note: Any errors will display a dialog box that permits you to choose a additional appropriate spelling or phrasing.
Go through the spelling and grammar checker to correct any spelling errors you may have created in your
document. Once the spelling and grammar checker has completed, you will see a dialog box that notifies you ‘The
spelling and grammar check is completed’.
8.5.8.1 Word Count

To count words in one selection, you can select the words you want to count. The status bar displays the number
of words in the section for e.g. 50/1,200 means that the section accounts for 50 words out of the total number
of 1200 in the document.
Note: To select the sections of text that are not next to each other, select the first section and press hold down
CRTL (from the keyboard) and select the additional section.
Fig.8.5.13(a): Word Count Fig.8.5.13(b): Word Count
214
8.5.9 Different Editing Modes in Word

Insert mode and an overtype mode. when insert mode (default) is active, the data you can type is inserted at
the insertion point where as when over-type mode is active the information is active it isn’t inserted however; t
replaces text as you sort. to modify between the two modes double click o the OVR letters on the standing bar.
Another interesting fact about the word document is that it’s not just
a document to write things however you can add expression to your
document by inserting pictures with the document, currently let’s
see however this will be done. invariably bear in mind to not use any
copyright image if you are using any pictures from the internet.
The insert picture method supports graphics that may be are too
large to fit on the clipboard. The default setting for inserting or
pasting pictures is “In Line With Text.” The Advanced Word options,
located in the office Button Commands Gallery, allow you to change
the default settings to any of the available text wrapping styles.
Fig.8.5.14: Sample Image
8.5.10 Inserting an Image and Table

1. Step 1: Place the insertion point at the location where the
image has to be placed In the document.
2. Step 2: Select Insert tab>> illustrations gallery.
3. Step 3: Now select Insert picture.
4. Step 4: Navigate to the appropriate location where the image
is stored.
5. Step 5: Now select the appropriate image which you want to
insert in the document by doing a double click on the image. Fig.8.5.15 Inserting an Image
Similarly, now let’s see how to insert a table in a word document

The table feature can be used to organize data into rows and
columns without having to set tabs. Tables can even be used to
produce forms and side by side paragraphs. A table consists of
vertical columns and horizontal rows, the inter-section of these
rows and columns produce cells. A cell is every individual square
in which you’ll be able to enter text. The tab key advances the
pointer to next cell (Shift + tab) it moves the pointer backward
within a table.
Fig.8.5.16(a): Inserting an Table
215
Steps below would make it much easier for you to understand how to create
a table:
1. Step 1: Place the insertion point at the desired location on your word
document.
2. Step 2: From the bar select Insert tab>>tables gallery.
3. Step 3: Now select insert table.
4. Step 4: Enter desired no. of columns and rows at insert table dialog box.
5. Step 5: Now select AutoFit behavior.
6. Step 6: Click OK.
Fig.8.5.16(b): Inserting an Table
8.5.11 Inserting a Blank Page

The blank page command permits you to manually insert a blank page at the
required location. When you fill a page with text or graphics, Microsoft office Word
inserts an automatic page break and starts a new page. However, you’ll manually
add pages or delete pages by adding page breaks or deleting page breaks. refer to
the image below.
Fig.8.5.17: Inserting New Page
8.5.12 Inserting a Page Break

You can insert a page break anywhere in the document, or you can specify
wherever Microsoft Word positions automatic page breaks. If you insert
manual page breaks in documents that are quite many pages in length, you
might have to frequently re-break pages as you edit the document. To avoid
the difficult of manually re-breaking pages, you can set choices to control
where word positions automatic page breaks. Refer to the image below.
Fig.8.5.18: Inserting Page Break
8.5.13 Inserting a Cover Page

• Step 1: From the insert Tab, select Cover Page, the cover page drop down menu will be displayed.
• Step 2: Select from the pre-formatted options under Cover Page.
• Step 3: To insert a blank page or a page break, position your insertion point at a desired location.
• Step 4: Now, from the insert tab, select blank page or page break as shown in the image below.
216
Now, once the document is ready let’s focusing on learning

how to get the document in a hardcopy.
Fig.8.5.19: Inserting Cover Page
8.5.14 Printing the Word Document

1. Step 1: Click the ‘Home’ key, select ‘Print’, and then ‘Print’ again.
2. Step 2: Choose the printer you will be printing from (Black & White, or Color printer).
3. Step 3: Once you have selected the printer of your choice, reassure to check if you have selected the right
and the complete document for printing.
4. Step 4: Once all above steps are performed, select ‘OK’ to print your work.
5. Step 5: Now that your document is ready and has been printed as well, let’s see how can we close and exit
this word document completely.
Fig.8.5.20: Printing the Word Document Fig.8.5.21: Print Dialog Box
8.5.15 Closing and Exiting Microsoft Word

It’s always good to reassure that your word file has been saved before closing or exiting the word.
Note: Closing word would only close the current document however the word would remain open.
Exiting word would exit the program completely. (You may not have to follow this, it basically depends on what
MS word you are having in the system).
Fig.8.5.22(a): Closing and Exiting Microsoft Word Fig.8.5.22(b): Closing and Exiting Microsoft Word
217
Exercise
1. What are things that MS word helps us with?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. Give any two features to proof read a document?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. You can insert a page break anywhere in the document, or you can specify where Microsoft Word positions
automatic page breaks.
a) True
b) False
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
218
UNIT 8.6: MS PowerPoint
Unit Objectives
• Practice MS-Powerpoint.
• Make a new presentation.
• Format a slide as well
PowerPoint is the presentation graphics software in the Microsoft Office suite. PowerPoint has predefined
layouts, themes, and templates to create dynamic and professional presentations.
8.6.1 Opening PowerPoint

To open PowerPoint in Windows, click on the:
Step 1: Start button --> Programs --> Microsoft PowerPoint. OR
Step 2: Double-click on the PowerPoint icon on the desktop. Fig.8.6.1: PowerPoint Icon
When PowerPoint is opened, by default a blank Title slide appears
as the first slide in your new presentation. However, to change the
layout of an open slide, click on the Layout button in the Home tab.
Fig.8.6.2: Layouts in PowerPoint
If the PowerPoint is already open, to begin a new presentation,

click on the office button on the top left corner of the screen
and choose New.
Fig.8.6.3: New Document in PowerPoint
219
The New Presentation window can appear. Blank

presentation is chosen by default. you wish to click create
and a new presentation can open in the PowerPoint
window.
Fig.8.6.4: Create new PowerPoint
8.6.2 PowerPoint – Understanding the screen

• Office Button: It contains the main File Functions: New, Open, Save, Save as, Print, Print Preview, etc.
• Ribbon Tabs: Each Ribbon Tab displays a Ribbon that provides a set of Tool Groups. Click on the arrow to open
a dialogue box with more options.
• Command Tabs: Office 2007 applications automatically open to the Home command tab, which contains
formatting options needed to create a basic document. Specialized features can be accessed from other
command tabs.
• Slide and Outline Tabs: The Slides tab shows thumbnail images of your slides, allowing you to rearrange, add,
delete, hide slides and view set transitions as you work. The Outline tab shows the content of your slides,
making it easy to rearrange your text.
• Slide: In this area you enter the content of your slides. Slides contain placeholders (enclosed by dotted
borders) containing text, pictures, and charts.
• Notes Panel: This is where you can enter notes. If you wish to enter longer notes, you can go to the View tab
and select Notes Page.
• View Buttons: These three buttons include:
»» Normal View - shown here.
»» Slide Sorter - This allows you to shuffle your slides.
»» Slide Show - This shows the slides as viewed during presentation.
• Zoom Slider: This allows you to zoom in and out on the Slide Panel.
220
Fig.8.6.5: PowerPoint screen
8.6.3 Saving a PowerPoint

• Click the Save button on the Quick Access toolbar.
OR
• Click the Microsoft Office Button , and then click Save As.
Fig.8.6.6: Save Icon
In the File name box, enter a new name for the presentation, or do
nothing to accept the suggested file name.
In the Save as type list, select the file format that you want, and then
click Save.
Fig.8.6.7: Save As Option

Fig.8.6.8: Save As Dialog Box
221
8.6.4 Working with Slides

Insert a New Slide
• Step 1: Click the New Slide command in the Slides group on the Home tab. A blank slide will be inserted after
your active slide.
• Step 2: If you wish to choose the layout while creating your new slide, click the on the New Slide button
and choose a theme.
Fig.8.6.9: Insert new slide in PowerPoint
To insert a new slide using the Quick Menu, in the Slides

panel right click the slide after which you want a new
slide inserted and select New Slide.
Fig.8.6.10: Insert new slide in PowerPoint
Copy and paste a slide

• Step 1: Select the slide you want to copy.
• Step 2: Click the Copy command on the Home tab.
• Step 3: Click inside the Slides tab on the left task pane. A horizontal
insertion point will appear.
• Step 4: Move the insertion point to the location where you want the copy
of the slide to appear.
• Step 5: Click the Paste command on the Home tab. The copied slide will
appear.
• Step 6: You can use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+C to copy
the slide and Ctrl+V to paste it.
Fig.8.6.11: Copy paste of slide
222
Delete a slide
• Step 1: Select the slide you want to delete and click the Delete command
in the Slides group on the Home tab.
Move a slide
• Step 1: On the Slides tab in the left task pane, select the slide you want
to move.
• Step 2: Click and drag the slide to a new location. The insertion point
will appear.
• Step 3: Release the mouse button.
• Step 4: The slide will appear in the new location.
Fig.8.6.12: Delete a slide
8.6.5 View Tabs

Different views allow you to manage different aspects of your presentation.
• Step 1: Normal View is the default view. It splits the window into Slide Frame, Notes, and the left frame
where you can choose either Slides Thumbnails or Outline.
• Step 2: Slide Sorter is thumbnails view of all the slides in the presentation. The slides are displayed horizontally
and lets you see the big picture.
• Step 3: Slide Show plays the presentation from the beginning
with animation.
Fig.8.6.13: View Tabs
8.6.6 Animating Text and Images

In PowerPoint, you can add animation to text and objects to draw the audience's attention an add flair to your
presentation.
• Step 1: Select the object or text box you wish to animate.
• Step 2: In the Animations tab under the Animations group, select an option
from the Animate drop-down menu. As you hover your mouse over each
choice PowerPoint will preview the effect on your slide.
NOTE: Remember that animations are applied only to the article or the text box
selected . For adding animation across many slides you may need to add them to
every.
Fig.8.6.14: Animating Text and Images
223
To apply a custom animation effect:

• Step 1: After you select the text or object on the slide you want to
animate, select the Animations tab.
• Step 2: Click Custom Animation in the Animations group. The
Custom Animation task pane will appear on the right.
Fig.8.6.15: Adding Animation in PowerPoint
• Step 3: Click Add Effect in the task pane to add an animation effect
to the selected text or object.
Fig.8.6.16: Animation in PowerPoint
• Step 4: Select Entrance, Emphasis, Exit, or Motion Path to display a submenu of animation effects for the
category.
• Step 5: To customize the speed, properties and timing of your animation, on the Custom Animation Pane
click on the effect you wish to modify.
• Step 6: To modify an animation, use the options in the Modify: [Effect] section of the Custom Animation
Pane. These options will change depending on the effect selected.
Hint: If the button on the Custom Animation Pane says "Change" instead of "Add Effect" click outside the object
to deselect it and then click on it again.
8.6.7 Removing Animations

There are two methods:
1. Animations group (remove all at once):
»» Select the slide and then the object with the animation you would like to remove.
»» In the Animations tab under the Animations group click on the Animate pull-down menu and select No
Animation.
2. Custom Animation Pane (remove one by one):
»» Select the slide with the animation you would like to remove.
»» If the Custom Animations pane is not visible, click on the Custom Animation button in the Animations
group on the Animations tab.
»» In the Modify: [Effect] list select the animation to be removed.
»» Click Remove.
224
8.6.8 Working with Charts

A chart is a tool you can use to communicate your data graphically.
Chart elements
Let’s familiarize with different chart element:
• Titles: There are two types of titles:
»» Chart Title placed above the chart (default).
»» Axes Titles placed besides the axes (The vertical axis is referred to as the Y axis, while the horizontal axis
is referred to as the X axis.)
• Legend: The chart key, which displays captions (and/or color coding) to the series on the chart.
• Data: This is the range of cells (displayed in excel) that make up a chart. The chart is updated automatically
whenever the information in these cells changes.
Inserting Charts
• Step 1: Select the Insert tab.
• Step 2: Click the Insert Chart command to open the Insert Chart dialog box.
• Step 3: Click a chart to select it.
• Step 4: The chart will appear on your slide, and Excel will open as a split screen with dummy data already
filled in.
• Step 5: You add your data and labels to the Excel spreadsheet and the chart will be automatically updated
on your slide.
Fig.8.6.17: Inserting Charts
225
• Step 6: When finished, click the Close Window in the upper right hand corner of Excel to close the worksheet.
Changing To a Different Chart
• Step 1: You can change your present chart to a different format by right-click on the chart and select Change
Series Chart Type. This opens the Change Chart Type dialog.
• Step 2: Make a selection and press OK.
Edit source data
• Step 1: Select the chart.
Fig.8.6.18: Edit source data
• Step 2: Select the Design tab.
• Step 3: Click the Edit Data command. An Excel spreadsheet with the current
source data will appear.
• Step 4: After you edit the data in the spreadsheet, the changes will appear
on the slide.
• Step 5: Close Excel without saving the spreadsheet.
Modifying the chart layout
• Step 1: Select the chart. Fig.8.6.19: Change Chart Type
• Step 2: Click on the Design tab.

• Step 3: Scroll through the options in the Chart Layout group, or click the
More drop-down arrow to see all available chart layout options.
• Step 4: Select a chart layout by clicking on it. The chart layout will change on
the slide. Fig.8.6.20: Chart Layouts
Modify specific areas of the chart layout
• Step 1: Select the chart.
• Step 2: Select the Layout tab.
• Step 3: Locate the Labels group.
»» Chart Title: Add, remove, or re-position the chart title.
»» Axis Titles: Add, remove, or re-position the text used to label each axis.
»» Legend: Add, remove, or re-position the chart legend.
»» Data Labels: Click this command to display or hide data values next to each chart element.
»» Data Table: Adds a table summarizing your data to the chart.
Fig.8.6.21: Modify Chart
226
Exercise
1. What does the office button in Power Point contain?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. What is the Notes Panel?
a) It’s a new slide
b) It’s where you can enter notes on the slide
3. What are the three kind of ‘view buttons’?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. You can change your present chart to a different format by right-click on the chart and select Change Series
Chart Type.
a) True
b) False
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
227
UNIT 8.7: MS Excel
Unit Objectives
• Work on MS-Excel
• Format cells and cell content
• Use formulas
• Make Charts and Pivot Table.
MS surpass stands for - Microsoft excel is one of the foremost common electronic spreadsheet applications
supported by both mack and computer platforms. as with a paper spreadsheet, you’ll be able to use excel to
prepare your data into rows and columns and to perform mathematical calculations.
MS Excel helps in:
• Managing data online
• Creating visually persuasive charts, and thought‐provoking graphs.
• Creating and expense reports.
• Building formulas and editing them.
• Balancing a checkbook. Fig.8.7.1: MS Excel Icon
Thia tutorial teaches you how to create an Excel spreadsheet.

Before you start making spreadsheets in excel, you will need to line up your excel setting and become familiar
with many key tasks and options like a way to minimize and maximize the Ribbon, configure the quick Access
toolbar, switch page views, and access your excel choices.
8.7.1 Exploring the Excel Environment

The tabbed Ribbon menu system is however you navigate through excel and access the assorted excel commands.
If you have used previous versions of excel, the Ribbon system replaces the traditional menus. on top of the
Ribbon in the upper-left corner is the Microsoft office Button. From here, you’ll access important options like
New, Save, Save As, and Print. By default, the short Access Toolbar is pinned next to the Microsoft office Button
and includes commands like Undo and Redo.
At the bottom-left space of the spreadsheet, you will notice worksheet tabs. By default, 3 worksheet tabs
appear each time you create a new book. On the bottom-right space of the spreadsheet you will find page view
commands, the zoom tool and the horizontal scrolling bar.
228
Fig.8.7.2: Excel screen
8.7.2 Zoom In and Out

• Step 1: Locate the zoom bar in the bottom-right corner.
• Step 2: Left-click the slider and drag it to the left to zoom out and
right to zoom in.
To Scroll Horizontally in a Worksheet:
• Step 1: Locate the horizontal scroll bar in the bottom-right corner.
• Step 2: Left-click the bar and move it from left to right. Fig.8.7.3: Zoom In and Out
8.7.3 Page Views

• Step 1: Locate the Page View options in the bottom-right
corner. The Page View options are Normal, Page Layout, and
Page Break.
• Step 2: Left-click an option to select it.
Fig.8.7.4: Page Views
229
8.7.4 Add Commands to the Quick Access Toolbar

• Step 1: Click the arrow to the right of the Quick Access
toolbar.
• Step 2: Select the command you wish to add from the
drop-down list. It will appear in the Quick Access toolbar.
The Save, Undo, and Redo commands appear by default in the
Quick Access toolbar.
Fig.8.7.5: Quick Access Toolbar
The Microsoft Office Button

The Microsoft office Button appears at the top of the stand out
window. once you left-click the button, a menu appears.
From this menu, you’ll be able to produce a new spreadsheet,
open existing files, save files in a type of ways and print. you’ll
be able to also add security features, send, publish and close
files.
Fig.8.7.6: The Microsoft Office Button
8.7.5 Change the Default Excel Options

• Step 1: Click the Excel Options button. A
dialog box will appear.
• Step 2: Select a category on the left to
access different Excel options.
• Step 3: Modify any of the default settings.
• Step 4: Click OK.
You will have to be compelled to skills to insert
text and numbers into excel workbooks to be
ready to use it to calculate, analyze, and organize
data. during this lesson, you will learn how
to create a new workbook, insert and delete
text, navigate a worksheet and save an excel
workbook.
Fig.8.7.7: Default Excel Options
230
8.7.6 Create a New Blank Workbook

• Step 1: Left-click the Microsoft Office Button.
• Step 2: Select New. The New Workbook dialog box opens, and Blank
Workbook is highlighted by default.
• Step 3: Click Create. A new, blank workbook appears in the window.
Fig.8.7.8: New Blank Workbook
8.7.7 Insert Text

• Step 1: Left-click a cell to select it. Each rectangle in the worksheet is called a cell. As you select a cell, the cell
address appears in the Name Box.
• Step 2: Enter text into the cell using your keyboard. The text appears in the cell and in the formula bar.
Fig.8.7.9(b): Different Areas on Worksheet
Fig.8.7.9(a): Different Areas on Worksheet
8.7.8 Cell Addresses

Each cell contains a name, or a cell address, based on the column and row it is in. for
example, this cell is C3 since it is wherever column C and row 3 intersect.
You can also select multiple cells at the same time. a group of cells is known as a
cell range. instead of a single cell address, you will refer to a cell range using the
cell addresses of the first and last cells in the cell range, separated by a colon. as an
example, a cell range that included cells A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 would be written as
A1:A5.
Fig.8.7.10: Cell Address
231
Edit or Delete Text

• Step 1: Select the cell.
• Step 2: Press the Backspace key on your keyboard to delete text and make a correction.
• Step 3: Press the Delete key to delete the entire contents of a cell.
You can also make changes to and delete text from the formula bar. Just select the cell and place your insertion
point in the formula bar.
8.7.9 Move across a Worksheet Using the Keyboard

• Step 1: Press the Tab key to move to the right of the selected cell.
• Step 2: Press the Shift key and then the Tab key to move to the left of the selected cell.
• Step 3: Use the Page Up and Page Down keys to navigate the worksheet.
• Step 4: Use the arrow keys.
To Save the Workbook:
• Step 2: Select Save or Save As.
• Step 3: Save As allows you to name the file and choose a location to save the spreadsheet. Choose Save As if
you'd like to save the file for the first time or if you'd like to save the file as a different name.
• Select Save if the file has already been named.
You can save a workbook in many ways, but the two commonest are as an excel workbook, that saves it with a
2007 file extension, and as an excel 97-2003 workbook, that saves the file in a compatible format therefore those
who have earlier versions of excel can open the file.
When you open a new, blank workbook, the cells, columns, and rows are set to a default size. you do have the
ability to alter the size of each, further as to insert new columns, rows, and cells as needed.
To Modify Column Width:

• Step 1: Position the cursor over the column line
in the column heading and a double arrow will
appear.
• Step 2: Left-click the mouse and drag the cursor
to the right to increase the column width or to
the left to decrease the column width.
Fig.8.7.11: Modify Column Width
232
To Modify the Row Height:

• Step 1: Position the cursor over the row line you want to modify,
and a double arrow will appear.
• Step 2: Left-click the mouse and drag the cursor upward to
decrease the row height or downward to increase the row height.
To Insert Rows:
• Step 1: Select the row below where you want the new row to Fig.8.7.12: Modify the Row Height
appear.
• Step 2: Click the Insert command in the Cells group on the Home
tab. The row will appear.
• Step 3: The new row always appears above the selected row.
Make sure that you} choose the complete row below where you wish
the new row to appear and not just the cell. If you select simply the
cell and then click Insert, only a new cell can appear.
To Insert Columns:
Fig.8.7.13: Insert Rows
• Step 1: Select the column to the right of where you want the
column to appear.
• Step 2: Click the Insert command in the Cells group on the Home
tab. The column will appear.
The new column continually appears to the left of the selected column.
for example, if you wish to insert a column between september and
october, choose the october column and click on the Insert command.
Make sure that you select the complete column to the right of where
you want the new column to appear and not just the cell. If you choose
simply the cell and then click Insert, only a new cell can appear.
Fig.8.7.14: Insert Columns
To Delete Rows and Columns:
• Step 1: Select the row or column you’d like to delete.
• Step 2: Click the Delete command in the Cells group on the Home tab.
8.7.10 Formatting
Once you have entered information into a spreadsheet, you will need to be able to format it.
233
To Format Text in Bold or Italics:

• Step 1: Left-click a cell to select it or drag your cursor over the
text in the formula bar to select it.
• Step 2: Click the Bold or Italics command.
You can select entire columns and rows, or specific cells. to select
the entire column, simply left-click the column heading, and the
entire column can appear as selected. to select specific cells,
simply left-click a cell and drag your mouse to select the opposite
cells. Then, release the mouse button.
Fig.8.7.15: Format Text in Bold or Italics
To Format Text as Underlined:

• Step 1: Select the cell or cells you want to format.
• Step 2: Click the drop-down arrow next to the Underline
command.
• Step 3: Select the Single Underline or Double Underline
option.
Fig.8.7.16: Format Text as Underlined
To Change the Font Style:

• Step 2: Left-click the drop-down arrow next to the Font Style
box on the Home tab.
• Step 3: Select a font style from the list.
Fig.8.7.17: Change the Font Style
To Change the Font Size:

• Step 2: Left-click the drop-down arrow next to the Font Size
box on the Home tab.
• Step 3: Select a font size from the list.
Fig.8.7.18: Change the Font Size
234
To Change the Text Color:

• Step 2: Left-click the drop-down arrow next to the Text
Color command. A color palette will appear.
• Step 3: Select a color from the palette.
OR
• Step 1: Select More Colors. A dialog box will appear.
• Step 2: Select a color.
Fig.8.7.19: Change the Text Color
To Add a Border:
• Step 2: Click the drop-down arrow next to the Borders
command on the Home tab. A menu will appear with
border options.
• Step 3: Left-click an option from the list to select it.
You can change the line style and color of the border.
To Add a Fill Color: Fig.8.7.20: Add a Border

• Step 2: Click the Fill command. A color palette will
appear.
OR
• Step 1: Select More Colors. A dialog box will appear.
You can use the fill color feature to format columns and rows,
and format a worksheet so that it is easier to read. Fig.8.7.21: Add a Fill Color
235
To Format Numbers and Dates:

• Step 2: Left-click the drop-down arrow next to the Number Format box.
• Step 3: Select one of the options for formatting numbers.
By default, the numbers appear in the General category, which means there is no
special formatting.
Fig.8.7.22: Format Numbers and Dates
8.7.11 Calculations and Analysis

Excel could be used to calculate and analyze numerical data; however, you need to know how to write formulas
to maximize Excel's streangth. A formula is an equation perform a calculation using cell values in the worksheet.
To Create a Simple Formula that Adds Two Numbers:
• Step 1: Click the cell where the formula will be defined (C5, for
example).
• Step 2: Type the equals sign (=) to let Excel know a formula is being
defined.
• Step 3: Type the first number to be added (e.g., 1500).
• Step 4: Type the addition sign (+) to let Excel know that an add
operation is to be performed.
• Step 5: Type the second number to be added (e.g., 200).
Fig.8.7.23(a): Creating Formulas
• Step 6: Press Enter or click the Enter button on the Formula bar to
complete the formula.
To Create a Simple Formula that Adds the Contents of Two Cells:
• Step 1: Click the cell where the answer will appear (C5, for example).
• Step 2: Type the equals sign (=) to let Excel know a formula is being defined.
• Step 3: Type the cell number that contains the first number to be added (C3, for example).
• Step 4: Type the addition sign (+) to let Excel know that an add operation is to be performed.
• Step 5: Type the cell address that contains the second number to be added (C4, for example).
• Step 6: Press Enter or click the Enter button on the Formula bar to complete the formula.
Fig.8.7.23(b): Creating Formulas Fig.8.7.23(c): Creating Formulas
236
To Copy and Paste Cell Contents:

• Step 1: Select the cell or cells you wish to copy.
• Step 2: Click the Copy command in the Clipboard group on the Home tab. The border of the selected cells
will change appearance.
• Step 3: Select the cell or cells where you want to paste the information.
• Step 4: Click the Paste command. The copied information will now appear in the new cells.
To select more than one adjoining cell, left-click one of the cells, drag the cursor until all the cells are selected,
and release the mouse button.
The copied cell will stay selected until you perform your next task, or you can double-click the cell to deselect it.
To Cut and Paste Cell Contents:
• Step 1: Select the cell or cells you wish to cut.
• Step 2: Click the Cut command in the Clipboard group on the Home tab. The border of the selected cells will
change appearance.
• Step 3: Select the cell or cells where you want to paste the information.
• Step 4: Click the Paste command. The cut information will be removed from the original cells and now
appear in the new cells.
Fig.8.7.24(a): Cut and Paste Cell Contents Fig.8.7.24(b): Cut and Paste Cell Contents
To View the Spreadsheet in Print Preview:

• Step 2: Select Print.
• Step 3: Select Print Preview. The spreadsheet will appear
in Print Preview view.
Click the Close Print Preview button to return to the Normal
View.
Fig.8.7.25(a): Print Preview Option
237
Exploring Print Preview:

If you are in Print Preview, you can use many of the same features that you can from the Ribbon; however, in Print
Preview you can see how the spreadsheet will appear in hard form.
To Modify Margins, Column Width, or Row Height While in Print

Preview:
• Step 1: Click the Print Preview command on the Quick Access
toolbar, or select Print Preview from the Microsoft Office Button
menu. The spreadsheet opens in print preview mode.
• Step 2: However your cursor over one of the black margin
markers until a double arrow appears.
• Step 3: Left-click and drag the marker to the desired location.
Fig.8.7.25(b): Print Preview Option
The change will be reflected in the spreadsheet.
To Modify Margins:
• Step 1: Select the Page Layout tab.
• Step 2: Left-click the Margins command.
• Step 3: Choose one of the predefined settings or enter custom
margins.
Fig.8.7.26: Modify Margins
8.7.12 Change Page Orientation

• Step 2: Left-click the Orientation command.
• Step 3: Select either Portrait or Landscape.
Portrait gets the page oriented vertically, while Landscape
orients the page horizontally.
Fig.8.7.27: Page Orientation
To Change the Paper Size:

• Step 2: Click the Size command.
• Step 3: Select a size option from the list.
238
To Print from the Microsoft Office Button:

• Left-click the Microsoft Office Button.
• Select Print. The Print dialog box appears.
• Select a printer if you wish to use a printer other than the
default setting.
• Click Properties to change any necessary settings.
• Choose if you want to print specific pages, the whole worksheet,
a selection, the active sheet or the complete workbook.
• Select the number of copies you'd like to print.
Fig.8.7.28: Print from the Microsoft Office Button
• Click OK.
8.7.13 Excel's Different Functions

There are many different functions in Excel 2007. Some of the more common functions include:
Statistical Functions:
• SUM - Used to add a range of cells together.
• AVERAGE - This formula can calculate the average of a range of cells.
• COUNT - Used to count the number of chosen data in a range of cells.
• MAX - We can identify the largest number in a range of cells with it.
• MIN - Used to identify the smallest number in a range of cells.
Financial Functions:
• Interest Rates
• Loan Payments
• Depreciation Amounts
Date and Time functions:
• DATE - Converts a serial number to a day of the month.
• Day of Week.
• DAYS360.
• TIME - Returns the particular time.
• HOUR - Converts value to an hour.
• MINUTE - Converts value to a minute.
• TODAY - Returns value to today's date.
• MONTH - Converts value to a month.
• YEAR - Converts value to a year.
You don't have to memorize the functions but should have an idea of what each can do for you.
239
To Calculate the Sum of a Range of Data Using AutoSum:

• Step 1: Select the Formulas tab.
• Step 2: Locate the Function Library group. From here, you can
access all the available functions.
• Step 3: Select the cell where you want the function to appear.
In this example, select G42.
• Step 4: Select the drop-down arrow next to the AutoSum
command.
• Step 5: Select Sum. A formula will appear in the selected cell,
G42.
• Step 6: This formula, =SUM(G2:G41), is called a function.
AutoSum command automatically selects the range of cells
from G2 to G41, based on where you inserted the function.
You can alter the cell range, if necessary. Fig.8.7.29: Using AutoSum
• Step 7: Press the Enter key or Enter button on the formula

bar. The total will appear.
To Edit a Function:
• Step 1: Select the cell where the function is defined.
• Step 2: Insert the cursor in the formula bar.
• Step 3: Edit the range by deleting and changing necessary cell
numbers.
• Step 4: Click the Enter icon.
Fig.8.7.30: Edit a Function
To Format Information as a Table:

• Step 1: Select any cell that contains information.
• Step 2: Click the Format as Table command in the Styles group
on the Home tab. A list of predefined tables will appear.
• Step 3: Left-click a table style to select it.
• Step 4: A dialog box will appear. Excel has automatically
selected the cells for your table. The cells will appear selected
in the spreadsheet, and the range will appear in the dialog
box.
Fig.8.7.31: Format Information
240
• Step 5: Change the range listed in the field, if necessary.

• Step 6: Verify the box is selected to indicate your table
has headings, if it does. De-select this box if your table
does not have column headings.
• Step 7: Click OK. The table will appear formatted in the
style you chose.
Fig.8.7.32: Format as Table
8.7.14 Aligning Text

Excel 2007 left-aligns text (labels) and right-aligns numbers (values). This makes data easier to read, but you do
not have to use these defaults. Text and numbers can be defined as left-aligned, right-aligned, or centered in
Excel.
To Align Text or Numbers in a Cell:
• Step 1: Select a cell or range of cells.
• Step 2: Click on either the Align Left, Center, or Align Right commands
on the Home tab.
• Step 3: The text or numbers in the cell(s) take on the selected alignment Fig.8.7.33: Align Text or Numbers
treatment.
Left-click a column label to select the entire column or a row label to select an entire row.
Changing Vertical Cell Alignment:
You can also define vertical alignment of a cell. In Vertical alignment, information in a cell can be located at the
top of the cell, middle of the cell, or bottom of the cell. The default is bottom.
To Change Vertical Alignment from the Alignment Group:
• Step 2: Click the Top Align, Center, or Bottom Align command.
Fig.8.7.34: Vertical Cell Alignment
Changing Text Control:

• Step 1: Text Control allows you to control the way Excel 2007 presents
information in a cell.
• Step 2: There are two common types of Text control: Wrapped Text and
Merge Cells. Fig.8.7.35: Text Control
241
• Step 3: The Wrapped Text wraps the contents of a cell across several lines if it's too large than the column
width. It increases the height of the cell as well.
• Step 4: Merge Cells can also be applied by using the Merge and Center button on the Home tab.
To Change Text Control:
• Step 2: Select the Home tab.
• Step 3: Click the Wrap Text command or the Merge and Center command.
Fig.8.7.36: Text Control
To Name a Worksheet:
Right-click the sheet tab to select it.
• Step 1: Choose Rename from the menu that appears. The
text is highlighted by a black box.
• Step 2: Type a new name for the worksheet.
Fig.8.7.37: Wrap Text
• Step 3: Click off the tab. The worksheet now assumes the
descriptive name defined.
To Insert a New Worksheet:
Fig.8.7.38(a): Name a Worksheet Fig.8.7.38(b): Name a Worksheet
• Step 1: Left-click on the Insert Worksheet icon. A new

worksheet appears. It will be named Sheet 4, Sheet 5, or
whatever the next sequential sheet number may be in the
workbook.
Fig.8.7.39: Insert a New Worksheet
242
To Delete One or More Worksheets:

• Step 1: Click on the sheet(s) you want to delete.
• Step 2: Right-click the sheet(s) and a menu appears.
• Step 3: Select Delete.
Fig.8.7.40: Delete One or More Worksheets
Exercise
1. What are the things that MS Excel helps in?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. How does one Zoom out in MS Excel?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. The Save, Undo, and Redo commands appear by default in the Quick Access toolbar.
a) True
b) False
4. What can the Microsoft Button help with?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
5. Calculate the average range of cells is a statistical function in MS Excel?
a) True
b) False
6. What is a financial function in MS Excel?
a) Adding the SUM of all cells
b) Convert a serial number to a minute
c) Calculate interest rates
243
UNIT 8.8: Internet Concepts
Unit Objectives
• Understand internet concepts.
• Recognise the different types of URLs.
• Use MS-Outlook.
8.8.1 URL Concepts

The full form of url is Uniform Resource Locator. It is the worldwide address of documents and other resources on
the world wide web. The URL is divided into two different elements. the primary part of the url is called a protocol
identifier as it helps us distinguishing what protocol to use. The second part of the url is called a resource name
and it indicates the ip address or the domain name where the resource is located. The protocol identifier and the
resource name are separated by a colon and two forward slashes it is more clearly understood by looking in to
the following example: the two URLs below purpose two different files at the domain pcwebopedia.com. Here
the primary one specifies an executable file that should be fetched using the FTP protocol; the second specifies
a web page that should be fetched using the HTTP protocol:
1. ftp://www.pcwebopedia.com/stuff.exe
2. http://www.pcwebopedia.com/index.html
8.8.1.1 Different Kinds of URLs

There is a wide range of URLs, as well as different terms to describe what a URL looks like. Let’s have a better
understanding of various URLs and their types with an example:
• Messy: Such URL has many distorted and jumbled numbers, letters on it that makes slight organizational
sense i.e.
http://www.example.com/woeiruwoei909305820580.
• Dynamic: Dynamic URLs are the end result of database queries that provide content output based on the
result of that query. The URL ends up looking quite mangled, alias “messy”, which usually consist of the
characters like: ?, &, %, +, =, $. Dynamic URLs are often found as part of consumer-driven websites: shopping,
travel, or anything that requires changing answers for many different user queries.
• Static: A static URL is the opposite of a dynamic URL. The URL is “hard-wired” into the Web page’s HTML
coding. Static URL does not alter or adjust; it cannot be compromised; depending on what the user requests.
• Obfuscated: Obfuscated, or hidden, URLs are mostly used in phishing scams. Basically, a familiar URL is
distorted in some way to make it seem legitimate. As soon as the user clicks on the obfuscated URL redirected
to a malicious website.
244
There are a lot of clues and information that you can garnered from a simple URL, including:
• What kind of server the Web page is hosted on.
• What kind of organization the Web page belongs to.
• Where the Web page is located in the world.
• The names of the directories on the website.
By carefully looking at the different parts of any Web address, you can quickly determine quite a bit of useful
information. In addition, by simply deleting parts of the URL, you can learn more about the website than what
might be actually publicly accessible. For example:
• http://www.widget.com/blog/music/: This points to a resource online, and the URL tells you that yes,
indeed, it does point to an online resource. Let’s go further back.
• http://www.widget.com/blog/: By moving backwards in the URL from right to left, we can see that we’re
now at the blog section of this publication.
• http://www.widget.com: The home page of the website.
Of course, this is a very simple example. However, by dissecting complex URLs one step at a time, quite a bit of
information can be uncovered.
8.8.2 How to create Your E-mail account (Outlook)

You can create a new or additional Outlook account by following the same account creation wizard. You can
follow the steps listed below to configure your Microsoft Outlook Express email client to work with your email
account:
• Step 1: Open Outlook Express and select Tools E-mail Accounts from the main menu. The E-mail Accounts
wizard will appear.
• Step 2: Click Add a new e-mail account. Click Next.
• Step 3: Select the server type. Most ISPs and webmail services use POP3 servers. Click Next.
• Step 4: Enter your Name.
• Step 5: Enter your E-mail Address.
• Step 6: Enter the incoming mail server and outgoing mail server information you obtained from your ISP or
webmail service.
• Step 7: Enter your user name if it is different from the user name that automatically appears in the wizard
form.
• Step 8: Enter your password.
• Step 9: Click Test Account Settings to test the information you entered in the wizard and confirm that it is
valid.
• Step 10: Click Next.
• Step 11: Click Finish.
Note: If you do not have an Outlook email account, you can select Microsoft Office Outlook from your computer's
Start menu. The wizard will open, and you can follow the steps above to create an Outlook account.
245
Fig.8.8.1: Creating E-mail Account in Outlook
Congratulations you have successfully configured your e-mail account!!
8.8.3 Sending an Email

The following page will make it easy for you to understand how easily and swiftly you can send an E-mail, just
follow these simple steps and refer to the each image given below.
STEP 1: Open Outlook. Now click on STEP 2: As you click on the Compose button,
Compose button. a new page would open.
246
STEP 3: In the To box, (refer to the image STEP 4: Now, In the Subject box as shown in
below) type the email address of the image; type the subject of the
the person you want to send an message, a few words to give the
e-mail to. receiver an idea of what the email
is all about.
STEP 5: In the large box under the tools,

compose the body of an email
as shown in the image. Once the
writing and addressing your email is
done, click the Send button.
Mail has successfully sent your email to your wishing recipient.
8.8.4 Reading Emails

Outlook takes care of all email under mail folders. Initially, all of your incoming emails messages arrive in your
Inbox folder (except suspected spam which goes directly into your Spam folder). To read an email message, open
a mail folder and then click on email’s subject.
• Step 1: Select the Inbox in the navigation pane.
• Step 2: If you see Inbox is in bold, it indicates that you have unread messages.
• Step 3: The number of unread messages is indicated by the number to the right of the word Inbox in
parentheses.
• Step 4: Click a message in the inbox once, and Outlook will display it in the reading pane (if that feature is
turned on).
• Step 5: You need to double-click a message, to open the message in a new window.
NOTE: Unread messages are display in bold textin order to make it easy for a reader to identify how many mails
are new or still unread.
Now, to open and read an email, click on email’s subject (bold or not) in the Subject column and you will be able
to read your email.
247
8.8.5 Replying E-mails

Often, it is seen that once the mail is read, viewer looks for the option of reverting to that email to the sender
or to add more recipient. Well! This can be done in two separate ways with Outlook i.e. there are two options as
given below:
• Reply: It allows you to respond to the sender only.

• Reply all: Reply all, allows responding to the sender and
everyone else who received themessage. This includes all
email addresses listed in the To box and the Cc box, except
your own email address.
• Now, Open the your email and click the drop down arrow
given at the Reply button, then opt for Reply to reply to
the sender only or Reply All to reply to all recipients of the
email message. Fig.8.8.2: Replying E-mail
NOTE: To reply to the sender only, you can also click the Reply button and not the arrow.
• Step 1: Click Reply on the Standard toolbar while viewing the message you want to reply to. Outlook will
create a pre-addressed reply form to the email address the original email came from.
Fig.8.8.3: Composing Mail
• Step 2: Enter text into the body of the form.

• Step 3: Click the Send button when you’re ready to send your email message.
Tip: Original email which you received from the sender will always be included when you are replying to the
sender however, this original text, is editable, you can type your reply anywhere in the text box. In fact, some of
the information or whole mail can be deleted in the original message. Different colors can be used (if required) to
differentiate between your reply followed by the original text in the same image.
248
8.8.6 Receiving Email Attachments

You know you have received an email with an attachment when you see a paper clip ( ) next to the email’s
subject in the mail folder. Open the message to see what type of file is attached.
In a mail folder, click the subject of an email message that includes an attachment (the paper clip icon appears to
the left of the subject).
When the message opens, a link to download the attachment appears in the message header, and if the
attachment includes images, thumbnails appear at the bottom of the messages.
Fig.8.8.4: Receiving Email Attachments
8.8.7 Opening and Saving Attachments

When you click the link to an attachment, Outlook automatically uses AntiVirus™ installed on your system scan
the file for viruses. Virus scanning can often "clean" a file that may have viruses, so that you can safely open and
download the file onto your computer.
1. Open the email message with the attachment.
2. Click the file name or thumbnail to allow Outlook to scan the file.
Antivirus scans the attachment and displays the results above the message header.
• If Norton Antivirus detects a virus, you can’t download the file.
Fig.8.8.5: Click the file for Virus Scan
• If Antivirus doesn’t detect a virus, you can download the file.
Fig.8.8.6: Antivirus Scan Status
249
• To download a virus-free attachment, click the Download File button.
Fig.8.8.7: Click the Download File button
The File Download window prompts you to open or save the file. (The appearance of this window varies,
depending on your operating system and other factors.)
Fig.8.8.8: Click the Download File button
3. You can click the Open button to view the attached file in its original application (such as Microsoft Word or
Acrobat Reader), or you can click the Save button to download the file and save it on your computer.
Tip: When you open a file without saving it, your browser automatically downloads it to a temporary location on
your computer. When you close the file, your browser deletes the temporary file.
8.8.8 Sending Attachments with Outgoing Email Messages

You can send all types of files as attachments, including word processor or spreadsheet documents, audio files,
image files (such as .bmp, .jpg, .gif), and more but not .exe (executable files).
Notes: With Outlook, effective email virus protection is automatic. Anti-virus software in Mail automatically
detects and cleans viruses in incoming and outgoing email and attachments.
1. While composing a message, click the Attach Files button (You can attach files at any time before sending the
message.). The Attach Files page opens.
2. Click the first Browse button.
The Choose File or Open File window opens (depending on your
operating system).
3. Locate the file you want to attach, select it, and click the Open
or OK button.
Fig.8.8.9: Attach a File
250
The selected file and its location appear in the first attachment box.
4. To attach more files, click the next Browse button, and repeat step 4.
Tips:
• You cannot attach the same file multiple times to the same email message.
Fig.8.8.10: Browse a File
• If you need more attachment boxes, click the Attach More Files link. Outlook adds another box.
5. You can attach one or more files up to a total combined size of 10 MB.
6. When all the files you want to send are listed, click the Attach Files button.
Tip: Antivirus™ automatically scans all outgoing email attachments andwill not let you attach an infected file.
Fig.8.8.11: Attach a File
Progress bars display the process of scanning and attaching each file. When the process is complete, the Compose
page opens with the attached file.
Fig.8.8.12: Attached File
Note: Though Outlook often displays attached photos within the messagesyou receive, it doesn’t display the
photos you attach while composing your message. Instead, it lists the photos in the attachments area. The photos
may appear within the text of the message when your recipients receive it if their email applications support
embedded photos.
Exercise
1. What is the full form of URL?
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
251
2. The second part of the URL is called a resource name and it indicates the IP address or the domain name
where the resource is located.
a) True
b) False
3. Choose a URL example from the below list
a) Messy
b) Straight
c) Constant
4. Initially all mails arrive in the inbox in outlook?
a) True
b) False
5. 'Reply’ allows you to reply ONLY to the sender?
a) True
b) False
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. Employability &
Entrepreneurship Skills
Unit 9.1 – Personal Strengths & Value Systems
Unit 9.2 – Digital Literacy: A Recap
Unit 9.3 – Money Matters
Unit 9.4 – Preparing for Employment & Self Employment
Unit 9.5 – Understanding Entrepreneurship
Unit 9.6 – Preparing to be an Entrepreneur

1. Explain the meaning of health
2. List common health issues
3. Discuss tips to prevent common health issues
4. Explain the meaning of hygiene
5. Understand the purpose of Swacch Bharat Abhiyan
6. Explain the meaning of habit
7. Discuss ways to set up a safe work environment
8. Discuss critical safety habits to be followed by employees
9. Explain the importance of self-analysis
10. Understand motivation with the help of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
11. Discuss the meaning of achievement motivation
12. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs with achievement motivation
13. List the different factors that motivate you
14. Discuss how to maintain a positive attitude
15. Discuss the role of attitude in self-analysis
16. List your strengths and weaknesses
17. Discuss the qualities of honest people
18. Describe the importance of honesty in entrepreneurs
19. Discuss the elements of a strong work ethic
20. Discuss how to foster a good work ethic
21. List the characteristics of highly creative people
22. List the characteristics of highly innovative people
23. Discuss the benefits of time management
24. List the traits of effective time managers
25. Describe effective time management technique
26. Discuss the importance of anger management
27. Describe anger management strategies
28. Discuss tips for anger management
29. Discuss the causes of stress
30. Discuss the symptoms of stress
31. Discuss tips for stress management
32. Identify the basic parts of a computer
33. Identify the basic parts of a keyboard
254
34. Recall basic computer terminology

36. Recall the functions of basic computer keys
37. Discuss the main applications of MS Office
38. Discuss the benefits of Microsoft Outlook
39. Discuss the different types of e-commerce
40. List the benefits of e-commerce for retailers and customers
41. Discuss how the Digital India campaign will help boost e-commerce in India
42. Explain how you will sell a product or service on an e-commerce platform
43. Discuss the importance of saving money
44. Discuss the benefits of saving money
45. Discuss the main types of bank accounts
46. Describe the process of opening a bank account
47. Differentiate between fixed and variable costs
48. Describe the main types of investment options
49. Describe the different types of insurance products
50. Describe the different types of taxes
51. Discuss the uses of online banking
52. Discuss the main types of electronic funds transfers
53. Discuss the steps to prepare for an interview
54. Discuss the steps to create an effective Resume
55. Discuss the most frequently asked interview questions
56. Discuss how to answer the most frequently asked interview questions
57. Discuss basic workplace terminology
58. Discuss the concept of entrepreneurship
59. Discuss the importance of entrepreneurship
60. Describe the characteristics of an entrepreneur
61. Describe the different types of enterprises
62. List the qualities of an effective leader
63. Discuss the benefits of effective leadership
64. List the traits of an effective team
65. Discuss the importance of listening effectively
66. Discuss how to listen effectively
67. Discuss the importance of speaking effectively
68. Discuss how to speak effectively
69. Discuss how to solve problems
255
70. List important problem solving traits

71. Discuss ways to assess problem solving skills
72. Discuss the importance of negotiation
73. Discuss how to negotiate
74. Discuss how to identify new business opportunities
75. Discuss how to identify business opportunities within your business
76. Understand the meaning of entrepreneur
77. Describe the different types of entrepreneurs
78. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs
79. Recall entrepreneur success stories
80. Discuss the entrepreneurial process
81. Describe the entrepreneurship ecosystem
82. Discuss the government’s role in the entrepreneurship ecosystem
83. Discuss the current entrepreneurship ecosystem in India
84. Understand the purpose of the Make in India campaign
85. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and risk appetite
86. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and resilience
87. Describe the characteristics of a resilient entrepreneur
88. Discuss how to deal with failure
89. Discuss how market research is carried out
90. Describe the 4 Ps of marketing
91. Discuss the importance of idea generation
92. Recall basic business terminology
93. Discuss the need for CRM
94. Discuss the benefits of CRM
95. Discuss the need for networking
96. Discuss the benefits of networking
97. Understand the importance of setting goals
98. Differentiate between short-term, medium-term and long-term goals
99. Discuss how to write a business plan
100. Explain the financial planning process
101. Discuss ways to manage your risk
102. Describe the procedure and formalities for applying for bank finance
103. Discuss how to manage your own enterprise
104. List important questions that every entrepreneur should ask before starting an enterprise
256
UNIT 9.1: Personal Strengths & Value Systems
Unit Objectives
1. Explain the meaning of health
2. List common health issues
3. Discuss tips to prevent common health issues
4. Explain the meaning of hygiene
5. Understand the purpose of Swacch Bharat Abhiyan
6. Explain the meaning of habit
7. Discuss ways to set up a safe work environment
8. Discuss critical safety habits to be followed by employees
9. Explain the importance of self-analysis
10. Understand motivation with the help of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
11. Discuss the meaning of achievement motivation
12. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs with achievement motivation
13. List the different factors that motivate you
14. Discuss how to maintain a positive attitude
15. Discuss the role of attitude in self-analysis
16. List your strengths and weaknesses
17. Discuss the qualities of honest people
18. Describe the importance of honesty in entrepreneurs
19. Discuss the elements of a strong work ethic
20. Discuss how to foster a good work ethic
21. List the characteristics of highly creative people
22. List the characteristics of highly innovative people
23. Discuss the benefits of time management
24. List the traits of effective time managers
25. Describe effective time management technique
26. Discuss the importance of anger management
27. Describe anger management strategies
28. Discuss tips for anger management
29. Discuss the causes of stress
30. Discuss the symptoms of stress
31. Discuss tips for stress management
257
9.1.1 Health, Habits, Hygiene: What is Health

As per the World Health Organization (WHO), health is a “State of complete physical, mental, and social well-
being, and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.” This means being healthy does not simply mean not
being unhealthy – it also means you need to be at peace emotionally, and feel fit physically. For example, you
cannot say you are healthy simply because you do not have any physical ailments like a cold or cough. You also
need to think about whether you are feeling calm, relaxed and happy.
Common Health Issues
Some common health issues are:
• Allergies
• Asthma
• Skin Disorders
• Depression and Anxiety
• Diabetes
• Cough, Cold, Sore Throat
• Difficulty Sleeping
• Obesity
9.1.1.1 Tips to Prevent Health Issues

Taking measures to prevent ill health is always better than curing a disease or sickness. You can stay healthy by:
• Eating healthy foods like fruits, vegetables and nuts
• Cutting back on unhealthy and sugary foods
• Drinking enough water everyday
• Not smoking or drinking alcohol
• Exercising for at least 30 minutes a day, 4-5 times a week
• Taking vaccinations when required
• Practicing yoga exercises and meditation
How many of these health standards do you follow? Tick the ones that apply to you.
1. Get minimum 7-8 hours of sleep every night.
2. Avoid checking email first thing in the morning and right before you go to bed at night.
3. Don’t skip meals – eat regular meals at correct meal times.
4. Read a little bit every single day.
5. Eat more home cooked food than junk food
6. Stand more than you sit.
7. Drink a glass of water first thing in the morning and have at least 8 glasses of water through the day.
258
8. Go to the doctor and dentist for regular checkups.

9. Exercise for 30 minutes at least 5 days a week.
10. Avoid consuming lots of aerated beverages.
9.1.1.2 What is Hygiene?

As per the World Health Organization (WHO), “Hygiene refers to conditions and practices that help to maintain
health and prevent the spread of diseases.” In other words, hygiene means ensuring that you do whatever is
required to keep your surroundings clean, so that you reduce the chances of spreading germs and diseases.
For instance, think about the kitchen in your home. Good hygiene means ensuring that the kitchen is always spick
and span, the food is put away, dishes are washed and dustbins are not overflowing with garbage. Doing all this
will reduce the chances of attracting pests like rats or cockroaches, and prevent the growth of fungus and other
bacteria, which could spread disease.
How many of these health standards do you follow? Tick the ones that apply to you.
1. Have a bath or shower every day with soap – and wash your hair with shampoo 2-3 times a week.
2. Wear a fresh pair of clean undergarments every day.
3. Brush your teeth in the morning and before going to bed.
4. Cut your fingernails and toenails regularly.
5. Wash your hands with soap after going to the toilet.
6. Use an anti-perspirant deodorant on your underarms if you sweat a lot.
7. Wash your hands with soap before cooking or eating.
8. Stay home when you are sick, so other people don’t catch what you have.
9. Wash dirty clothes with laundry soap before wearing them again.
10. Cover your nose with a tissue/your hand when coughing or sneezing.
See how healthy and hygienic you are, by giving yourself 1 point for every ticked statement! Then take a look at
what your score means.
Your Score
• 0-7/20: You need to work a lot harder to stay fit and fine! Make it a point to practice good habits daily and
see how much better you feel!
• 7-14/20: Not bad, but there is scope for improvement! Try and add a few more good habits to your daily
routine.
• 14-20/20: Great job! Keep up the good work! Your body and mind thank you!
259
9.1.1.3 Swachh Bharat Abhiyan

We have already discussed the importance of following good hygiene and health practices for ourselves. But, it
is not enough for us to be healthy and hygienic. We must also extend this standard to our homes, our immediate
surroundings and to our country as a whole.
The ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ (Clean India Mission) launched by Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi on 2nd
October 2014, believes in doing exactly this. The aim of this mission is to clean the streets and roads of India
and raise the overall level of cleanliness. Currently this mission covers 4,041 cities and towns across the country.
Millions of our people have taken the pledge for a clean India. You should take the pledge too, and do everything
possible to keep our country clean!
9.1.1.4 What are Habits?

A habit is a behaviour that is repeated frequently. All of us have good habits and bad habits. Keep in mind the
phrase by John Dryden: “We first make our habits, and then our habits make us.” This is why it is so important
that you make good habits a way of life, and consciously avoid practicing bad habits.
Some good habits that you should make part of your daily routine are:
• Always having a positive attitude
• Making exercise a part of your daily routine
• Reading motivational and inspirational stories
• Smiling! Make it a habit to smile as often as possible
• Making time for family and friends
• Going to bed early and waking up early
Some bad habits that you should quit immediately are:
• Skipping breakfast
• Snacking frequently even when you are not hungry
• Eating too much fattening and sugary food
• Smoking, drinking alcohol and doing drugs
• Spending more money than you can afford
• Worrying about unimportant issues
• Staying up late and waking up late
9.1.1.5 Tips
• Following healthy and hygienic practices every day will make you feel good mentally and physically.
• Hygiene is two-thirds of health – so good hygiene will help you stay strong and healthy!
260
9.1.2 Safety: Tips to Design a Safe Workplace

Every employer is obligated to ensure that his workplace follows the highest possible safety protocol. When
setting up a business, owners must make it a point to:
• Use ergonomically designed furniture and equipment to avoid stooping and twisting
• Provide mechanical aids to avoid lifting or carrying heavy objects
• Have protective equipment on hand for hazardous jobs
• Designate emergency exits and ensure they are easily accessible
• Set down health codes and ensure they are implemented
• Follow the practice of regular safety inspections in and around the workplace
• Ensure regular building inspections are conducted
• Get expert advice on workplace safety and follow it
9.1.2.1 Negotiable Employee Safety Habits

Every employer is obligated to ensure that his workplace follows the highest possible safety protocol. When
setting up a business, owners must make it a point to:
• Immediately report unsafe conditions to a supervisor
• Recognize and report safety hazards that could lead to slips, trips and falls
• Report all injuries and accidents to a supervisor
• Wear the correct protective equipment when required
• Learn how to correctly use equipment provided for safety purposes
• Be aware of and avoid actions that could endanger other people
• Take rest breaks during the day and some time off from work during the week
9.1.2.2 Tips
• Be aware of what emergency number to call at the time of a workplace emergency
• Practice evacuation drills regularly to avoid chaotic evacuations
9.1.3 Self Analysis – Attitude, Achievement Motivation

To truly achieve your full potential, you need to take a deep look inside yourself and find out what kind of
person you really are. This attempt to understand your personality is known as self-analysis. Assessing yourself
in this manner will help you grow, and will also help you to identify areas within yourself that need to be further
developed, changed or eliminated. You can better understand yourself by taking a deep look at what motivates
you, what your attitude is like, and what your strengths and weaknesses are.
261
9.1.3.1 What is Motivation?

Very simply put, motivation is your reason for acting or behaving in a certain manner. It is important to understand
that not everyone is motivated by the same desires – people are motivated by many, many different things. We
can understand this better by looking at Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.
9.1.3.2 Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs

Famous American psychologist Abraham Maslow wanted to understand what motivates people. He believed that
people have five types of needs, ranging from very basic needs (called physiological needs) to more important
needs that are required for self-growth (called self- actualization needs). Between the physiological and self-
actualization needs are three other needs – safety needs, belongingness and love needs, and esteem needs.
These needs are usually shown as a pyramid with five levels and are known as Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.
Fig.9.1.1: Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
As you can see from the pyramid, the lowest level depicts the most basic needs. Maslow believed that our
behaviour is motivated by our basic needs, until those needs are met. Once they are fulfilled, we move to the next
level and are motived by the next level of needs. Let’s understand this better with an example.
262
Rupa comes from a very poor family. She never has enough food, water, warmth or rest. According to Maslow,
until Rupa is sure that she will get these basic needs, she will not even think about the next level of needs – her
safety needs. But, once Rupa is confident that her basic needs will be met, she will move to the next level, and her
behaviour will then be motivated by her need for security and safety. Once these new needs are met, Rupa will
once again move to the next level, and be motivated by her need for relationships and friends. Once this need is
satisfied, Rupa will then focus on the fourth level of needs – her esteem needs, after which she will move up to
the fifth and last level of needs – the desire to achieve her full potential.
9.1.3.3 Understanding Achievement Motivation

We now know that people are motivated by basic, psychological and self-fulfillment needs. However, certain
people are also motivated by the achievement of highly challenging accomplishments. This is known as
Achievement Motivation, or ‘need for achievement’.
The level of motivation achievement in a person differs from individual to individual. It is important that
entrepreneurs have a high level of achievement motivation – a deep desire to accomplish something important
and unique. It is equally important that they hire people who are also highly motivated by challenges and success.
What Motivates You?
What are the things that really motivate you? List down five things that really motivate you. Remember to answer
honestly!
I am motivated by:
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................
263
Characteristics of Entrepreneurs with Achievement Motivation

• Entrepreneurs with achievement motivation can be described as follows:
• Unafraid to take risks for personal accomplishment
• Love being challenged Future-oriented Flexible and adaptive
• Value negative feedback more than positive feedback
• Very persistent when it comes to achieving goals
• Extremely courageous
• Highly creative and innovative
• Restless - constantly looking to achieve more
• Feel personally responsible for solving problems
Think about it:
• How many of these traits do you have?
• Can you think of entrepreneurs who display these traits?
9.1.3.4 How to Cultivate a Positive Attitude

The good news is attitude is a choice. So it is possible to improve, control and change our attitude, if we decide
we want to! The following tips help foster a positive mindset:
• Remember that you control your attitude, not the other way around
• Devote at least 15 minutes a day towards reading, watching or listening to something positive
• Avoid negative people who only complain and stop complaining yourself
• Expand your vocabulary with positive words and delete negative phrases from your mind
• Be appreciative and focus on what’s good in yourself, in your life, and in others
• Stop thinking of yourself as a victim and start being proactive
• Imagine yourself succeeding and achieving your goals
9.1.3.5 What is Attitude?

Now that we understand why motivation is so important for self-analysis, let’s look at the role our attitude plays
in better understanding ourselves. Attitude can be described as your tendency (positive or negative), to think and
feel about someone or something. Attitude is the foundation for success in every aspect of life. Our attitude can
be our best friend or our worst enemy. In other words:
“The only disability in life is a bad attitude.”
When you start a business, you are sure to encounter a wide variety of emotions, from difficult times and failures
to good times and successes. Your attitude is what will see you through the tough times and guide you towards
success. Attitude is also infectious. It affects everyone around you, from your customers to your employees to
your investors. A positive attitude helps build confidence in the workplace while a negative attitude is likely to
result in the demotivation of your people.
264
9.1.3.6 What Are Your Strengths and Weaknesses

Another way to analyze yourself is by honestly identifying your strengths and weaknesses. This will help you use
your strengths to your best advantage and reduce your weaknesses.
Note down all your strengths and weaknesses in the two columns below. Remember to be honest with yourself!
Strengths Weaknesses
9.1.3.7 Tips
• Achievement motivation can be learned.
• Don’t be afraid to make mistakes.
• Train yourself to finish what you start.
• Dream big.
9.1.4 Honesty & Work Ethics: What is Honesty?

Honesty is the quality of being fair and truthful. It means speaking and acting in a manner that inspires trust. A
person who is described as honest is seen as truthful and sincere, and as someone who isn’t deceitful or devious
and doesn’t steal or cheat. There are two dimensions of honesty – one is honesty in communication and the
other is honesty in conduct.
Honesty is an extremely important trait because it results in peace of mind and builds relationships that are
based on trust. Being dishonest, on the other hand, results in anxiety and leads to relationships full of distrust
and conflict.
265
9.1.4.1 Qualities of Honest People

Honest individuals have certain distinct characteristics. Some common qualities among honest people are:
• They don’t worry about what others think of them. They believe in being themselves – they don’t bother
about whether they are liked or disliked for their personalities.
• They stand up for their beliefs. They won’t think twice about giving their honest opinion, even if they are
aware that their point of view lies with the minority.
• They are think skinned. This means they are not affected by others judging them harshly for their honest
opinions.
• They forge trusting, meaningful and healthy friendships. Honest people usually surround themselves with
honest friends. They have faith that their friends will be truthful and upfront with them at all times.
They are trusted by their peers. They are seen as people who can be counted on for truthful and objective
feedback and advice.
• Honesty and employees: When entrepreneurs build honest relationships with their employees, it leads to
more transparency in the workplace, which results in higher work performance and better results.
• Honesty and investors: For entrepreneurs, being honest with investors means not only sharing strengths
but also candidly disclosing current and potential weaknesses, problem areas and solution strategies. Keep
in mind that investors have a lot of experience with startups and are aware that all new companies have
problems. Claiming that everything is perfectly fine and running smoothly is a red flag for most investors.
• Honesty with oneself: The consequences of being dishonest with oneself can lead to dire results, especially
in the case of entrepreneurs. For entrepreneurs to succeed, it is critical that they remain realistic about their
situation at all times, and accurately judge every aspect of their enterprise for what it truly is.
9.1.4.2 Importance of Honesty in Entrepreneurs

One of the most important characteristics of entrepreneurs is honesty. When entrepreneurs are honest with their
customers, employees and investors, it shows that they respect those that they work with. It is also important
that entrepreneurs remain honest with themselves. Let’s look at how being honest would lead to great benefits
for entrepreneurs.
• Honesty and customers: When entrepreneurs are honest with their customers it leads to stronger
relationships, which in turn results in business growth and a stronger customer network.
9.1.4.3 What are Work Ethics?

Being ethical in the workplace means displaying values like honesty, integrity and respect in all your decisions and
communications. It means not displaying negative qualities like lying, cheating and stealing.
Workplace ethics play a big role in the profitability of a company. It is as crucial to an enterprise as high morale
and teamwork. This is why most companies lay down specific workplace ethic guidelines that must compulsorily
be followed by their employees. These guidelines are typically outlined in a company’s employee handbook.
266
9.1.4.4 Elements of a Strong Work Ethic

An entrepreneur must display strong work ethics, as well as hire only those individuals who believe in and display
the same level of ethical behavior in the workplace. Some elements of a strong work ethic are:
• Professionalism: This involves everything from how you present yourself in a corporate setting to the manner
in which you treat others in the workplace.
• Respectfulness: This means remaining poised and diplomatic regardless of how stressful or volatile a situation
is.
• Dependability: This means always keeping your word, whether it’s arriving on time for a meeting or delivering
work on time.
• Dedication: This means refusing to quit until the designated work is done, and completing the work at the
highest possible level of excellence.
• Determination: This means embracing obstacles as challenges rather than letting them stop you, and pushing
ahead with purpose and resilience to get the desired results.
• Accountability: This means taking responsibility for your actions and the consequences of your actions, and
not making excuses for your mistakes.
• Humility: This means acknowledging everyone’s efforts and had work, and sharing the credit for
accomplishments.
9.1.4.5 How to Foster a Good Work Ethic

As an entrepreneur, it is important that you clearly define the kind of behaviour that you expect from each and
every team member in the workplace. You should make it clear that you expect employees to display positive
work ethics like:
• Honesty: All work assigned to a person should be done with complete honesty, without any deceit or lies.
• Good attitude: All team members should be optimistic, energetic, and positive.
• Reliability: Employees should show up where they are supposed to be, when they are supposed to be there.
• Good work habits: Employees should always be well groomed, never use inappropriate language, conduct
themselves professionally at all times, etc.
• Initiative: Doing the bare minimum is not enough. Every team member needs to be proactive and show
initiative.
• Trustworthiness: Trust is non-negotiable. If an employee cannot be trusted, it’s time to let that employee go.
• Respect: Employees need to respect the company, the law, their work, their colleagues and themselves.
• Integrity: Each and every team member should be completely ethical and must display above board behaviour
at all times.
• Efficiency: Efficient employees help a company grow while inefficient employees result in a waste of time
and resources.
267
9.1.4.6 Tips
• Don’t get angry when someone tells you the truth and you don’t like what you hear.
• Always be willing to accept responsibility for your mistakes.
9.1.5 Creativity & Innovation

What is Creativity
Creativity means thinking outside the box. It means viewing things in new ways or from different perspectives,
and then converting these ideas into reality. Creativity involves two parts: thinking and producing. Simply having
an idea makes you imaginative, not creative. However, having an idea and acting on it makes you creative.
Characteristics of Highly Creative People
Some characteristics of creative people are:
• They are imaginative and playful
• They see issues from different angles
• They notice small details
• They have very little tolerance for boredom
• They detest rules and routine
• They love to daydream
• They are very curious
What is Innovation?
There are many different definitions of innovation. In simple terms, innovation means turning an idea into a
solution that adds value. It can also mean adding value by implementing a new product, service or process, or
significantly improving on an existing product, service or process.
Characteristics of Highly Innovative People
Some characteristics of highly innovative people are:
• They embrace doing things differently
• They don’t believe in taking shortcuts
• They are not afraid to be unconventional
• They are highly proactive and persistent
• They are organized, cautious and risk-averse
9.1.5.1 Tips
• Take regular breaks from your creative work to recharge yourself and gain fresh perspective.
• Build prototypes frequently, test them out, get feedback, and make the required changes.
268
9.1.6 Time Management

Time management is the process organizing your time, and deciding how to allocate your time between different
activities. Good time management is the difference between working smart (getting more done in less time) and
working hard (working for more time to get more done).
Effective time management leads to an efficient work output, even when you are faced with tight deadlines and
high pressure situations. On the other hand, not managing your time effectively results in inefficient output and
increases stress and anxiety.
Benefits of Time Management
Time management can lead to huge benefits like:
• Greater productivity
• Higher efficiency
• Better professional reputation
• Reduced stress
• Higher chances for career advancement
• Greater opportunities to achieve goals
Not managing time effectively can result in undesirable consequences like:
• Missing deadlines
• Inefficient work output
• Substandard work quality
• Poor professional reputation
• Stalled career
• Increase in stress and anxiety
9.1.6.1 Traits of Effective Time Managers

Some traits of effective time managers are:
• They begin projects early They set daily objectives
• They modify plans if required, to achieve better results
• They are flexible and open-minded
• They inform people in advance if their help will be required
• They know how to say no
• They break tasks into steps with specific deadlines
• They continually review long term goals
• They think of alternate solutions if and when required
• They ask for help when required They create backup plans
269
9.1.6.2 Effective Time Management Techniques

You can manage your time better by putting into practice certain time management techniques. Some helpful
tips are:
• Plan out your day as well as plan for interruptions. Give yourself at least 30 minutes to figure out your time
plan. In your plan, schedule some time for interruptions.
• Put up a “Do Not Disturb” sign when you absolutely have to complete a certain amount of work.
• Close your mind to all distractions. Train yourself to ignore ringing phones, don’t reply to chat messages and
disconnect from social media sites.
• Delegate your work. This will not only help your work get done faster, but will also show you the unique skills
and abilities of those around you.
• Stop procrastinating. Remind yourself that procrastination typically arises due to the fear of failure or the
belief that you cannot do things as perfectly as you wish to do them.
• Prioritize. List each task to be completed in order of its urgency or importance level. Then focus on completing
each task, one by one.
• Maintain a log of your work activities. Analyze the log to help you understand how efficient you are, and how
much time is wasted every day.
• Create time management goals to reduce time wastage.
9.1.6.3 Tips
• Always complete the most important tasks first.
• Get at least 7 – 8 hours of sleep every day.
• Start your day early.
• Don’t waste too much time on small, unimportant details.
• Set a time limit for every task that you will undertake.
• Give yourself some time to unwind between tasks.
9.1.7 Anger Management

Anger management is the process of:
1. Learning to recognize the signs that you, or someone else, is becoming angry
2. Taking the best course of action to calm down the situation in a positive way Anger management does not
mean suppressing anger.
Importance of Anger Management
Anger is a perfectly normal human emotion. In fact, when managed the right way, anger can be considered a
healthy emotion. However, if it is not kept in check, anger can make us act inappropriately and can lead to us
saying or doing things that we will likely later regret.
270
Extreme anger can:

• Hurt you physically: It leads to heart disease, diabetes, a weakened immune system, insomnia, and high
blood pressure.
• Hurt you mentally: It can cloud your thinking and lead to stress, depression and mental health issues.
• Hurt your career: It can result in alienating your colleagues, bosses, clients and lead to the loss of respect.
• Hurt your relationships: It makes it hard for your family and friends to trust you, be honest with you and feel
comfortable around you.
This is why anger management, or managing anger appropriately, is so important.
9.1.7.1 Anger Management Strategies

Here are some strategies that can help you control your anger:
Strategy 1: Relaxation
Something as simple as breathing deeply and looking at relaxing images works wonders in calming down angry
feelings. Try this simple breathing exercise:
• Take a deep breath from your diaphragm (don’t breathe from your chest)
• Visualize your breath coming up from your stomach
• Keep repeating a calming word like ‘relax’ or ‘take it easy’ (remember to keep breathing deeply while
repeating the word)
• Picture a relaxing moment (this can be from your memory or your imagination)
Follow this relaxation technique daily, especially when you realize that you’re starting to feel angry.
Strategy 2: Cognitive Restructuring
Cognitive restructuring means changing the manner in which you think. Anger can make you curse, swear,
exaggerate and act very dramatically. When this happens, force yourself to replace your angry thoughts with
more logical ones. For instance, instead of thinking ‘Everything is ruined’ change your mindset and tell yourself
‘It’s not the end of the world and getting angry won’t solve this’.
Strategy 3: Problem Solving
Getting angry about a problem that you cannot control is a perfectly natural response. Sometimes, try as you
may, there may not be a solution to the difficulty you are faced with. In such cases, stop focusing on solving the
problem, and instead focus on handling and facing the problem. Remind yourself that you will do your best to
deal with the situation, but that you will not blame yourself if you don’t get the solution you desire.
Strategy 4: Better Communication
When you’re angry, it is very easy to jump to inaccurate conclusions. In this case, you need to force yourself to
stop reacting, and think carefully about what you want to say, before saying it. Avoid saying the first thing that
enters your head. Force yourself to listen carefully to what the other person is saying. Then think about the
conversation before responding.
Strategy 5: Changing Your Environment
If you find that your environment is the cause of your anger, try and give yourself a break from your surroundings.
Make an active decision to schedule some personal time for yourself, especially on days that are very hectic and
stressful. Having even a brief amount of quiet or alone time is sure to help calm you down.
271
9.1.7.2 Tips for Anger Management

• The following tips will help you keep your anger in check:
• Take some time to collect your thoughts before you speak out in anger.
• Express the reason for your anger in an assertive, but non-confrontational manner once you have calmed
down.
• Do some form of physical exercise like running or walking briskly when you feel yourself getting angry.
• Make short breaks part of your daily routine, especially during days that are stressful. Focus on how to solve
a problem that’s making you angry, rather than focusing on the fact that the problem is making you angry.
9.1.8 Stress Management

We say we are ‘stressed’ when we feel overloaded and unsure of our ability to deal with the pressures placed
on us. Anything that challenges or threatens our well-being can be defined as a stress. It is important to note
that stress can be good and bad. While good stress keeps us going, negative stress undermines our mental and
physical health. This is why it is so important to manage negative stress effectively.
Causes of Stress
Stress can be caused by internal and external factors.
Internal causes of stress:
• Constant worry
• Rigid thinking
• Unrealistic expectations
• Pessimism
• Negative self-talk
• All in or all out attitude
External causes of stress:
• Major life changes
• Difficulties with relationships
• Having too much to do
• Difficulties at work or in school
• Financial difficulties
• Worrying about one’s children and/or family
9.1.8.1 Symptoms of Stress

Stress can manifest itself in numerous ways. Take a look at the cognitive, emotional, physical and behavioral
symptoms of stress.
272
Cognitive Symptoms Emotional Symptoms

• Memory problems • Depression
• Concentration issues • Agitation
• Lack of judgement • Irritability
• Pessimism • Loneliness
• Anxiety • Anxiety
• Constant worrying • Anger
Physical Symptoms Behavioral Symptoms

• Aches and pain • Increase or decrease in appetite
• Diarrhea or constipation • Over sleeping or not sleeping enough
• Nausea • Withdrawing socially
• Dizziness • Ignoring responsibilities
• Chest pain and/or rapid heartbeat • Consumption of alcohol or cigarettes
• Frequent cold or flu like feelings • Nervous habits like nail biting, pacing etc.
9.1.8.2 Tips Manage Stress

The following tips can help you manage your stress better:
• Note down the different ways in which you can handle the various sources of your stress.
• Remember that you cannot control everything, but you can control how you respond.
• Discuss your feelings, opinions and beliefs rather than reacting angrily, defensively or passively.
• Practice relaxation techniques like meditation, yoga or tai chi when you start feeling stressed.
• Devote a part of your day towards exercise.
• Eat healthy foods like fruits and vegetables. Avoid unhealthy foods especially those containing large amounts
of sugar.
• Plan your day so that you can manage your time better, with less stress.
• Say no to people and things when required.
• Schedule time to pursue your hobbies and interests.
• Ensure you get at least 7-8 hours of sleep.
• Reduce your caffeine intake.
• Increase the time spent with family and friends.
273
UNIT 9.2: Digital Literacy: A Recap
Unit Objectives
1. Identify the basic parts of a computer
2. Identify the basic parts of a keyboard
5. Recall the functions of basic computer keys
6. Discuss the main applications of MS Office
7. Discuss the benefits of Microsoft Outlook
8. Discuss the different types of e-commerce
9. List the benefits of e-commerce for retailers and customers
10. Discuss how the Digital India campaign will help boost e-commerce in India
11. Describe how you will sell a product or service on an e-commerce platform
9.2.1 Computer and Internet Basics
Fig.9.2.1: Parts of a computer
Fig.9.2.2: Parts of a Keyboard
274
9.2.1.1 Basic Parts of a Computer

1. Central Processing Unit (CPU): The brain of the computer. It interprets and carries out program instructions.
2. Hard Drive: A device that stores large amounts of data.
3. Monitor: The device that contains the computer screen where the information is visually displayed.
4. Desktop: The first screen displayed after the operating system loads.
5. Background: The image that fills the background of the desktop.
6. Mouse: A hand-held device used to point to items on the monitor.
7. Speakers: Devices that enable you to hear sound from the computer.
8. Printer: A device that converts output from a computer into printed paper documents.
9. Icon: A small picture or image that visually represents something on your computer.
10. Cursor: An arrow which indicates where you are positioned on the screen.
11. Program Menu: A list of programs on your computer that can be accessed from the Start menu.
12. Taskbar: The horizontal bar at the bottom of the computer screen that lists applications that are currently in
use.
13. Recycle Bin: A temporary storage for deleted files.
9.2.1.2 Basic Internet Terms

• The Internet: Avast, international collection of computer networks that transfers information.
• The World Wide Web: A system that lets you access information on the Internet.
• Website: A location on the World Wide Web (and Internet) that contains information about a specific topic.
• Homepage: Provides information about a website and directs you to other pages on that website.
• Link/Hyperlink: A highlighted or underlined icon, graphic, or text that takes you to another file or object.
• Web Address/URL: The address for a website.
• Address Box: A box in the browser window where you can type in a web address.
9.2.1.3 Basic Computer Keys

• Arrow Keys: Press these keys to move your cursor.
• Space bar: Adds a space.
• Enter/Return: Moves your cursor to a new line.
• Shift: Press this key if you want to type a capital letter or the upper symbol of a key.
• Caps Lock: Press this key if you want all the letters you type to be capital letters. Press it again to revert back
to typing lowercase letters.
• Backspace: Deletes everything to the left of your cursor.
275
9.2.1.4 Tips
• When visiting a .com address, there no need to type http:// or even www. Just type the name of the website
and then press Ctrl + Enter. (Example: Type ‘apple’ and press Ctrl + Enter to go to www.apple.com)
• Press the Ctrl key and press the + or - to increase and decrease the size of text.
• Press F5 or Ctrl + R to refresh or reload a web page.
9.2.2 MS Office and Email

About MS Office
MS Office or Microsoft Office is a suite of computer programs developed by Microsoft. Although meant for
all users, it offers different versions that cater specifically to students, home users and business users. All the
programs are compatible with both, Windows and Macintosh.
Most Popular Office Products
Some of the most popular and universally used MS Office applications are:
1. Microsoft Word: Allows users to type text and add images to a document.
2. Microsoft Excel: Allows users to enter data into a spreadsheet and create calculations and graphs.
3. Microsoft PowerPoint: Allows users to add text, pictures and media and create slideshows and presentations.
4. Microsoft Outlook: Allows users to send and receive email.
5. Microsoft OneNote: Allows users to make drawings and notes with the feel of a pen on paper.
6. Microsoft Access: Allows users to store data over many tables.
Why Choose Microsoft Outlook
A popular email management choice especially in the workplace, Microsoft Outlook also includes an address
book, notebook, web browser and calendar. Some major benefits of this program are:
• Integrated search function: You can use keywords to search for data across all Outlook programs.
• Enhanced security: Your email is safe from hackers, junk mail and phishing website email.
• Email syncing: Sync your mail with your calendar, contact list, notes in One Note and…your phone!
• Offline access to email: No Internet? No problem! Write emails offline and send them when you’re connected
again.
9.2.2.1 Tips
• Press Ctrl+R as a shortcut method to reply to email.
• Set your desktop notifications only for very important emails.
• Flag messages quickly by selecting messages and hitting the Insert key.
• Save frequently sent emails as a template to reuse again and again.
• Conveniently save important emails as files.
276
9.2.3 E-Commerce
What is E-Commerce
E-commerce is the buying or selling of goods and services, or the transmitting of money or data, electronically on
the internet. E-Commerce is the short form for “electronic commerce.”
Examples of E-Commerce:
• Online shopping Online auctions
• Online ticketing
• Electronic payments
• Internet banking
Types of E-Commerce
E-commerce can be classified based on the types of participants in the transaction. The main types of e-commerce
are:
• Business to Business (B2B): Both the transacting parties are businesses.
• Business to Consumer (B2C): Businesses sell electronically to end-consumers.
• Consumer to Consumer (C2C): Consumers come together to buy, sell or trade items to other consumers.
• Consumer-to-Business (C2B): Consumers make products or services available for purchase to companies
looking for exactly those services or products.
• Business-to-Administration (B2A): Online transactions conducted between companies and public
administration.
• Consumer-to-Administration (C2A): Online transactions conducted between individuals and public
administration.
9.2.3.1 Benefits of E-Commerce

The e-commerce business provides some benefits for retailers and customers.
Benefits for retailers:
• Establishes an online presence
• Reduces operational costs by removing overhead costs
• Increases brand awareness through the use of good keywords
• Increases sales by removing geographical and time constraints
Benefits for customers:
• Offers a wider range of choice than any physical store
• Enables goods and services to be purchased from remote locations
• Enables consumers to perform price comparisons
277
9.2.3.2 Digital India Campaign

Prime Minister Narendra Modi launched the Digital India campaign in 2015, with the objective of offering every
citizen of India access to digital services, knowledge and information. The campaign aims to improve the country’s
online infrastructure and increase internet connectivity, thus boosting the e-commerce industry.
Currently, the majority of online transactions come from tier 2 and tier 3 cities. Once the Digital India campaign
is in place, the government will deliver services through mobile connectivity, which will help deliver internet to
remote corners of the country. This will help the e-commerce market to enter India’s tier 4 towns and rural areas.
E-Commerce Activity
Choose a product or service that you want to sell online. Write a brief note explaining how you will use existing
e-commerce platforms, or create a new e-commerce platform, to sell your product or service.
9.2.3.3 Tips
• Before launching your e-commerce platform, test everything.
• Pay close and personal attention to your social media.
278
UNIT 9.3: Money Matters
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the importance of saving money
2. Discuss the benefits of saving money
3. Discuss the main types of bank accounts
4. Describe the process of opening a bank account
5. Differentiate between fixed and variable costs
6. Describe the main types of investment options
7. Describe the different types of insurance products
8. Describe the different types of taxes
9. Discuss the uses of online banking
10. Discuss the main types of electronic funds transfers
9.3.1 Personal Finance – Why to Save

Importance of Saving
We all know that the future is unpredictable. You never know what will happen tomorrow, next week or next
year. That’s why saving money steadily through the years is so important. Saving money will help improve your
financial situation over time. But more importantly, knowing that you have money stashed away for an emergency
will give you peace of mind. Saving money also opens the door to many more options and possibilities.
Benefits of Saving
Inculcating the habit of saving leads to a vast number of benefits. Saving helps you:
• Become financially independent: When you have enough money saved up to feel secure you can start making
your choices, from taking a vacation whenever you want, to switching careers or starting your own business.
• Invest in yourself through education: Through saving, you can earn enough to pay up for courses that will
add to your professional experience and ultimately result in higher paying jobs.
• Get out of debt: Once you have saved enough as a reserve fund, you can use your savings to pay off debts
like loans or bills that have accumulated over time.
• Be prepared for surprise expenses: Having money saved enables you to pay for unforeseen expenses like
sudden car or house repairs, without feeling financially stressed.
• Pay for emergencies: Saving helps you deal with emergencies like sudden health issues or emergency trips
without feeling financially burdened.
• Afford large purchases and achieve major goals: Saving diligently makes it possible to place down payments
towards major purchases and goals, like buying a home or a car.
279
• Retire: The money you have saved over the years will keep you comfortable when you no longer have the
income you would get from your job.
9.3.1.1 Tips
• Break your spending habit. Try not spending on one expensive item per week, and put the money that you
would have spent into your savings.
• Decide that you will not buy anything on certain days or weeks and stick to your word.
9.3.2 Types of Bank Accounts

In India, banks offer four main types of bank accounts. These are:
1. Current Accounts
2. Savings Accounts
3. Recurring Deposit Accounts
4. Fixed Deposit Accounts
Current Accounts
Current accounts offer the most liquid deposits and thus, are best suited for businessmen and companies. As
these accounts are not meant for investments and savings, there is no imposed limit on the number or amount
of transactions that can be made on any given day. Current account holders are not paid any interest on the
amounts held in their accounts. They are charged for certain services offered on such accounts.
Savings Accounts
Savings accounts are meant to promote savings, and are therefore the number one choice for salaried individuals,
pensioners and students. While there is no restriction on the number and amount of deposits made, there are
usually restrictions on the number and amount of withdrawals. Savings account holders are paid interest on their
savings.
Recurring Deposit Accounts
Recurring Deposit accounts, also called RD accounts, are the accounts of choice for those who want to save an
amount every month, but are unable to invest a large sum at one time. Such account holders deposit a small,
fixed amount every month for a pre-determined period (minimum 6 months). Defaulting on a monthly payment
results in the account holder being charged a penalty amount. The total amount is repaid with interest at the end
of the specified period.
Fixed Deposit Accounts
Fixed Deposit accounts, also called FD accounts, are ideal for those who wish to deposit their savings for a long
term in return for a high rate of interest. The rate of interest offered depends on the amount deposited and the
time period, and also differs from bank to bank. In the case of an FD, a certain amount of money is deposited by
the account holder for a fixed period of time. The money can be withdrawn when the period expires. If necessary,
the depositor can break the fixed deposit prematurely. However, this usually attracts a penalty amount which
also differs from bank to bank.
280
9.3.2.1 Opening a Bank Account

Opening a bank account is quite a simple process. Take a look at the steps to open an account of your own:
Step 1: Fill in the Account Opening Form
This form requires you to provide the following information:
• Personal details (name, address, phone number, date of birth, gender, occupation, address)
• Method of receiving your account statement (hard copy/email)
• Details of your initial deposit (cash/cheque)
• Manner of operating your account (online/mobile banking/traditional via cheque, slip books) Ensure that
you sign wherever required on the form.
Step 2: Affix your Photograph
Stick a recent photograph of yourself in the allotted space on the form.
Step 3: Provide your Know Your Customer (KYC) Details
KYC is a process that helps banks verify the identity and address of their customers. To open an account, every
individual needs to submit certain approved documents with respect to photo identity (ID) and address proof.
Some Officially Valid Documents (OVDs) are:
• Passport
• Driving License
• Voters’ Identity Card
• PAN Card
• UIDAI (Aadhaar) Card
Step 4: Submit All your Documents
Submit the completed Account Opening Form and KYC documents. Then wait until the forms are processed and
your account has been opened!
9.3.2.2 Tips
• Select the right type of account.
• Fill in complete nomination details.
• Ask about fees.
• Understand the rules.
• Check for online banking – it’s convenient!
• Keep an eye on your bank balance.
281
9.3.3 Costs: Fixed vs Variable

What are Fixed and Variable Costs
• Fixed costs and variable costs together make up a company’s total cost. These are the two types of costs that
companies have to bear when producing goods and services.
• A fixed cost does not change with the volume of goods or services a company produces. It always remains
the same.
• A variable cost, on the other hand, increases and decreases depending on the volume of goods and services
produced. In other words, it varies with the amount produced.
Differences Between Fixed and Variable Costs
Let’s take a look at some of the main differences between fixed and variable costs:
Criteria Fixed Costs Variable Costs

Meaning A cost that stays the same, A cost that changes when the
regardless of the output produced.
Nature Time related. Volume related.
Incurred Incurred irrespective of units being Incurredonlywhenunitsareproduced.
produced.
Unit cost Inversely proportional to the Remains the same, per unit.
number of units produced.
Examples Depreciation, rent, salary, Materialconsumed, wages, commission on sales, packing
insurance, tax etc. expenses, etc.
9.3.3.1 Tips
• When trying to determine whether a cost is fixed or variable, simply ask the following question: Will the
particular cost change if the company stopped its production activities? If the answer is no, then it is a fixed
cost. If the answer is yes, then it is probably a variable cost.
9.3.4 Investment, Insurance and Taxes

Investment
Investment means that money is spent today with the aim of reaping financial gains at a future time. The main
types of investment options are as follows:
• Bonds: Bonds are instruments used by public and private companies to raise large sums of money – too large
to be borrowed from a bank. These bonds are then issued in the public market and are bought by lenders.
• Stocks: Stocks or equity are shares that are issued by companies and are bought by the general public.
• Small Savings Schemes: Small Savings Schemes are tools meant to save money in small amounts. Some
popular schemes are the Employees Provident Fund, Sukanya Samriddhi Scheme and National Pension
Scheme.
282
• Mutual Funds: Mutual Funds are professionally managed financial instruments that invest money in different
securities on behalf of investors.
• Fixed Deposits: A fixed amount of money is kept aside with a financial institution for a fixed amount of time
in return for interest on the money.
• Real Estate: Loans are taken from banks to purchase real estate, which is then leased or sold with the aim of
making a profit on the appreciated property price.
• Hedge Funds: Hedge funds invest in both financial derivatives and/or publicly traded securities.
• Private Equity: Private Equity is trading in the shares of an operating company that is not publicly listed and
whose shares are not available on the stock market.
• Venture Capital: Venture Capital involves investing substantial capital in a budding company in return for
stocks in that company.
Insurance
There are two types of insurance:
1. Life Insurance
2. Non-Life or General Insurance.
Life Insurance Products
The main life insurance products are:
1. Term Insurance: This is the simplest and cheapest form of insurance. It offers financial protection for a
specified tenure, say 15 to 20 years. In the case of your death, your family is paid the sum assured. In the
case of your surviving the term, the insurer pays nothing.
2. Endowment Policy: This offers the dual benefit of insurance and investment. Part of the premium is allocated
towards the sum assured, while the remaining premium gets invested in equity and debt. It pays a lump sum
amount after the specified duration or on the death of the policyholder, whichever is earlier.
3. Unit-Linked Insurance Plan (ULIP): Here part of the premium is spent on the life cover, while the remaining
amount is invested in equity and debt. It helps develop a regular saving habit.
4. Money Back Life Insurance: While the policyholder is alive, periodic payments of the partial survival benefits
are made during the policy tenure. On the death of the insured, the insurance company pays the full sum
assured along with survival benefits.
5. Whole Life Insurance: It offers the dual benefit of insurance and investment. It offers insurance cover for the
whole life of the person or up to 100 years whichever is earlier.
General Insurance
General Insurance deals with all insurance covering assets like animals, agricultural crops, goods, factories, cars
and so on.
General Insurance Products:
1. Motor Insurance: This can be divided into Four Wheeler Insurance and Two Wheeler Insurance.
2. Health Insurance: The main types of health insurance are individual health insurance, family floater health
insurance, comprehensive health insurance and critical illness insurance.
3. Travel Insurance: This can be categorised into Individual Travel Policy, Family Travel Policy, Student Travel
Insurance and Senior Citizen Health Insurance.
283
4. Home Insurance: This protects the house and its contents from risk.
5. Marine Insurance: This insurance covers goods, freight, cargo etc. against loss or damage during transit by
rail, road, sea and/or air.
Taxes
There are two types of taxes:
1. Direct Taxes
2. Indirect Taxes.
Direct Tax
Direct taxes are levied directly on an entity or a person and are non-transferrable. Some examples of Direct Taxes
are:
• Income Tax: This tax is levied on your earning in a financial year. It is applicable to both, individuals and
companies.
• Capital Gains Tax: This tax is payable whenever you receive a sizable amount of money. It is usually of two
types – short term capital gains from investments held for less than 36 months and long term capital gains
from investments held for longer than 36 months.
• Securities Transaction Tax: This tax is added to the price of a share. It is levied every time you buy or sell
shares.
• Perquisite Tax: This tax is levied is on perks that have been acquired by a company or used by an employee.
• Corporate Tax: Corporate tax is paid by companies from the revenue they earn.
Indirect Tax
Indirect taxes are levied on goods or services. Some examples of Indirect Taxes are:
• Sales Tax: Sales Tax is levied on the sale of a product.
• Service Tax: Service Tax is added to services provided in India.
• Value Added Tax: Value Added Tax is levied at the discretion of the state government. The tax is levied on
goods sold in the state. The tax amount is decided by the state.
• Customs Duty & Octroi: Customs Duty is a charge that is applied on purchases that are imported from
another country. Octroi is levied on goods that cross state borders within India.
• Excise Duty: Excise Duty is levied on all goods manufactured or produced in India.
9.3.4.1 Tips
• Think about how quickly you need your money back and pick an investment option accordingly.
• Ensure that you are buying the right type of insurance policy for yourself.
• Remember, not paying taxes can result in penalties ranging from fines to imprisonment.
284
9.3.5 Online Banking, NEFT, RTGS etc

What is Online Banking
Internet or online banking allows account holders to access their account from a laptop at any location. In this
way, instructions can be issued. To access an account, account holders simply need to use their unique customer
ID number and password.
Internet banking can be used to:
• Find out an account balance
• Transfer amounts from one account to another
• Arrange for the issuance of cheques
• Instruct payments to be made
• Request for a cheque book
• Request for a statement of accounts
• Make a fixed deposit
Electronic Funds Transfers
Electronic funds transfer is a convenient way of transferring money from the comfort of one’s own home, using
integrated banking tools like internet and mobile banking.
Transferring funds via an electronic gateway is extremely convenient. With the help of online banking, you can
choose to:
• Transfer funds into your own accounts of the same bank.
• Transfer funds into different accounts of the same bank.
• Transfer funds into accounts in different banks, using NEFT.
• Transfer funds into other bank accounts using RTGS.
• Transfer funds into various accounts using IMPS.
NEFT
NEFT stands for National Electronic Funds Transfer. This money transfer system allows you to electronically
transfer funds from your respective bank accounts to any other account, either in the same bank or belonging
to any other bank. NEFT can be used by individuals, firms and corporate organizations to transfer funds between
accounts.
In order to transfer funds via NEFT, two things are required:
• A transferring bank
• A destination bank
Before you can transfer funds through NEFT, you will need to register the beneficiary who will be receiving the
funds. In order to complete this registration, you will require the following
• Recipient’s name
• Recipient’s account number
• Recipient’s bank’s name
• Recipient’s bank’s IFSC code
285
RTGS
RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement. This is a real time funds transfer system which enables you to
transfer funds from one bank to another, in real time or on a gross basis. The transferred amount is immediately
deducted from the account of one bank, and instantly credited to the other bank’s account. The RTGS payment
gateway is maintained by the Reserve Bank of India. The transactions between banks are made electronically.
RTGS can be used by individuals, companies and firms to transfer large sums of money. Before remitting funds
through RTGS, you will need to add the beneficiary and his bank account details via your online banking account.
In order to complete this registration, you will require the following information:
• Name of the beneficiary
• Beneficiary’s account number
• Beneficiary’s bank address
• Bank’s IFSC code
IMPS
IMPS stands for Immediate Payment Service. This is a real-time, inter-bank, electronic funds transfer system used
to transfer money instantly within banks across India. IMPS enables users to make instant electronic transfer
payments using mobile phones through both, Mobile Banking and SMS. It can also be used through ATMs and
online banking. IMPS is available 24 hours a day and 7 days a week. The system features a secure transfer gateway
and immediately confirms orders that have been fulfilled.
To transfer money through IMPS, the you need to:
• Register for IMPS with your bank
• Receive a Mobile Money Identifier (MMID) from the bank
• Receive a MPIN from the bank
Once you have both these, you can login or make a request through SMS to transfer a particular amount to a
beneficiary.
For the beneficiary to receive the transferred money, he must:
• Link his mobile number with his respective account
• Receive the MMID from the bank
In order to initiate a money transfer through IMPS, you will need to enter the following information:
• The beneficiary’s mobile number
• The beneficiary’s MMID
• The transfer amount
• Your MPIN
As soon as money has been deducted from your account and credited into the beneficiary’s account, you will be
sent a confirmation SMS with a transaction reference number, for future reference.
286
9.3.5.1 Differences Between NEFT, RTGS & IMPS
Fig.9.3.1: Differences Between NEFT, RTGS & IMPS
9.3.5.2 Tips
• Never click on any links in any e-mail message to access your online banking website.
• You will never be asked for your credit or debit card details while using online banking.
• Change your online banking password regularly.
287
UNIT 9.4: Preparing for Employment & Self Employment
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the steps to prepare for an interview
2. Discuss the steps to create an effective Resume
3. Discuss the most frequently asked interview questions
4. Discuss how to answer the most frequently asked interview questions
5. Discuss basic workplace terminology
9.4.1 Interview Preparation: How to Prepare for an Interview

The success of your getting the job that you want depends largely on how well your interview for that job goes.
Therefore, before you go in for your interview, it is important that you prepare for it with a fair amount of
research and planning. Take a look at the steps to follow in order to be well prepared for an interview:
1. Research the organization that you are having the interview with.
• Studying the company beforehand will help you be more prepared at the time of the interview. Your knowledge
of the organization will help you answer questions at the time of the interview, and will leave you looking
and feeling more confident. This is sure to make you stand out from other, not as well informed, candidates.
• Look for background information on the company. Ty and find an overview of the company and its industry
profile.
• Visit the company website to get a good idea of what the company does. A company website offers a wealth
of important information. Read and understand the company’s mission statement. Pay attention to the
company’s products/services and client list. Read through any press releases to get an idea of the company’s
projected growth and stability.
• Note down any questions that you have after your research has been completed.
2. Think about whether your skills and qualifications match the job requirements.
• Carefully read through and analyze the job description.
• Make a note of the knowledge, skills and abilities required to fulfill the job requirements.
• Take a look at the organization hierarchy. Figure out where the position you are applying for fits into this
hierarchy.
3. Go through the most typical interview questions asked, and prepare your responses.
• Remember, in most interviews a mix of resume-based, behavioral and case study questions are asked.
• Think about the kind of answers you would like to provide to typical questions asked in these three areas.
• Practice these answers until you can express them confidently and clearly.
4. Plan your attire for the interview.
• It is always safest to opt for formal business attire, unless expressly informed to dress in business casual (in
288
which case you should use your best judgement).

• Ensure that your clothes are clean and well-ironed. Pick neutral colours – nothing too bright or flashy.
• The shoes you wear should match your clothes, and should be clean and suitable for an interview.
• Remember, your aim is to leave everyone you meet with the impression that you are a professional and
highly efficient person.
5. Ensure that you have packed everything that you may require during the interview.
• Carry a few copies of your resume. Use a good quality paper for your resume print outs.
• Always take along a notepad and a pen.
• Take along any information you may need to refer to, in order to fill out an application form.
• Carry a few samples of your work, if relevant.
6. Remember the importance of non-verbal communication.
• Practice projecting confidence. Remind yourself to smile and make eye contact. Practice giving a firm
handshake.
• Keep in mind the importance of posture. Practice sitting up straight. Train yourself to stop nervous gestures
like fidgeting and foot-tapping.
• Practice keeping your reactions in check. Remember, your facial expressions provide a good insight into your
true feelings. Practice projecting a positive image.
7. Make a list of questions to end the interview with.
• Most interviews will end with the interviewer(s) asking if you have any questions. This is your chance to show
that you have done your research and are interested in learning more about the company.
• If the interviewer does not ask you this question, you can inform him/her that you have some queries that
you would like to discuss. This is the time for you to refer to the notes you made while studying the company.
• Some good questions to ask at this point are:
»» What do you consider the most important criteria for success in this job?
»» How will my performance be evaluated?
»» What are the opportunities for advancement?
»» What are the next steps in the hiring process?
• Remember, never ask for information that is easily available on the company website.
9.4.1.1 Tips
• Ask insightful and probing questions.
• When communicating, use effective forms of body language like smiling, making eye contact, and actively
listening and nodding. Don’t slouch, play with nearby items, fidget, chew gum, or mumble.
289
9.4.2 Preparing an Effective Resume

A resume is a formal document that lists a candidate’s work experience, education and skills. A good resume
gives a potential employer enough information to believe the applicant is worth interviewing. That’s why it is so
important to create a résumé that is effective. Take a look at the steps to create an effective resume:
Step 1: Write the Address Section
The Address section occupies the top of your resume. It includes information like your name, address, phone
number and e-mail address. Insert a bold line under the section to separate it from rest of your resume.
Example:
Step 2: Add the Profile Summary Section

This part of your resume should list your overall experiences, achievements, awards, certifications and strengths.
You can make your summary as short as 2-3 bullet points or as long as 8-10 bullet points.
Example:
Step 3: Include Your Educational Qualifications

When listing your academic records, first list your highest degree. Then add the second highest qualification
under the highest one and so on. To provide a clear and accurate picture of your educational background, it is
critical that include information on your position, rank, percentage or CPI for every degree or certification that
you have listed.
If you have done any certifications and trainings, you can add a Trainings & Certifications section under your
Educational Qualifications section.
Example:
290
Step 4: List Your Technical Skills

When listing your technical skills, start with the skills that you are most confident about. Then add the skills
that you do not have as good a command over. It is perfectly acceptable to include just one skill, if you feel that
particular skill adds tremendous value to your résumé. If you do not have any technical skills, you can omit this
step.
Example:
Step 5: Insert Your Academic Project Experience

List down all the important projects that you have worked on. Include the following information in this section:
Example:
Step 6: List Your Strengths

This is where you list all your major strengths. This section should be in the form of a bulleted list.
Example:
Step 7: List Your Extracurricular Activities

It is very important to show that you have diverse interests and that your life consists of more than academics.
Including your extracurricular activities can give you an added edge over other candidates who have similar
academic scores and project experiences. This section should be in the form of a bulleted list.
Example:
291
Step 8: Write Your Personal Details

The last section of your résumé must include the following personal information:
• Date of birth
• Gender & marital status
• Nationality
• Languages known
Example:
9.4.2.2 Tips
• Keep your resume file name short, simple and informational.
• Make sure the resume is neat and free from typing errors.
• Always create your resume on plain white paper.
9.4.3 Interview FAQs

Take a look at some of the most frequently asked interview questions, and some helpful tips on how to answer
them.
1. Can you tell me a little about yourself?
Tips to answer:
• Don’t provide your full employment or personal history.
• Offer 2-3 specific experiences that you feel are most valuable and relevant.
• Conclude with how those experiences have made you perfect for this specific role.
292
2. How did you hear about the position?

Tips to answer:
• Tell the interviewer how you heard about the job – whether it was through a friend (name the friend), event
or article (name them) or a job portal (say which one).
• Explain what excites you about the position and what in particular caught your eye about this role.
3. What do you know about the company?
Tips to answer:
• Don’t recite the company’s About Us page.
• Show that you understand and care about the company’s goals.
• Explain why you believe in the company’s mission and values.
4. Why do you want this job?
Tips to answer:
Show that you are passionate about the job.
Identify why the role is a great fit for you.
Explain why you love the company.
5. Why should we hire you?
• Tips to answer:
• Prove through your words that you can not only do the work, but can definitely deliver excellent results.
• Explain why you would be a great fit with the team and work culture.
• Explain why you should be chosen over any other candidate.
6. What are your greatest professional strengths?
Tips to answer:
• Be honest – share some of your real strengths, rather than give answers that you think sound good.
• Offer examples of specific strengths that are relevant to the position you are applying for.
• Provide examples of how you’ve demonstrated these strengths.
7. What do you consider to be your weaknesses?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to gauge your self-awareness and honesty.
• Give an example of a trait that you struggle with, but that you’re working on to improve.
8. What are your salary requirements?
Tips to answer:
• Do your research beforehand and find out the typical salary range for the job you are applying for.
• Figure out where you lie on the pay scale based on your experience, education, and skills.
• Be flexible. Tell the interviewer that you know your skills are valuable, but that you want the job and are
willing to negotiate.
293
9. What do you like to do outside of work?

Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you will fit in with the company culture.
• Be honest – open up and share activities and hobbies that interest and excite you.
10. If you were an animal, which one would you want to be?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you are able to think on your feet.
• There’s no wrong answer – but to make a great impression try to bring out your strengths or personality traits
through your answer.
11. What do you think we could do better or differently?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you have done your research on the company, and to test whether
you can think critically and come up with new ideas.
• Suggest new ideas. Show how your interests and expertise would help you execute these ideas.
12. Do you have any questions for us?
Tips to answer:
• Do not ask questions to which the answers can be easily found on the company website or through a quick
online search.
• Ask intelligent questions that show your ability to think critically.
9.4.3.1 Tips
• Be honest and confident while answering.
• Use examples of your past experiences wherever possible to make your answers more impactful.
9.4.4 Work Readiness – Terms & Terminologies

Every employee should be well versed in the following terms:
• Annual leave: Paid vacation leave given by employers to employees.
• Background Check: A method used by employers to verify the accuracy of the information provided by
potential candidates.
• Benefits: A part of an employee’s compensation package.
• Breaks: Short periods of rest taken by employees during working hours.
• Compensation Package: The combination of salary and benefits that an employer provides to his/her
employees.
• Compensatory Time (Comp Time): Time off in lieu of pay.
294
• Contract Employee: An employee who works for one organization that sells said employee’s services to
another company, either on a project or time basis.
• Contract of Employment: When an employee is offered work in exchange for wages or salary, and accepts
the offer made by the employer, a contract of employment exists.
• Corporate Culture: The beliefs and values shared by all the members of a company, and imparted from one
generation of employees to another.
• Counter Offer/Counter Proposal: A negotiation technique used by potential candidates to increase the
amount of salary offered by a company.
• Cover Letter: A letter that accompanies a candidate’s resume. It emphasizes the important points in the
candidate’s resume and provides real examples that prove the candidate’s ability to perform the expected
job role.
• Curriculum Vitae (CV)/Resume: A summary of a candidate’s achievements, educational background, work
experience, skills and strengths.
• Declining Letter: A letter sent by an employee to an employer, turning down the job offer made by the
employer to the employee.
• Deductions: Amounts subtracted from an employee’s pay and listed on the employee’s pay slip.
• Discrimination: The act of treating one person not as favourably as another person.
• Employee: A person who works for another person in exchange for payment.
• Employee Training: A workshop or in-house training that an employee is asked to attend by his or her
superior, for the benefit of the employer.
• Employment Gaps: Periods of unemployed time between jobs.
• Fixed-Term Contract: A contract of employment which gets terminated on an agreed-upon date.
• Follow-Up: The act of contacting a potential employer after a candidate has submitted his or her resume.
• Freelancer/Consultant/Independent Contractor: A person who works for him or herself and pitches for
temporary jobs and projects with different employers.
• Holiday: Paid time-off from work.
• Hourly Rate: The amount of salary or wages paid for 60 minutes of work.
• Internship: A job opportunity offered by an employer to a potential employee, called an intern, to work at
the employer’s company for a fixed, limited time period.
• Interview: A conversation between a potential employee and a representative of an employer, in order to
determine if the potential employee should be hired.
• Job Application: A form which asks for a candidate’s information like the candidate’s name, address, contact
details and work experience. The purpose of a candidate submitting a job application, is to show that
candidate’s interest in working for a particular company.
• Job Offer: An offer of employment made by an employer to a potential employee.
• Job Search Agent: A program that enables candidates to search for employment opportunities by selecting
criteria listed in the program, for job vacancies.
• Lay Off: A lay off occurs when an employee is temporarily let go from his or her job, due to the employer not
having any work for that employee.
• Leave: Formal permission given to an employee, by his or her employer, to take a leave of absence from work.
295
• Letter of Acceptance: A letter given by an employer to an employee, confirming the offer of employment
made by the employer, as well as the conditions of the offer.
• Letter of Agreement: A letter that outlines the terms of employment.
• Letter of Recommendation: A letter written for the purpose of validating the work skills of a person.
• Maternity Leave: Leave taken from work by women who are pregnant, or who have just given birth.
• Mentor: A person who is employed at a higher level than you, who offers you advice and guides you in your
career.
• Minimum wage: The minimum wage amount paid on an hourly basis.
• Notice: An announcement made by an employee or an employer, stating that the employment contract will
end on a particular date.
• Offer of Employment: An offer made by an employer to a prospective employee that contains important
information pertaining to the job being offered, like the starting date, salary, working conditions etc.
• Open-Ended Contract: A contract of employment that continues till the employer or employee terminates it.
• Overqualified: A person who is not suited for a particular job because he or she has too many years of
work experience, or a level of education that is much higher than required for the job, or is currently or was
previously too highly paid.
• Part-Time Worker: An employee who works for fewer hours than the standard number of hours normally
worked.
• Paternity Leave: Leave granted to a man who has recently become a father.
• Recruiters/Headhunters/Executive Search Firms: Professionals who are paid by employers to search for
people to fill particular positions.
• Resigning/Resignations: When an employee formally informs his or her employer that he or she is quitting
his or her job.
• Self-Employed: A person who has his or her own business and does not work in the capacity of an employee.
• Time Sheet: A form that is submitted to an employer, by an employee, that contains the number of hours
worked every day by the employee.
296
UNIT 9.5: Understanding Entrepreneurship
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the concept of entrepreneurship
2. Discuss the importance of entrepreneurship
3. Describe the characteristics of an entrepreneur
4. Describe the different types of enterprises
5. List the qualities of an effective leader
6. Discuss the benefits of effective leadership
7. List the traits of an effective team
8. Discuss the importance of listening effectively
9. Discuss how to listen effectively
10. Discuss the importance of speaking effectively
11. Discuss how to speak effectively
12. Discuss how to solve problems
13. List important problem solving traits
14. Discuss ways to assess problem solving skills
15. Discuss the importance of negotiation
16. Discuss how to negotiate
17. Discuss how to identify new business opportunities
18. Discuss how to identify business opportunities within your business
19. Understand the meaning of entrepreneur
20. Describe the different types of entrepreneurs
21. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs
22. Recall entrepreneur success stories
23. Discuss the entrepreneurial process
24. Describe the entrepreneurship ecosystem
25. Discuss the government’s role in the entrepreneurship ecosystem
26. Discuss the current entrepreneurship ecosystem in India
27. Understand the purpose of the Make in India campaign
28. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and risk appetite
29. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and resilience
30. Describe the characteristics of a resilient entrepreneur
31. Discuss how to deal with failure
297
9.5.1 Concept Introduction

Anyone who is determined to start a business, no matter what the risk, is an entrepreneur. Entrepreneurs run
their own start-up, take responsibility for the financial risks and use creativity, innovation and vast reserves of
self-motivation to achieve success. They dream big and are determined to do whatever it takes to turn their
idea into a viable offering. The aim of an entrepreneur is to create an enterprise. The process of creating this
enterprise is known as entrepreneurship.
9.5.1.1 Importance of Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship is very important for the following reasons:
1. It results in the creation of new organizations
2. It brings creativity into the marketplace
3. It leads to improved standards of living
4. It helps develop the economy of a country
9.5.1.2 Characteristics of Entrepreneurs

All successful entrepreneurs have certain characteristics in common.
They are all:
• Extremely passionate about their work
• Confident in themselves
• Disciplined and dedicated
• Motivated and driven
• Highly creative
• Visionaries
• Open-minded
• Decisive
Entrepreneurs also have a tendency to:
• Have a high risk tolerance
• Thoroughly plan everything
• Manage their money wisely
• Make their customers their priority
• Understand their offering and their market in detail
• Ask for advice from experts when required
• Know when to cut their losses
298
9.5.1.3 Examples of Famous Entrepreneurs

Some famous entrepreneurs are:
• Bill Gates (Founder of Microsoft)
• Steve Jobs (Co-founder of Apple)
• Mark Zuckerberg (Founder of Facebook)
• Pierre Omidyar (Founder of eBay)
9.5.1.4 Types of Enterprises

As an entrepreneur in India, you can own and run any of the following types of enterprises:
Sole Proprietorship
In a sole proprietorship, a single individual owns, manages and controls the enterprise. This type of business is
the easiest to form with respect to legal formalities. The business and the owner have no separate legal existence.
All profit belongs to the proprietor, as do all the losses- the liability of the entrepreneur is unlimited.
Partnership
A partnership firm is formed by two or more people. The owners of the enterprise are called partners. A
partnership deed must be signed by all the partners. The firm and its partners have no separate legal existence.
The profits are shared by the partners. With respect to losses, the liability of the partners is unlimited. A firm has
a limited life span and must be dissolved when any one of the partners dies, retires, claims bankruptcy or goes
insane.
Limited Liability Partnership (LLP)
In a Limited Liability Partnership or LLP, the partners of the firm enjoy perpetual existence as well as the advantage
of limited liability. Each partner’s liability is limited to their agreed contribution to the LLP. The partnership and
its partners have a separate legal existence.
9.5.1.5 Tips
• Learn from others’ failures.
• Be certain that this is what you want.
• Search for a problem to solve, rather than look for a problem to attach to your idea.
9.5.2 Leadership & Teamwork: Leadership and Leaders

Leadership means setting an example for others to follow. Setting a good example means t asking someone to do
something that you wouldn’t willingly want to do yourself. Leadership is about figuring out what to do in order to
win as a team, and as a company.
Leaders believe in doing the right things. They also believe in helping others to do the right things. An effective
leader is someone who:
• Creates an inspiring vision of the future.
• Motivates and inspires his team to pursue that vision.
299
9.5.2.1 Leadership Qualities That All Entrepreneurs Need

Building a successful enterprise is only possible if the entrepreneur in charge possesses excellent leadership
qualities. Some critical leadership skills that every entrepreneur must have are:
1. Pragmatism: This means having the ability to highlight all obstacles and challenges, in order to resolve issues
and reduce risks.
2. Humility: This means admitting to mistakes often and early, and being quick to take responsibility for your
actions. Mistakes should be viewed as challenges to overcome, not opportunities to point blame.
3. Flexibility: It is critical for a good leader to be very flexible and quickly adapt to change. It is equally critical to
know when to adapt and when not to.
4. Authenticity: This means showing both, your strengths and your weaknesses. It means being human and
showing others that you are human.
5. Reinvention: This means refreshing or changing your leadership style when necessary. To do this, it’s
important to learn where your leadership gaps lie and find out what resources are required to close them.
6. Awareness: This means taking the time to recognize how others view you. It means understanding how your
presence affects those around you.
9.5.2.2 Benefits of Effective Leadership

Effective leadership results in numerous benefits. Great leadership leads to the leader successfully:
• Gaining the loyalty and commitment of the team members
• Motivating the team to work towards achieving the company’s goals and objectives
• Building morale and instilling confidence in the team members
• Fostering mutual understanding and team-spirit among team members
• Convincing team members about the need to change when a situation requires adaptability
9.5.2.3 Teamwork and Teams

Teamwork occurs when the people in a workplace combine their individual skills to pursue a common goal.
Effective teams are made up of individuals who work together to achieve this common goal. A great team is one
who holds themselves accountable for the end result.
9.5.2.4 Importance of Teamwork in Entrepreneurial Success

For an entrepreneurial leader, building an effective team is critical to the success of a venture. An entrepreneur
must ensure that the team he builds possesses certain crucial qualities, traits and characteristics. An effective
team is one which has:
1. Unity of purpose: All the team members should clearly understand and be equally committed to the purpose,
vision and goals of the team.
2. Great communication skills: Team members should have the ability to express their concerns, ask questions
and use diagrams, and charts to convey complex information.
300
3. The ability to collaborate: Every member should feel entitled to provide regular feedback on new ideas.
4. Initiative: The team should consist of proactive individuals. The members should have the enthusiasm to
come up with new ideas, improve existing ideas, and conduct their own research.
5. Visionary members: The team should have the ability to anticipate problems and act on these potential
problem before they turn into real problems.
6. Great adaptability skills: The team must believe that change is a positive force. Change should be seen as the
chance to improve and try new things.
7. Excellent organizational skills: The team should have the ability to develop standard work processes, balance
responsibilities, properly plan projects, and set in place methods to measure progress and ROI.
9.5.2.5 Tips
• Don’t get too attached to your original idea. Allow it to evolve and change.
• Be aware of your weaknesses and build a team that will complement your shortfalls.
• Hiring the right people is not enough. You need to promote or incentivize your most talented people to keep
them motivated.
• Earn your team’s respect
9.5.3 Communication Skills

Listening is the ability to correctly receive and understand messages during the process of communication.
Listening is critical for effective communication. Without effective listening skills, messages can easily be
misunderstood. This results in a communication breakdown and can lead to the sender and the receiver of the
message becoming frustrated or irritated.
It’s very important to note that listening is not the same as hearing. Hearing just refers to sounds that you hear.
Listening is a whole lot more than that. To listen, one requires focus. It means not only paying attention to the
story, but also focusing on how the story is relayed, the way language and voice is used, and even how the speaker
uses their body language. The ability to listen depends on how effectively one can perceive and understand both,
verbal and non-verbal cues.
9.5.3.1 How to Listen Effectively

To listen effectively you should:
• Stop talking
• Stop interrupting
• Focus completely on what is being said
• Nod and use encouraging words and gestures
• Be open-minded
• Think about the speaker’s perspective
301
• Be very, very patient

• Pay attention to the tone that is being used
• Pay attention to the speaker’s gestures, facial expressions and eye movements
• Not try and rush the person
• Not let the speaker’s mannerisms or habits irritate or distract you
9.5.3.2 How to Listen Effectively

How successfully a message gets conveyed depends entirely on how effectively you are able to get it through.
An effective speaker is one who enunciates properly, pronounces words correctly, chooses the right words
and speaks at a pace that is easily understandable. Besides this, the words spoken out loud need to match the
gestures, tone and body language used.
What you say, and the tone in which you say it, results in numerous perceptions being formed. A person who
speaks hesitantly may be perceived as having low self-esteem or lacking in knowledge of the discussed topic. Those
with a quiet voice may very well be labelled as shy. And those who speak in commanding tones with high levels of
clarity, are usually considered to be extremely confident. This makes speaking a very critical communication skill.
9.5.3.3 How to Speak Effectively

To speak effectively you should:
• Incorporate body language in your speech like eye contact, smiling, nodding, gesturing etc.
• Build a draft of your speech before actually making your speech.
• Ensure that all your emotions and feelings are under control.
• Pronounce your words distinctly with the correct pitch and intensity. Your speech should be crystal clear at
all times.
• Use a pleasant and natural tone when speaking. Your audience should not feel like you are putting on an
accent or being unnatural in any way.
• Use precise and specific words to drive your message home. Ambiguity should be avoided at all costs.
• Ensure that your speech has a logical flow.
• Be brief. Don’t add any unnecessary information.
• Make a conscious effort to avoid irritating mannerisms like fidgeting, twitching etc.
• Choose your words carefully and use simple words that the majority of the audience will have no difficulty
understanding.
• Use visual aids like slides or a whiteboard.
• Speak slowly so that your audience can easily understand what you’re saying. However, be careful not to
speak too slowly because this can come across as stiff, unprepared or even condescending.
• Remember to pause at the right moments.
302
9.5.3.4 Tips
• If you’re finding it difficult to focus on what someone is saying, try repeating their words in your head.
• Always maintain eye contact with the person that you are communicating with, when speaking as well as
listening. This conveys and also encourages interest in the conversation.
9.5.4 Problem Solving & Negotiation skills

As per The Concise Oxford Dictionary (1995), a problem is, “A doubtful or difficult matter requiring a solution”
All problems contain two elements:
1. Goals
2. Obstacles
The aim of problem solving is to recognize the obstacles and remove them in order to achieve the goals.
9.5.4.1 How to Solve Problems

Solving a problem requires a level of rational thinking. Here are some logical steps to follow when faced with an
issue:
• Step 1: Identify the problem
• Step 2: Study the problem in detail
• Step 3: List all possible solutions
• Step 4: Select the best solution
• Step 5: Implement the chosen solution
• Step 6: Check that the problem has really been solved
9.5.4.2 Important Traits for Problem Solving

Highly developed problem solving skills are critical for both, business owners and their employees. The following
personality traits play a big role in how effectively problems are solved:
• Being open minded
• Asking the right questions
• Being proactive
• Not panicking
• Having a positive attitude
• Focusing on the right problem
303
9.5.4.3 Important Traits for Problem Solving

As an entrepreneur, it would be a good idea to assess the level of problem solving skills of potential candidates
before hiring them. Some ways to assess this skill are through:
• Application forms: Ask for proof of the candidate’s problem solving skills in the application form.
• Psychometric tests: Give potential candidates logical reasoning and critical thinking tests and see how they
fare.
• Interviews: Create hypothetical problematic situations or raise ethical questions and see how the candidates
respond.
• Technical questions: Give candidates examples of real life problems and evaluate their thought process.
9.5.4.4 What is Negotiation?

Negotiation is a method used to settle differences. The aim of negotiation is to resolve differences through a
compromise or agreement while avoiding disputes. Without negotiation, conflicts are likely to lead to resentment
between people. Good negotiation skills help satisfy both parties and go a long way towards developing strong
relationships.
Why Negotiate
Starting a business requires many, many negotiations. Some negotiations are small while others are critical enough
to make or break a startup. Negotiation also plays a big role inside the workplace. As an entrepreneur, you need
to know not only know how to negotiate yourself, but also how to train employees in the art of negotiation.
How to Negotiate
Take a look at some steps to help you negotiate:
Step 1: Pre-Negotiation Preparation: Agree on where to meet to discuss the problem, decide who all will be
present and set a time limit for the discussion.
Step 2: Discuss the Problem: This involves asking questions, listening to the other side, putting your views
forward and clarifying doubts.
Step 3: Clarify the Objective: Ensure that both parties want to solve the same problem and reach the same goal.
Step 4: Aim for a Win-Win Outcome: Try your best to be open minded when negotiating. Compromise and offer
alternate solutions to reach an outcome where both parties win.
Step 5: Clearly Define the Agreement: When an agreement has been reached, the details of the agreement
should be crystal clear to both sides, with no scope for misunderstandings.
Step 6: Implement the Agreed Upon Solution: Agree on a course of action to set the solution in motion.
9.5.4.5 Tips
• Know exactly what you want before you work towards getting it
• Give more importance to listening and thinking, than speaking
• Focus on building a relationship rather than winning
304
• Remember that your people skills will affect the outcome

• Know when to walk away – sometimes reaching an agreement may not be possible
9.5.5 Business Opportunities Identification

“The entrepreneur always searches for change, responds to it and exploits it as an opportunity.”
Peter Drucker
The ability to identify business opportunities is an essential characteristic of an entrepreneur.
What is an Opportunity?
The word opportunity suggests a good chance or a favourable situation to do something offered by circumstances.
A business opportunity means a good or favourable change available to run a specific business in a given
environment, at a given point of time.
Common Questions Faced by Entrepreneurs
A critical question that all entrepreneurs face is how to go about finding the business opportunity that is right for
them.
Some common questions that entrepreneurs constantly think about are:
• Should the new enterprise introduce a new product or service based on an unmet need?
• Should the new enterprise select an existing product or service from one market and offer it in another
where it may not be available?
• Should the enterprise be based on a tried and tested formula that has worked elsewhere?
It is therefore extremely important that entrepreneurs must learn how to identify new and existing business
opportunities and evaluate their chances of success.
When is an Idea an Opportunity?
An idea is an opportunity when:
• It creates or adds value to a customer
• It solves a significant problem, removes a pain point or meets a demand
• Has a robust market and profit margin
• Is a good fit with the founder and management team at the right time and place
Factors to Consider When Looking for Opportunities
• Consider the following when looking for business opportunities:
• Economic trends Changes in funding
• Changing relationships between vendors, partners and suppliers
• Market trends
• Changes in political support
• Shift in target audience
305
Ways to Identify New Business Opportunities

• Identify Market Inefficiencies: When looking at a market, consider what inefficiencies are present in the
market. Think about ways to correct these inefficiencies.
• Remove Key Hassles: Rather than create a new product or service, you can innovatively improve a product,
service or process.
• Create Something New: Think about how you can create a new experience for customers, based on existing
business models.
• Pick a Growing Sector/Industry: Research and find out which sectors or industries are growing and think
about what opportunities you can tap in the same.
• Think About Product Differentiation: If you already have a product in mind, think about ways to set it apart
from the existing ones.
Ways to Identify Business Opportunities Within Your Business
SWOT Analysis: An excellent way to identify opportunities inside your business is by creating a SWOT analysis.
The acronym SWOT stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. SWOT analysis framework:
Fig.9.5.1: SWOT Analysis
Consider the following when looking for business opportunities:

By looking at yourself and your competitors using the SWOT framework, you can uncover opportunities that you
can exploit, as well as manage and eliminate threats that could derail your success.
Establishing Your USP
Establish your USP and position yourself as different from your competitors. Identify why customers should buy
from you and promote that reason.
306
Opportunity Analysis
Once you have identified an opportunity, you need to analyze it. To analyze an opportunity, you must:
• Focus on the idea
• Focus on the market of the idea
• Talk to industry leaders in the same space as the idea
• Talk to players in the same space as the idea
9.5.5.1 Tips
• Remember, opportunities are situational.
• Look for a proven track record.
• Avoid the latest craze.
• Love your idea.
9.5.6 Entrepreneurship Support Eco-System

An entrepreneur is a person who:
• Does not work for an employee
• Runs a small enterprise
• Assumes all the risks and rewards of the enterprise, idea, good or service
Types of Entrepreneurs
There are four main types of entrepreneurs:
1. The Traditional Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur usually has some kind of skill – they can be a carpenter,
mechanic, cook etc. They have businesses that have been around for numerous years like restaurants, shops
and carpenters. Typically, they gain plenty of experience in a particular industry before they begin their own
business in a similar field.
2. The Growth Potential Entrepreneur: The desire of this type of entrepreneur is to start an enterprise that will
grow, win many customers and make lots of money. Their ultimate aim is to eventually sell their enterprise
for a nice profit. Such entrepreneurs usually have a science or technical background.
3. The Project-Oriented Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur generally has a background in the Arts or
psychology. Their enterprises tend to be focus on something that they are very passionate about.
4. The Lifestyle Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur has usually worked as a teacher or a secretary. They
are more interested in selling something that people will enjoy, rather than making lots of money.
Characteristics of an Entrepreneur
Successful entrepreneurs have the following characteristics:
• They are highly motivated
307
• They are creative and persuasive

• They are mentally prepared to handle each and every task
• They have excellent business skills – they know how to evaluate their cash flow, sales and revenue
• They are willing to take great risks
• They are very proactive – this means they are willing to do the work themselves, rather than wait for someone
else to do it
• They have a vision – they are able to see the big picture
• They are flexible and open-minded
• They are good at making decisions
9.5.6.1 Entrepreneur Success Stories

Dhiru Bhai Ambani
Dhirubhai Ambani began his entrepreneurial career by selling “bhajias” to pilgrims in Mount Girnar on weekends.
At 16, he moved to Yemen where he worked as a gas-station attendant, and as a clerk in an oil company. He
returned to India with Rs. 50,000 and started a textile trading company. Reliance went on to become the first
Indian company to raise money in global markets and the first Indian company to feature in Forbes 500 list.
Dr. Karsanbhai Patel
Karsanbhai Patel made detergent powder in the backyard of his house. He sold his product door-to-door and
offered a money back guarantee with every pack that was sold. He charged Rs. 3 per kg when the cheapest
detergent at that time was Rs.13 per kg. Dr. Patel eventually started Nirma which became a whole new segment
in the Indian domestic detergent market.
9.5.6.2 The Entrepreneurial Process

Let’s take a look at the stages of the entrepreneurial process.
• Stage 1: Idea Generation. The entrepreneurial process begins with an idea that has been thought of by the
entrepreneur. The idea is a problem that has the potential to be solved.
• Stage 2: Germination or Recognition. In this stage a possible solution to the identified problem is thought of.
• Stage 3: Preparation or Rationalization. The problem is studied further and research is done to find out how
others have tried to solve the same problem.
• Stage 4: Incubation or Fantasizing. This stage involves creative thinking for the purpose of coming up with
more ideas. Less thought is given to the problem areas.
• Stage 5: Feasibility Study: The next step is the creation of a feasibility study to determine if the idea will make
a profit and if it should be seen through.
• Stage 6: Illumination or Realization. This is when all uncertain areas suddenly become clear. The entrepreneur
feels confident that his idea has merit.
• Stage 7: Verification or Validation. In this final stage, the idea is verified to see if it works and if it is useful.
Take a look at the diagram below to get a better idea of this process.
308
Fig.9.5.2: Stages of the entrepreneurial process
9.5.6.3 What is an Entrepreneur?

The entrepreneurship support ecosystem signifies the collective and complete nature of entrepreneurship. New
companies emerge and flourish not only because of the courageous, visionary entrepreneurs who launch them,
but they thrive as they are set in an environment or ‘ecosystem’ made of private and public participants. These
players nurture and sustain the new ventures, facilitating the entrepreneurs’ efforts.
An entrepreneurship ecosystem comprises of the following six domains:
1. Favourable Culture: This includes elements such as tolerance of risk and errors, valuable networking and
positive social standing of the entrepreneur.
2. Facilitating Policies & Leadership: This includes regulatory framework incentives and existence of public
research institutes.
3. Financing Options: Angel financing, venture capitalists and micro loans would be good examples of this.
4. Human Capital: This refers to trained and untrained labour, entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship training
programmes, etc.
5. Conducive Markets for Products & Services: This refers to an existence or scope of existence of a market for
the product/service.
6. Institutional & Infrastructural Support: This includes legal and financing advisers, telecommunications,
digital and transportation infrastructure, and entrepreneurship networking programmes.
These domains indicate whether there is a strong entrepreneurship support ecosystem and what actions should
the government put in place to further encourage this ecosystem. The six domains and their various elements
have been graphically depicted.
309
Every entrepreneurship support ecosystem is unique and all the elements of the ecosystem are interdependent.
Although every region’s entrepreneurship ecosystem can be broadly described by the above features, each
ecosystem is the result of the hundred elements interacting in highly complex and particular ways.
Entrepreneurship ecosystems eventually become (largely) self-sustaining. When the six domains are resilient
enough, they are mutually beneficial. At this point, government involvement can and should be significantly
minimized. Public leaders do not need to invest a lot to sustain the ecosystem. It is imperative that the
entrepreneurship ecosystem incentives are formulated to be self-liquidating, hence focusing on sustainability of
the environment.
9.5.6.4 Government’s Role in the Entrepreneurship Ecosystem

Encouraging new ventures is a major focus for policymakers. Governments across the world are recognizing that
new businesses flourish in distinctive types of supportive environments. Policymakers should study the scenario
and take into account the following points whilst they formulate policies and regulations that enable successful
entrepreneurship support ecosystems.
• Policymakers should avoid regulations that discourage new entrants and work towards building efficient
methods for business startups. Policies and regulations that favour existing, dominant firms over
entrepreneurial ventures, restrict competition and obstruct entry for new companies.
• Instead of developing policies conceptually intended to correct market failures, policymakers should interact
with entrepreneurs and understand the challenges faced by them. The feedback should be used to develop
policies that incite idea exploration, product development and increased rates of deal flow.
• Entrepreneurial supporters should create a database that enables identifying who the participants in the
ecosystem are and how they are connected. These ecosystem maps are useful tools in developing engagement
strategies.
• Disruptions are unavoidable in economic and social life. However, it’s important to note that economic
disruption gives rise to entrepreneurial opportunities. Architects of the entrepreneurship ecosystems
(entrepreneurs, mentors, policymakers and consumers,) should anticipate these dips, thus capitalizing on
the opportunities they create.
The need for effective strategies to enable local entrepreneurship support ecosystems is a practical one. Better
understanding of the actual ecosystems provides a framework within which policy makers can ask relevant
questions, envisage more efficient approaches, and assess ensuing outcomes.
9.5.6.5 Snapshot of the Entrepreneurship Ecosystem in India

Entrepreneurship has earned a newfound respect in India. Many Indians, with exposure to the world of
business, who traditionally would have opted for a job, are setting up their own ventures. Many elements of
the entrepreneurship ecosystem are beginning to come together. For example, increase in venture capitalists,
government schemes and incubators, academia industry linkages, and emerging clusters and support to rural
economy. All these initiatives are effective but there is a need to scale up and enrich the ecosystem further in the
following ways:
1. We need to review our attitude towards failures and accept them as learning experiences.
2. We must encourage the educated to become entrepreneurs and provide students in schools and colleges
with entrepreneurship skills.
311
3. Universities, research labs and the government need to play the role of enablers in the entrepreneurship
support ecosystem.
4. Policymakers need to focus on reducing the obstacles such as corruption, red tape and bureaucracy.
5. We need to improve our legal systems and court international venture capital firms and bring them to India.
6. We must devise policies and methods to reach the secondary and tertiary towns in India, where people do
not have access to the same resources available in the cities.
Today, there is a huge opportunity in this country to introduce innovative solutions that are capable of scaling up,
and collaborating within the ecosystem as well as enriching it.
9.5.6.6 Make in India Campaign

Every entrepreneur has certain needs. Some of their important needs are:
• To easily get loans
• To easily find investors
• To get tax exemptions
• To easily access resources and good infrastructure
• To enjoy a procedure that is free of hassles and is quick
• To be able to easily partner with other firms
The Make in India campaign, launched by Prime Minister Modi aims to satisfy all these needs of young, aspiring
entrepreneurs. Its objective is to:
• Make investment easy
• Support new ideas
• Enhance skill development
• Safeguard the ideas of entrepreneurs
• Create state-of-the-art facilities for manufacturing goods
9.5.6.7 Tips
• Research the existing market, network with other entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, angel investors, and
thoroughly review the policies in place to enable your entrepreneurship.
• Failure is a stepping stone and not the end of the road. Review yours and your peers’ errors and correct them
in your future venture.
• Be proactive in your ecosystem. Identify the key features of your ecosystem and enrich them to ensure self-
sustainability of your entrepreneurship support ecosystem.
312
9.5.7 Risk Appetite & Resilience

Entrepreneurship and Risk
Entrepreneurs are inherently risk takers. They are path-makers not path-takers. Unlike a normal, cautious person,
an entrepreneur would not think twice about quitting his job (his sole income) and taking a risk on himself and
his idea.
An entrepreneur is aware that while pursuing his dreams, assumptions can be proven wrong and unforeseen events
may arise. He knows that after dealing with numerous problems, success is still not guaranteed. Entrepreneurship
is synonymous with the ability to take risks. This ability, called risk-appetite, is an entrepreneurial trait that is
partly genetic and partly acquired.
What is Risk Appetite?
Risk appetite is defined as the extent to which a company is equipped to take risk, in order to achieve its objectives.
Essentially, it refers to the balance, struck by the company, between possible profits and the hazards caused by
changes in the environment (economic ecosystem, policies, etc.). Taking on more risk may lead to higher rewards
but have a high probability of losses as well. However, being too conservative may go against the company as it
can miss out on good opportunities to grow and reach their objectives.
The levels of risk appetite can be broadly categorized as “low”, “medium” and “high.” The company’s entrepreneur(s)
have to evaluate all potential alternatives and select the option most likely to succeed. Companies have varying
levels of risk appetites for different objectives. The levels depend on:
• The type of industry
• Market pressures
• Company objectives
For example, a startup with a revolutionary concept will have a very high risk appetite. The startup can afford
short term failures before it achieves longer term success. This type of appetite will not remain constant and will
be adjusted to account for the present circumstances of the company.
Risk Appetite Statement
Companies have to define and articulate their risk appetite in sync with decisions made about their objectives
and opportunities. The point of having a risk appetite statement is to have a framework that clearly states the
acceptance and management of risk in business. It sets risk taking limits within the company. The risk appetite
statement should convey the following:
• The nature of risks the business faces.
• Which risks the company is comfortable taking on and which risks are unacceptable.
• How much risk to accept in all the risk categories.
• The desired tradeoff between risk and reward.
• Measures of risk and methods of examining and regulating risk exposures.
Entrepreneurship and Resilience
Entrepreneurs are characterized by a set of qualities known as resilience. These qualities play an especially large
role in the early stages of developing an enterprise. Risk resilience is an extremely valuable characteristic as it
is believed to protect entrepreneurs against the threat of challenges and changes in the business environment.
What is Entrepreneurial Resilience?
Resilience is used to describe individuals who have the ability to overcome setbacks related to their life and career
313
aspirations. A resilient person is someone who is capable of easily and quickly recovering from setbacks. For the
entrepreneur, resilience is a critical trait. Entrepreneurial resilience can be enhanced in the following ways:
• By developing a professional network of coaches and mentors
• By accepting that change is a part of life
• By viewing obstacles as something that can be overcome
Characteristics of a Resilient Entrepreneur
The characteristics required to make an entrepreneur resilient enough to go the whole way in their business
enterprise are:
• A strong internal sense of control
• Strong social connections
• Skill to learn from setbacks
• Ability to look at the bigger picture
• Ability to diversify and expand
• Survivor attitude
• Cash-flow conscious habits
• Attention to detail
9.5.7.1 Tips
• Cultivate a great network of clients, suppliers, peers, friends and family. This will not only help you promote
your business, but will also help you learn, identify new opportunities and stay tuned to changes in the
market.
• Don’t dwell on setbacks. Focus on what the you need to do next to get moving again.
• While you should try and curtail expenses, ensure that it is not at the cost of your growth.
9.5.8 Success & Failures

Understanding Successes and Failures in Entrepreneurship
Shyam is a famous entrepreneur, known for his success story. But what most people don’t know, is that Shyam
failed numerous times before his enterprise became a success. Read his interview to get an idea of what
entrepreneurship is really about, straight from an entrepreneur who has both, failed and succeeded.
Interviewer: Shyam, I have heard that entrepreneurs are great risk-takers who are never afraid of failing. Is this
true?
Shyam: Ha ha, no of course it’s not true! Most people believe that entrepreneurs need to be fearlessly enthusiastic.
But the truth is, fear is a very normal and valid human reaction, especially when you are planning to start your
own business! In fact, my biggest fear was the fear of failing. The reality is, entrepreneurs fail as much as they
succeed. The trick is to not allow the fear of failing to stop you from going ahead with your plans. Remember,
failures are lessons for future success!
314
Interviewer: What, according to you, is the reason that entrepreneurs fail?

Shyam: Well, there is no one single reason why entrepreneurs fail. An entrepreneur can fail due to numerous
reasons. You could fail because you have allowed your fear of failure to defeat you. You could fail because you are
unwilling to delegate (distribute) work. As the saying goes, “You can do anything, but not everything!” You could
fail because you gave up too easily – maybe you were not persistent enough. You could fail because you were
focusing your energy on small, insignificant tasks and ignoring the tasks that were most important. Other reasons
for failing are partnering with the wrong people, not being able to sell your product to the right customers at the
right time at the right price… and many more reasons!
Interviewer: As an entrepreneur, how do you feel failure should be looked at?
Shyam: I believe we should all look at failure as an asset, rather than as something negative. The way I see it, if
you have an idea, you should try to make it work, even if there is a chance that you will fail. That’s because not
trying is failure right there, anyway! And failure is not the worst thing that can happen. I think having regrets
because of not trying, and wondering ‘what if’ is far worse than trying and actually failing.
Interviewer: How did you feel when you failed for the first time?
Shyam: I was completely heartbroken! It was a very painful experience. But the good news is, you do recover
from the failure. And with every subsequent failure, the recovery process gets a lot easier. That’s because you
start to see each failure more as a lesson that will eventually help you succeed, rather than as an obstacle that
you cannot overcome. You will start to realize that failure has many benefits.
Interviewer: Can you tell us about some of the benefits of failing?
Shyam: One of the benefits that I have experienced personally from failing is that the failure made me see things
in a new light. It gave me answers that I didn’t have before. Failure can make you a lot stronger. It also helps keep
your ego in control.
Interviewer: What advice would you give entrepreneurs who are about to start their own enterprises?
Shyam: I would tell them to do their research and ensure that their product is something that is actually wanted
by customers. I’d tell them to pick their partners and employees very wisely and cautiously. I’d tell them that it’s
very important to be aggressive – push and market your product as aggressively as possible. I would warn them
that starting an enterprise is very expensive and that they should be prepared for a situation where they run out
of money.
I would tell them to create long term goals and put a plan in action to achieve that goal. I would tell them to build
a product that is truly unique. Be very careful and ensure that you are not copying another startup. Lastly, I’d tell
them that it’s very important that they find the right investors.
Interviewer: That’s some really helpful advice, Shyam! I’m sure this will help all entrepreneurs to be more
prepared before they begin their journey! Thank you for all your insight!
9.5.8.1 Tips
• Remember that nothing is impossible.
• Identify your mission and your purpose before you start.
• Plan your next steps – don’t make decisions hastily.
315
UNIT 9.6: Preparing to be an Entrepreneur
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss how market research is carried out
2. Describe the 4 Ps of marketing
3. Discuss the importance of idea generation
4. Recall basic business terminology
5. Discuss the need for CRM
6. Discuss the benefits of CRM
7. Discuss the need for networking
8. Discuss the benefits of networking
9. Understand the importance of setting goals
10. Differentiate between short-term, medium-term and long-term goals
11. Discuss how to write a business plan
12. Explain the financial planning process
13. Discuss ways to manage your risk
14. Describe the procedure and formalities for applying for bank finance
15. Discuss how to manage your own enterprise
16. List important questions that every entrepreneur should ask before starting an enterprise
9.6.1 Market Study / The 4 Ps of Marketing / Importance of an IDEA

Understanding Market Research
Market research is the process of gathering, analyzing and interpreting market information on a product or
service that is being sold in that market. It also includes information on:
• Past, present and prospective customers
• Customer characteristics and spending habits
• The location and needs of the target market
• The overall industry
• Relevant competitors
Market research involves two types of data:
• Primary information. This is research collected by yourself or by someone hired by you.
• Secondary information. This is research that already exists and is out there for you to find and use.
316
Primary research
Primary research can be of two types:
• Exploratory: This is open-ended and usually involves detailed, unstructured interviews.
• Specific: This is precise and involves structured, formal interviews. Conducting specific research is the more
expensive than conducting exploratory research.
Secondary research
Secondary research uses outside information. Some common secondary sources are:
• Public sources: These are usually free and have a lot of good information. Examples are government
departments, business departments of public libraries etc.
• Commercial sources: These offer valuable information but usually require a fee to be paid. Examples are
research and trade associations, banks and other financial institutions etc.
• Educational institutions: These offer a wealth of information. Examples are colleges, universities, technical
institutes etc.
9.6.1.1 The 4 Ps of Marketing

The 4 Ps of marketing are:
1. Product,
2. Price,
3. Promotion and
4. Place.
Let’s look at each of these 4 Ps in detail.
Product
A product can be:
• A tangible good
• An intangible service
Whatever your product is, it is critical that you have a clear understanding of what you are offering, and what its
unique characteristics are, before you begin with the marketing process.
Some questions to ask yourself are:
• What does the customer want from the product/service?
• What needs does it satisfy?
• Are there any more features that can be added?
• Does it have any expensive and unnecessary features?
• How will customers use it?
• What should it be called?
• How is it different from similar products?
317
• How much will it cost to produce?

• Can it be sold at a profit?
Price
Once all the elements of Product have been established, the Price factor needs to be considered. The Price of a
Product will depend on several factors such as profit margins, supply, demand and the marketing strategy.
• What is the value of the product/service to customers?
• Do local products/services have established price points?
• Is the customer price sensitive?
• Should discounts be offered?
• How is your price compared to that of your competitors?
Promotion
Once you are certain about your Product and your Price, the next step is to look at ways to promote it. Some key
elements of promotion are advertising, public relations, social media marketing, email marketing, search engine
marketing, video marketing and more.
• Where should you promote your product or service?
• What is the best medium to use to reach your target audience?
• When would be the best time to promote your product?
• How are your competitors promoting their products?
Place
According to most marketers, the basis of marketing is about offering the right product, at the right price, at
the right place, at the right time. For this reason, selecting the best possible location is critical for converting
prospective clients into actual clients.
• Will your product or service be looked for in a physical store, online or both?
• What should you do to access the most appropriate distribution channels?
• Will you require a sales force?
• Where are your competitors offering their products or services?
• Should you follow in your competitors’ footsteps?
• Should you do something different from your competitors?
Importance of an IDEA
Ideas are the foundation of progress. An idea can be small or ground-breaking, easy to accomplish or extremely
complicated to implement. Whatever the case, the fact that it is an idea gives it merit. Without ideas, nothing
is possible. Most people are afraid to speak out their ideas, out for fear of being ridiculed. However, if are an
entrepreneur and want to remain competitive and innovative, you need to bring your ideas out into the light.
318
Some ways to do this are by:

• Establishing a culture of brainstorming where you invite all interested parties to contribute
• Discussing ideas out loud so that people can add their ideas, views, opinions to them
• Being open minded and not limiting your ideas, even if the idea who have seems ridiculous
• Not discarding ideas that you don’t work on immediately, but instead making a note of them and shelving
them so they can be revisited at a later date.
9.6.1.2 Tips
• Keep in mind that good ideas do not always have to be unique.
• Remember that timing plays a huge role in determining the success of your idea.
• Situations and circumstances will always change, so be flexible and adapt your idea accordingly.
9.6.2 Business Entity Concepts: Basic Business Terminology

If your aim is to start and run a business, it is crucial that you have a good understanding of basic business terms.
Every entrepreneur should be well versed in the following terms:
• Accounting: A systematic method of recording and reporting financial transactions.
• Accounts payable: Money owed by a company to its creditors.
• Accounts Receivable: The amount a company is owed by its clients.
• Assets: The value of everything a company owns and uses to conduct its business.
• Balance Sheet: A snapshot of a company’s assets, liabilities and owner’s equity at a given moment.
• Bottom Line: The total amount a business has earned or lost at the end of a month.
• Business: An organization that operates with the aim of making a profit.
• Business to Business (B2B): A business that sells goods or services to another business.
• Business to Consumer (B2C): A business that sells goods or services directly to the end user.
• Capital: The money a business has in its accounts, assets and investments. The two main types of capital are
debt and equity.
• Cash Flow: The overall movement of funds through a business each month, including income and expenses.
• Cash Flow Statement: A statement showing the money that entered and exited a business during a specific
period of time.
• Contract: A formal agreement to do work for pay.
• Depreciation: The degrading value of an asset over time.
• Expense: The costs that a business incurs through its operations.
• Finance: The management and allocation of money and other assets.
319
• Financial Report: A comprehensive account of a business’ transactions and expenses.

• Fixed Cost: A one-time expense.
• Income Statement (Profit and Loss Statement): Shows the profitability of a business during a period of time.
• Liabilities: The value of what a business owes to someone else.
• Marketing: The process of promoting, selling and distributing a product or service.
• Net Income/Profit: Revenues minus expenses.
• Net Worth: The total value of a business.
• Payback Period: The amount of time it takes to recover the initial investment of a business.
• Profit Margin: The ratio of profit, divided by revenue, displayed as a percentage.
• Return on Investment (ROI): The amount of money a business gets as return from an investment.
• Revenue: The total amount of income before expenses are subtracted.
• Sales Prospect: A potential customer.
• Supplier: A provider of supplies to a business.
• Target Market: A specific group of customers at which a company’s products and services are aimed.
• Valuation: An estimate of the overall worth of the business.
• Variable Cost: Expenses that change in proportion to the activity of a business.
• Working Capital: Calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.
9.6.3 CRM & Networking

What is CRM?
CRM stands for Customer Relationship Management. Originally the expression Customer Relationship
Management meant managing one’s relationship with customers. However, today it refers to IT systems and
software designed to help companies manage their relationships.
The Need for CRM
The better a company can manage its relationships with its customers, the higher the chances of the company’s
success. For any entrepreneur, the ability to successfully retain existing customers and expand the enterprise is
paramount. This is why IT systems that focus on addressing the problems of dealing with customers on a daily
basis are becoming more and more in demand.
Customer needs change over time, and technology can make it easier to understand what customers really want.
This insight helps companies to be more responsive to the needs of their customers. It enables them to modify
their business operations when required, so that their customers are always served in the best manner possible.
Simply put, CRM helps companies recognize the value of their clients and enables them to capitalize on improved
customer relations.
Benefits of CRM
CRM has a number of important benefits:
• It helps improve relations with existing customers which can lead to:
320
»» Increased sales
»» Identification of customer needs
»» Cross-selling of products
• It results in better marketing of one’s products or services
• It enhances customer satisfaction and retention
• It improves profitability by identifying and focusing on the most profitable customers
9.3.3.1 What is Networking?

In business, networking means leveraging your business and personal connections in order to bring in a regular
supply of new business. This marketing method is effective as well as low cost. It is a great way to develop sales
opportunities and contacts. Networking can be based on referrals and introductions, or can take place via phone,
email, and social and business networking websites.
The Need for Networking
Networking is an essential personal skill for business people, but it is even more important for entrepreneurs.
The process of networking has its roots in relationship building. Networking results in greater communication
and a stronger presence in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. This helps build strong relationships with other
entrepreneurs.
Business networking events held across the globe play a huge role in connecting like-minded entrepreneurs who
share the same fundamental beliefs in communication, exchanging ideas and converting ideas into realities. Such
networking events also play a crucial role in connecting entrepreneurs with potential investors. Entrepreneurs
may have vastly different experiences and backgrounds but they all have a common goal in mind – they all seek
connection, inspiration, advice, opportunities and mentors. Networking offers them a platform to do just that.
Benefits of Networking
Networking offers numerous benefits for entrepreneurs. Some of the major benefits are:
• Getting high quality leads
• Increased business opportunities
• Good source of relevant connections
• Advice from like-minded entrepreneurs
• Gaining visibility and raising your profile
• Meeting positive and enthusiastic people
• Increased self-confidence
• Satisfaction from helping others
• Building strong and lasting friendships
9.6.3.2 Tips
• Use social media interactions to identify needs and gather feedback.
• When networking, ask open-ended questions rather than yes/no type questions.
321
9.6.4 Business Plan: Why Set Goals

Setting goals is important because it gives you long-term vision and short-term motivation. Goals can be short
term, medium term and long term.
Short-Term Goals
• These are specific goals for the immediate future. Example: Repairing a machine that has failed. Medium-
Term Goals
• These goals are built on your short term goals.
• They do not need to be as specific as your short term goals.
Example: Arranging for a service contract to ensure that your machines don’t fail again.
Long-Term Goals
These goals require time and planning. They usually take a year or more to achieve.
Example: Planning your expenses so you can buy new machinery
Why Create a Business Plan
A business plan is a tool for understanding how your business is put together. It can be used to monitor progress,
foster accountable and control the fate of the business. It usually offers a 3-5 year projection and outlines the
plan that the company intends to follow to grow its revenues. A business plan is also a very important tool for
getting the interest of key employees or future investors.
A business plan typically comprises of eight elements.
9.6.4.1 Elements of a Business Plan

Executive Summary
The executive summary follows the title page. The summary should clearly state your desires as the business
owner in a short and businesslike way. It is an overview of your business and your plans. Ideally this should not
be more than 1-2 pages.
Your Executive Summary should include:
• The Mission Statement: Explain what your business is all about.
Example: Nike’s Mission Statement
Nike’s mission statement is “To bring inspiration and innovation to every athlete in the world.”
• Company Information: Provide information like when your business was formed, the names and roles of
the founders, the number of employees, your business location(s) etc.
• Growth Highlights: Mention examples of company growth. Use graphs and charts where possible.
• Your Products/Services: Describe the products or services provided.
• Financial Information: Provide details on current bank and investors.
• Summarize future plans: Describe where you see your business in the future.
Business Description
The second section of your business plan needs to provide a detailed review of the different elements of your
business. This will help potential investors to correctly understand your business goal and the uniqueness of
your offering.
322
Your Business Description should include:

• A description of the nature of your business
• The market needs that you are aiming to satisfy
• The ways in which your products and services meet these needs
• The specific consumers and organizations that you intend to serve
• Your specific competitive advantages
Market Analysis
The market analysis section usually follows the business description. The aim of this section is to showcase your
industry and market knowledge. This is also the section where you should lay down your research findings and
conclusions.
Your Market Analysis should include:
• Your industry description and outlook
• Information on your target market
• The needs and demographics of your target audience
• The size of your target market
• The amount of market share you want to capture
• Your pricing structure
• Your competitive analysis
• Any regulatory requirements
Organization & Management
This section should come immediately after the Market Analysis. Your Organization & Management section
should include:
• Your company’s organizational structure
• Details of your company’s ownership
• Details of your management team
• Qualifications of your board of directors
• Detailed descriptions of each division/department and its function
• The salary and benefits package that you offer your people
• The incentives that you offer
Service or Product Line
The next section is the service or product line section. This is where you describe your service or product, and
stress on their benefits to potential and current customers. Explain in detail why your product of choice will fulfill
the needs of your target audience.
Your Service or Product Line section should include:
• A description of your product/service
• A description of your product or service’s life cycle
323
• A list of any copyright or patent filings

• A description of any R&D activities that you are involved in or planning
Marketing & Sales
Once the Service or Product Line section of your plan has been completed, you should start on the description of
the marketing and sales management strategy for your business.
Your Marketing section should include the following strategies:
• Market penetration strategy: This strategy focuses on selling your existing products or services in existing
markets, in order to increase your market share.
• Growth strategy: This strategy focuses on increasing the amount of market share, even if it reduces earnings
in the short-term.
• Channels of distribution strategy: These can be wholesalers, retailers, distributers and even the internet.
• Communication strategy: These can be written strategies (e-mail, text, chat), oral strategies (phone calls,
video chats, face-to-face conversations), non-verbal strategies (body language, facial expressions, tone of
voice) and visual strategies (signs, webpages, illustrations).
Your Sales section should include the following information:
• A salesforce strategy: This strategy focuses on increasing the revenue of the enterprise.
• A breakdown of your sales activities: This means detailing out how you intend to sell your products or
services – will you sell it offline or online, how many units do you intend to sell, what price do you plan to sell
each unit at, etc.
Funding Request
This section is specifically for those who require funding for their venture. The Funding Request section should
include the following information:
• How much funding you currently require.
• How much funding you will require over the next five years. This will depend on your long- term goals.
• The type of funding you want and how you plan to use it. Do you want funding that can be used only for a
specific purpose, or funding that can be used for any kind of requirement?
• Strategic plans for the future. This will involve detailing out your long-term plans – what these plans are and
how much money you will require to put these plans in motions.
• Historical and prospective financial information. This can be done by creating and maintaining all your
financial records, right from the moment your enterprise started, to the present day. Documents required
for this are your balance sheet which contains details of your company’s assets and liabilities, your income
statement which lists your company’s revenues, expenses and net income for the year, your tax returns
(usually for the last three years) and your cash flow budget which lists the cash that came in, the cash that
went out and states whether you had a cash deficit (negative balance) or surplus (positive balance) at the
end of each month.
Financial Planning
Before you begin building your enterprise, you need to plan your finances. Take a look at the steps for financial
planning:
• Step 1: Create a financial plan. This should include your goals, strategies and timelines for accomplishing
these goals.
324
• Step 2: Organize all your important financial documents. Maintain a file to hold your investment details,
bank statements, tax papers, credit card bills, insurance papers and any other financial records.
• Step 3: Calculate your net worth. This means figure out what you own (assets like your house, bank accounts,
investments etc.), and then subtract what you owe (liabilities like loans, pending credit card amounts etc.)
the amount you are left with is your net worth.
• Step 4: Make a spending plan. This means write down in detail where your money will come from, and
where it will go.
• Step 5: Build an emergency fund. A good emergency fund contains enough money to cover at least 6 months’
worth of expenses.
• Step 6: Set up your insurance. Insurance provides long term financial security and protects you against risk.
Risk Management
As an entrepreneur, it is critical that you evaluate the risks involved with the type of enterprise that you want to
start, before you begin setting up your company. Once you have identified potential risks, you can take steps to
reduce them. Some ways to manage risks are:
• Research similar business and find out about their risks and how they were minimized.
• Evaluate current market trends and find out if similar products or services that launched a while ago are still
being well received by the public.
• Think about whether you really have the required expertise to launch your product or service.
• Examine your finances and see if you have enough income to start your enterprise.
• Be aware of the current state of the economy, consider how the economy may change over time, and think
about how your enterprise will be affected by any of those changes.
• Create a detailed business plan.
9.6.4.2 Tips
• Ensure all the important elements are covered in your plan.
• Scrutinize the numbers thoroughly.
• Be concise and realistic.
• Be conservative in your approach and your projections.
• Use visuals like charts, graphs and images wherever possible.
9.6.5 Procedure and Formalities for Bank Finance

The Need for Bank Finance
For entrepreneurs, one of the most difficult challenges faced involves securing funds for startups. With numerous
funding options available, entrepreneurs need to take a close look at which funding methodology works best for
them. In India, banks are one of the largest funders of startups, offering funding to thousands of startups every
year.
325
9.6.5.1 What Information Should Entrepreneurs Offer Banks for Funding

When approaching a bank, entrepreneurs must have a clear idea of the different criteria that banks use to screen,
rate and process loan applications. Entrepreneurs must also be aware of the importance of providing banks
with accurate and correct information. It is now easier than ever for financial institutions to track any default
behaviour of loan applicants. Entrepreneurs looking for funding from banks must provide banks with information
relating to their general credentials, financial situation and guarantees or collaterals that can be offered.
General Credentials
This is where you, as an entrepreneur, provide the bank with background information on yourself. Such information
includes:
• Letter(s) of Introduction: This letter should be written by a respected business person who knows you well
enough to introduce you. The aim of this letter is set across your achievements and vouch for your character
and integrity.
• Your Profile: This is basically your resume. You need to give the bank a good idea of your educational
achievements, professional training, qualifications, employment record and achievements.
• Business Brochure: A business brochure typically provides information on company products, clients, how
long the business has been running for etc.
• Bank and Other References: If you have an account with another bank, providing those bank references is a
good idea.
• Proof of Company Ownership or Registration: In some cases, you may need to provide the bank with proof
of company ownership and registration. A list of assets and liabilities may also be required.
Financial Situation
Banks will expect current financial information on your enterprise. The standard financial reports you should be
prepared with are:
• Balance Sheet
• Profit-and-Loss Account
• Cash-Flow Statement
• Projected Sales and Revenues
• Business Plan
• Feasibility Study
Guarantees or Collaterals
Usually banks will refuse to grant you a loan without security. You can offer assets which the bank can seize and
sell off if you do not repay the loan. Fixed assets like machinery, equipment, vehicles etc. are also considered to
be security for loans.
9.6.5.2 The Lending Criteria of Banks

Your request for funding will have a higher chance of success if you can satisfy the following lending criteria:
• Good cash flow
• Adequate shareholders’ funds
• Adequate security
326
• Experience in business
• Good reputation
The Procedure
To apply for funding the following procedure will need to be followed.
• Submit your application form and all other required documents to the bank.
• The bank will carefully assess your credit worthiness and assign ratings by analyzing your business information
with respect to parameters like management, financial, operational and industry information as well as past
loan performance.
• The bank will make a decision as to whether or not you should be given funding.
9.6.5.3 Tips
• Get advice on funding options from experienced bankers.
• Be cautious and avoid borrowing more than you need, for longer than you need, at an interest rate that is
higher than you are comfortable with.
9.6.6 Enterprise Management - An Overview

To manage your enterprise effectively you need to look at many different aspects, right from managing the
day-to-day activities to figuring out how to handle a large scale event. Let’s take a look at some simple steps to
manage your company effectively.
Step 1: Use your leadership skills and ask for advice when required.
Let’s take the example of Ramu, an entrepreneur who has recently started his own enterprise. Ramu has good
leadership skills – he is honest, communicates well, knows how to delegate work etc. These leadership skills
definitely help Ramu in the management of his enterprise. However, sometimes Ramu comes across situations
that he is unsure how to handle. What should Ramu do in this case? One solution is for him to find a more
experienced manager who is willing to mentor him. Another solution is for Ramu to use his networking skills so
that he can connect with managers from other organizations, who can give him advice on how to handle such
situations.
Step 2: Divide your work amongst others – realize that you cannot handle everything yourself.
Even the most skilled manager in the world will not be able to manage every single task that an enterprise will
demand of him. A smart manager needs to realize that the key to managing his enterprise lies in his dividing all
his work between those around him. This is known as delegation. However, delegating is not enough. A manager
must delegate effectively if he wants to see results. This is important because delegating, when done incorrectly,
can result in you creating even more work for yourself. To delegate effectively, you can start by making two lists.
One list should contain the things that you know you need to handle yourself. The second list should contain the
things that you are confident can be given to others to manage and handle. Besides incorrect delegation, another
issue that may arise is over-delegation. This means giving away too many of your tasks to others. The problem
with this is, the more tasks you delegate, the more time you will spend tracking and monitoring the work progress
of those you have handed the tasks to. This will leave you with very little time to finish your own work.
327
Step 3: Hire the right people for the job.

Hiring the right people goes a long way towards effectively managing your enterprise. To hire the best people
suited for the job, you need to be very careful with your interview process. You should ask potential candidates
the right questions and evaluate their answers carefully. Carrying out background checks is always a good practice.
Running a credit check is also a good idea, especially if the people you are planning to hire will be handling your
money. Create a detailed job description for each role that you want filled and ensure that all candidates have a
clear and correct understanding of the job description. You should also have an employee manual in place, where
you put down every expectation that you have from your employees. All these actions will help ensure that the
right people are approached for running your enterprise.
Step 4: Motivate your employees and train them well.
Your enterprise can only be managed effectively if your employees are motivated to work hard for your enterprise.
Part of being motivated involves your employees believing in the vision and mission of your enterprise and
genuinely wanting to make efforts towards pursuing the same. You can motivate your employees with recognition,
bonuses and rewards for achievements. You can also motivate them by telling them about how their efforts have
led to the company’s success. This will help them feel pride and give them a sense of responsibility that will
increase their motivation.
Besides motivating your people, your employees should be constantly trained in new practices and technologies.
Remember, training is not a one-time effort. It is a consistent effort that needs to be carried out regularly.
Step 5: Train your people to handle your customers well.
Your employees need to be well-versed in the art of customer management. This means they should be able to
understand what their customers want, and also know how to satisfy their needs. For them to truly understand
this, they need to see how you deal effectively with customers. This is called leading by example. Show them
how you sincerely listen to your clients and the efforts that you put into understand their requirements. Let them
listen to the type of questions that you ask your clients so they understand which questions are appropriate.
Step 6: Market your enterprise effectively.
Use all your skills and the skills of your employees to market your enterprise in an effective manner. You can also
hire a marketing agency if you feel you need help in this area.
Now that you know what is required to run your enterprise effectively, put these steps into play, and see how
much easier managing your enterprise becomes!
9.6.6.1 Tips
• Get advice on funding options from experienced bankers.
• Be cautious and avoid borrowing more than you need, for longer than you need, at an interest rate that is
higher than you are comfortable with.
9.6.6.2 Considering Entrepreneurship

Questions to Ask Yourself Before Considering Entrepreneurship
• Why am I starting a business?
• What problem am I solving?
328
• Have others attempted to solve this problem before? Did they succeed or fail?
• Do I have a mentor1 or industry expert that I can call on?
• Who is my ideal customer2?
• Who are my competitors3?
• What makes my business idea different from other business ideas?
• What are the key features of my product or service?
• Have I done a SWOT4 analysis?
• What is the size of the market that will buy my product or service?
• What would it take to build a minimum viable product5 to test the market?
• How much money do I need to get started?
• Will I need to get a loan?
• How soon will my products or services be available?
• When will I break even6 or make a profit?
• How will those who invest in my idea make a profit?
• How should I set up the legal structure7 of my business?
• What taxes8 will I need to pay?
• What kind of insurance9 will I need?
• Have I reached out to potential customers for feedback
9.6.6.3 Tips
• It is very important to validate your business ideas before you invest significant time, money and resources
into it.
• The more questions you ask yourself, the more prepared you will be to handle to highs and lows of starting
an enterprise.
Footnotes:
1. A mentor is a trusted and experienced person who is willing to coach and guide you.
2. A customer is someone who buys goods and/or services.
3. A competitor is a person or company that sells products and/or services similar to your products and/or
services.
4. SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats. To conduct a SWOT analysis of your
company, you need to list down all the strengths and weaknesses of your company, the opportunities that
are present for your company and the threats faced by your company.
5. A minimum viable product is a product that has the fewest possible features, that can be sold to customers,
for the purpose of getting feedback from customers on the product.
6. A company is said to break even when the profits of the company are equal to the costs.
329
7. The legal structure could be a sole proprietorship, partnership or limited liability partnership.
8. There are two types of taxes – direct taxes payable by a person or a company, or indirect taxes charged on
goods and/or services.
9. There are two types of insurance – life insurance and general insurance. Life insurance covers human life
while general insurance covers assets like animals, goods, cars etc.
330
Annexure - Excercises
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342

Sewing Machine Operator 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sewing Machine Operator 3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sewing Machine Operator 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the participant handbook?

What is the purpose of the participant handbook?

What are the different modules covered in the handbook?

What are the different modules covered in the handbook?

iii

About this book

The symbols used in this book are described below:

Key Learning Outcomes

UNIT 1.1: Introduction to Sewing and Apparel Sector

1.1.1 Introduction to Sewing

1.1.2 Apparel Sector – Industry Overview

Actual and Projected size of Indian Textile Industry

Source: Office of Textile Commissioner and IMaCS Analysis

Sub Sector Employment in Millions

1.1.3 Made-ups and Home Furnishings

Fig.1.1.4: Made-ups and Home Furnishing Sub-sector

Product Total World Export Major Contributor India's Contribution Other

in the growth of domestic consumption of made-ups and home

Fig.1.1.8: Apparel Made-ups

UNIT 1.2: Role and Responsibilities of Sewing Machine Operator

1.2.1 Sewing Machine Operator- Job Description

1.2.1.1 Job Overview

1.2.1.2 Sewing Machine Operator Duties and Responsibilities

Key Learning Outcomes

UNIT 2.1: Prepare for Stitching Operations

2.1.1 Industrial Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.1: Sewing Machine

2.1.1.1 Types of Industrial Sewing Machines

1. Flatbed: This is the most common type of machine that

Fig.2.1.2: Flatbed Sewing Machine

»» Length Cylinder Bed: With this bed type the cylindrical

Fig.2.1.3: Cylender-bed Sewing Machine

3. Post-bed: This machine has bobbins, feed dogs and/or looper

Fig.2.1.4: Post-bed Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.5: Raised-bed Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.6: Feed - off the Arm Sewing Machine

Types of sewing machines based on stitch

Multineedle Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.8: Multineedle Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.9: Overlock Machine

Applications and Seam Appearances

Fig.2.1.11: The Seam Appearances

Button Attach Machine

Fig.2.1.12: Button Attach Machine Fig.2.1.13: Different Types of Button Hole

2.1.2 Feed Mechanisms

Differential Bottom Feed Mechanism

Needle Feed System Mechanism

Fig.2.1.18: Unison Feed Mechanism

Puller Feed Mechanism

Fig.2.1.19: Puller Feed Mechanism

2.1.3 Parts of a Sewing Machine

Fig.2.1.20: Parts of a Sewing Machine

Needle: is one of the most important part of the machine, it

Fig.2.1.23: Bobbin Case

Feed dog: moves the fabric through a predetermined distance.

Fig.2.1.26: Feed Dog

Fig.2.1.27: Presser Foot

Reverse feed lever: is used for backtack or back tacking.

Fig.2.1.28: Reverse feed lever

Finger guard: is a safety device that prevents an